G 709V3 Approved

Recommendation ITU-T G.709/Y.
1331
Interfaces for the Optical Transport Network (OTN)
Summary
This Recommendation defines the requirements for the optical transport module of order n (OTM-n)
signals of the optical transport network, in terms of:
– optical transport hierarchy (OTH);
– functionality of the overhead in support of multi-wavelength optical networks;
– frame structures;
– bit rates;
– formats for mapping client signals.
The first revision of this Recommendation includes the text of Amendment 1 (ODUk virtual
concatenation, ODUk multiplexing, backward IAE), extension of physical interface specification,
ODUk APS/PCC signal definition and several editorial enhancements.
The second revision of this Recommendation includes the text of Amendments 1, 2, 3, Corrigenda
1,2, Erratum 1, Implementers Guide, support for an extended (unlimited) set of constant bit rate
client signals, a flexible ODUk, which can have any bit rate and a bit rate tolerance up to 100 ppm,
a client/server independent generic mapping procedure to map a client signal into the payload of an
OPUk, or to map an ODUj signal into the payload of one or more tributary slots in an OPUk, ODUk
delay measurement capability.
-2-
Source
ITU-T Recommendation G.709/Y.1331 was approved on 16 March 2003 by ITU-T Study Group 15
(2001-2004) under the ITU-T Recommendation A.8 procedure. This text includes G.709/Y.1331
(2003) Amendment 1 approved on 14 December 2003, G.709 Implementer‟s Guide (May 2005),
G.709 corrigendum 1 (December 2006), G.709 Erratum 1 (November 2007), G.709 Amendment 2
(November 2007) and G.709 Amendment 3 (April 2009).
Document history
Issue Notes
3.0 October 2009 – Third version includes G.709 Amendments 1, 2 and 3, Erratum 1,
Corrigenda 1,2, Implementer‟s Guide, support for an extended (unlimited) set of
constant bit rate client signals, a flexible ODUk, which can have any bit rate and a
bit rate tolerance up to 100 ppm, a client/server independent generic mapping
procedure to map a client signal into the payload of an OPUk, or to map an ODUj
signal into the payload of one or more tributary slots in an OPUk, ODUk delay
measurement capability.
2.4 April 2009 – Includes G.709 Amendment 3 (2009)
2.3 November 2007 – Includes G.709 Erratum 1 (2007) and Amendment 2 (2007)
2.2 December 2006 – Includes G.709 Implementer‟s Guide (2005) and Corrigendum 1
(2006)
2.1 December 2003 – Extension by Amendment 1 related to the applicability of the
ODUk APS/PCC channel
2.0 March 2003 – Second version includes G.709 (2001) Amendment 1, extension of
physical specification for OTM-0.2 and OTM-0.3 (clauses 2 and 9.1), definition of
ODUk APS/PCC signal (subclause 15.8.2.4), several editorial enhancements
(clauses 6.1, 15.7.2.1.2, 15.8.2.1.2, 15.8.2.2.2, 19.2.1, 19.2.2, 19.2.3, 19.3.1, 19.3.2,
19.3.3) and merging of Appendices I and V.
1.0 am1 November 2001 – Amendment 1 includes Backward IAE, ODUk virtual
concatenation (clause 18) and ODUk multiplexing (clause 19)
1.0 Initial version, February 2001
-3-
CONTENTS
Page
1 Scope............................................................................................................................. 11
2 References..................................................................................................................... 11
3 Terms and definitions ................................................................................................... 12
4 Abbreviations ................................................................................................................ 14
5 Conventions .................................................................................................................. 18
6 Optical transport network interface structure ............................................................... 19
6.1 Basic signal structure ...................................................................................... 20
6.1.1 OCh substructure ............................................................................................ 20
6.1.2 Full functionality OTM-n.m (n ≥ 1) structure ................................................ 21
6.1.3 Reduced functionality OTM-nr.m and OTM-0.m structure ........................... 21
6.1.4 Parallel OTM-0.mvn structure........................................................................ 21
6.2 Information structure for the OTN interfaces ................................................. 21
7 Multiplexing/mapping principles and bit rates ............................................................. 24
7.1 Mapping .......................................................................................................... 27
7.2 Wavelength division multiplex....................................................................... 28
7.3 Bit rates and capacity...................................................................................... 28
7.4 ODUk Time-Division Multiplex .................................................................... 32
8 Optical transport module (OTM-n.m, OTM-nr.m, OTM-0.m, OTM-0.mvn) .............. 37
8.1 OTM with reduced functionality (OTM-0.m, OTM-nr.m, OTM-0.mvn) ...... 38
8.1.1 OTM-0.m ........................................................................................................ 38
8.1.2 OTM-nr.m ...................................................................................................... 39
8.1.2.1 OTM-16r.m .................................................................................................... 39
8.1.2.2 OTM-32r.m .................................................................................................... 40
8.1.3 OTM-0.mvn .................................................................................................... 41
8.2 OTM with full functionality (OTM-n.m) ....................................................... 42
9 Physical specification of the ONNI .............................................................................. 44
9.1 OTM-0.m ........................................................................................................ 44
9.2 OTM-nr.m ...................................................................................................... 44
9.2.1 OTM-16r.m .................................................................................................... 44
9.2.2 OTM-32r.m .................................................................................................... 44
9.3 OTM-n.m ........................................................................................................ 44
9.4 OTM-0.mvn .................................................................................................... 44
10 Optical channel (OCh) .................................................................................................. 44
10.1 OCh with full functionality (OCh) ................................................................. 44
10.2 OCh with reduced functionality (OChr) ......................................................... 45
11 Optical channel transport unit (OTU) ........................................................................... 45
-4-
11.1 OTUk frame structure..................................................................................... 45

11.2 Scrambling ...................................................................................................... 46
12 Optical channel data unit (ODUk) ................................................................................ 47
12.1 ODUk frame structure .................................................................................... 47
12.2 ODUk bit rates and bit rate tolerances ........................................................... 47
12.2.1 ODU0, ODU1, ODU2, ODU3, ODU4 ........................................................... 47
12.2.2 ODU2e ............................................................................................................ 48
12.2.3 ODUflex for CBR client signals ..................................................................... 48
12.2.4 ODUflex for PRBS and Null test signals ....................................................... 48
12.2.5 ODUflex for GFP-F mapped packet client signals......................................... 49
13 Optical channel payload unit (OPUk)........................................................................... 50
14 OTM overhead signal (OOS)........................................................................................ 51
15 Overhead description .................................................................................................... 51
15.1 Types of overhead .......................................................................................... 53
15.1.1 Optical channel payload unit overhead (OPUk OH) ...................................... 53
15.1.2 Optical channel data unit overhead (ODUk OH) ........................................... 53
15.1.3 Optical channel transport unit overhead (OTUk OH) .................................... 54
15.1.4 Optical channel non-associated overhead (OCh OH) .................................... 54
15.1.5 Optical multiplex section overhead (OMS OH) ............................................. 54
15.1.6 Optical transmission section overhead (OTS OH) ......................................... 54
15.1.7 General management communications overhead (COMMS OH).................. 54
15.2 Trail trace identifier and access point identifier definition ............................ 54
15.3 OTS OH description ....................................................................................... 56
15.3.1 OTS trail trace identifier (TTI) ....................................................................... 56
15.3.2 OTS backward defect indication – Payload (BDI-P) ..................................... 56
15.3.3 OTS backward defect indication – Overhead (BDI-O) .................................. 56
15.3.4 OTS payload missing indication (PMI) .......................................................... 57
15.4 OMS OH description ...................................................................................... 57
15.4.1 OMS forward defect indication – Payload (FDI-P) ....................................... 57
15.4.2 OMS forward defect indication – Overhead (FDI-O) .................................... 57
15.4.3 OMS backward defect indication – Payload (BDI-P) .................................... 57
15.4.4 OMS backward defect indication – Overhead (BDI-O) ................................. 57
15.4.5 OMS payload missing indication (PMI)......................................................... 57
15.5 OCh OH description ....................................................................................... 57
15.5.1 OCh forward defect indication – Payload (FDI-P)......................................... 57
15.5.2 OCh forward defect indication – Overhead (FDI-O) ..................................... 58
15.5.3 OCh open connection indication (OCI) .......................................................... 58
15.6 OTUk/ODUk frame alignment OH description ............................................. 58
15.6.1 OTUk/ODUk frame alignment overhead location ......................................... 58
-5-
15.6.2 OTUk/ODUk frame alignment overhead definition....................................... 58

15.6.2.1 Frame alignment signal (FAS) ....................................................................... 58
15.6.2.2 Multiframe alignment signal (MFAS) ............................................................ 58
15.7 OTUk OH description .................................................................................... 59
15.7.1 OTUk overhead location ................................................................................ 59
15.7.2 OTUk overhead definition .............................................................................. 60
15.7.2.1 OTUk section monitoring (SM) overhead ...................................................... 60
15.7.2.1.1 OTUk SM trail trace identifier (TTI) ....................................................... 60
15.7.2.1.2 OTUk SM error detection code (BIP-8) .................................................. 60
15.7.2.1.3 OTUk SM backward defect indication (BDI) .......................................... 61
15.7.2.1.4 OTUk SM backward error indication and backward incoming
alignment error (BEI/BIAE) .................................................................... 61
15.7.2.1.5 OTUk SM incoming alignment error overhead (IAE) ............................. 62
15.7.2.1.6 OTUk SM reserved overhead (RES) ....................................................... 62
15.7.2.2 OTUk general communication channel 0 (GCC0) ......................................... 62
15.7.2.3 OTUk reserved overhead (RES) ..................................................................... 62
15.7.3 OTUkV overhead ........................................................................................... 62
15.8 ODUk OH description .................................................................................... 63
15.8.1 ODUk OH location ......................................................................................... 63
15.8.2 ODUk OH definition ...................................................................................... 64
15.8.2.1 ODUk path monitoring (PM) overhead .......................................................... 64
15.8.2.1.1 ODUk PM trail trace identifier (TTI) ...................................................... 64
15.8.2.1.2 ODUk PM error detection code (BIP-8) .................................................. 65
15.8.2.1.3 ODUk PM backward defect indication (BDI) ......................................... 65
15.8.2.1.4 ODUk PM backward error indication (BEI) ............................................ 65
15.8.2.1.5 ODUk PM status (STAT) ........................................................................ 66
15.8.2.1.6 ODUk PM delay measurement (DMp) .................................................... 66
15.8.2.2 ODUk tandem connection monitoring (TCM) overhead ............................... 67
15.8.2.2.1 ODUk TCM trail trace identifier (TTI) ................................................... 69
15.8.2.2.2 ODUk TCM error detection code (BIP-8) ............................................... 69
15.8.2.2.3 ODUk TCM backward defect indication (BDI) ...................................... 70
15.8.2.2.4 ODUk TCM backward error indication (BEI) and backward
incoming alignment error (BIAE) ............................................................ 70
15.8.2.2.5 ODUk TCM status (STAT) ..................................................................... 71
15.8.2.2.6 TCM overhead field assignment .............................................................. 72
15.8.2.2.7 ODUk tandem connection monitoring activation/deactivation
coordination protocol .............................................................................. 72
15.8.2.2.8 ODUk TCM delay measurement (DMti, i=1 to 6) .................................. 72
15.8.2.3 ODUk general communication channels (GCC1, GCC2) .............................. 73
-6-
15.8.2.4 ODUk automatic protection switching and protection communication

channel (APS/PCC) ........................................................................................ 73
15.8.2.5 ODUk fault type and fault location reporting communication channel
(FTFL) ............................................................................................................ 74
15.8.2.5.1 Forward/backward fault type indication field .......................................... 75
15.8.2.5.2 Forward/backward operator identifier field ............................................. 75
15.8.2.5.3 Forward/backward operator-specific field ............................................... 76
15.8.2.6 ODUk experimental overhead (EXP) ............................................................. 76
15.8.2.7 ODUk reserved overhead (RES) .................................................................... 76
15.9 OPUk OH description..................................................................................... 77
15.9.1 OPUk OH location ......................................................................................... 77
15.9.2 OPUk OH definition ....................................................................................... 77
15.9.2.1 OPUk payload structure identifier (PSI) ........................................................ 77
15.9.2.1.1 OPUk payload type (PT) .......................................................................... 77
15.9.2.2 OPUk mapping specific overhead .................................................................. 79
16 Maintenance signals...................................................................................................... 79
16.1 OTS maintenance signals ............................................................................... 80
16.1.1 OTS payload missing indication (OTS-PMI) ................................................. 80
16.2 OMS maintenance signals .............................................................................. 80
16.2.1 OMS forward defect indication – Payload (OMS-FDI-P) ............................. 80
16.2.2 OMS forward defect indication – Overhead (OMS-FDI-O) .......................... 80
16.2.3 OMS payload missing indication (OMS-PMI)............................................... 80
16.3 OCh maintenance signals ............................................................................... 80
16.3.1 OCh forward defect indication – Payload (OCh-FDI-P) ................................ 80
16.3.2 OCh forward defect indication – Overhead (OCh-FDI-O) ............................ 80
16.3.3 OCh open connection indication (OCh-OCI) ................................................. 80
16.4 OTUk maintenance signals............................................................................. 81
16.4.1 OTUk alarm indication signal (OTUk-AIS)................................................... 81
16.4.2 OTLk alarm indication signal (OTLk-AIS) ................................................... 81
16.5 ODUk maintenance signals ............................................................................ 82
16.5.1 ODUk alarm indication signal (ODUk-AIS) .................................................. 82
16.5.2 ODUk open connection indication (ODUk-OCI)........................................... 83
16.5.3 ODUk locked (ODUk-LCK) .......................................................................... 84
16.6 Client maintenance signal............................................................................... 84
16.6.1 Generic AIS for constant bit rate signals ........................................................ 84
17 Mapping of client signals.............................................................................................. 84
17.0 OPUk Client Signal Fail (CSF) ...................................................................... 85
17.1 Mapping of CBR2G5, CBR10G, CBR10G3 and CBR40G signals into
OPUk .............................................................................................................. 86
-7-
17.1.1 Mapping a CBR2G5 signal (e.g., STM-16, CMGPON_D/CMGPON_U2)

into OPU1 ....................................................................................................... 88
17.1.2 Mapping a CBR10G signal (e.g., STM-64) into OPU2 ................................. 89
17.1.3 Mapping a CBR40G signal (e.g. STM-256) into OPU3 ................................ 89
17.1.4 Mapping a CBR10G3 signal (e.g., 10GBASE-R) into OPU2e ...................... 89
17.2 Mapping of ATM cell stream into OPUk (k=0,1,2,3) .................................... 90
17.3 Mapping of GFP frames into OPUk ............................................................... 91
17.3.1 Mapping of GFP frames into Extended OPU2 payload area ......................... 92
17.4 Mapping of test signal into OPUk .................................................................. 93
17.4.1 Mapping of a NULL client into OPUk ........................................................... 93
17.4.2 Mapping of PRBS test signal into OPUk ....................................................... 93
17.5 Mapping of a non-specific client bit stream into OPUk ................................. 94
17.5.1 Mapping bit stream with octet timing into OPUk .......................................... 95
17.5.2 Mapping bit stream without octet timing into OPUk ..................................... 95
17.6 Mapping of other constant bit-rate signals with justification into OPUk ....... 95
17.6.1 Mapping a sub-1.238 Gbit/s CBR client signal into OPU0............................ 96
17.6.1.1 1000BASE-X transcoding .............................................................................. 98
17.6.2 Mapping a supra-1.238 to sub-2.488 Gbit/s CBR client signal into OPU1 ... 99
17.6.3 Mapping CBR client signals with bit rates close to 9.995G into OPU2 ........ 101
17.6.4 Mapping CBR client signals with bit rates close to 40.149G into OPU3 ...... 103
17.6.4.1 40GBASE-R transcoding ............................................................................... 105
17.6.5 Mapping CBR client signals with bit rates close to 104.134G into OPU4 .... 105
17.7 Mapping a 1000BASE-X and FC-1200 signal via timing transparent
transcoding into OPUk ................................................................................... 107
17.7.1 Mapping a 1000BASE-X signal into OPU0 ................................................... 107
17.7.2 Mapping a FC-1200 signal into OPU2e ......................................................... 107
17.8 Mapping a supra-2.488 CBR Gbit/s signal into OPUflex .............................. 110
18 Concatenation ............................................................................................................... 111
18.1 Virtual concatenation of OPUk ...................................................................... 112
18.1.1 Virtual concatenated OPUk (OPUk-Xv, k = 1 .. 3, X = 1 .. 256) ................... 112
18.1.2 OPUk-Xv OH description .............................................................................. 113
18.1.2.1 OPUk-Xv OH location ................................................................................... 113
18.1.2.2 OPUk-Xv OH definition................................................................................. 113
18.1.2.2.1 OPUk-Xv Payload Structure Identifier (PSI) .......................................... 114
18.1.2.2.1.1 OPUk-Xv Payload Type (vcPT) .............................................................. 114
18.1.2.2.1.2 OPUk-Xv Payload Structure Identifier Reserved overhead (RES) ......... 114
18.1.2.2.1.3 OPUk-Xv Client Signal Fail (CSF) ......................................................... 114
18.1.2.2.2 OPUk-Xv Virtual Concatenation Overhead (VCOH1/2/3) ..................... 115
18.1.2.2.2.1 OPUk-Xv Virtual Concatenation MultiFrame Indicator (MFI1,
MFI2) ....................................................................................................... 115
-8-
18.1.2.2.2.2 OPUk-Xv Sequence Indicator (SQ) ......................................................... 115

18.1.2.2.2.3 OPUk-Xv LCAS Control Words (CTRL) ............................................... 116
18.1.2.2.2.4 OPUk-Xv LCAS Member Status Field (MST) ........................................ 116
18.1.2.2.2.5 OPUk-Xv LCAS Group Identification (GID).......................................... 116
18.1.2.2.2.6 OPUk-Xv LCAS Re-Sequence Acknowledge (RS-Ack) ........................ 116
18.1.2.2.2.7 OPUk-Xv LCAS Cyclic Redundancy Check (CRC) ............................... 116
18.1.2.2.2.8 OPUk-Xv VCOH Reserved Overhead..................................................... 116
18.1.2.2.3 OPUk Mapping Specific Overhead ......................................................... 116
18.2 Mapping of client signals ............................................................................... 116
18.2.1 Mapping of CBR signals (e.g., STM-64/256) into OPUk-4v......................... 116
18.2.1.1 Mapping a CBR10G signal (e.g. STM-64) into OPU1-4v ............................. 118
18.2.1.2 Mapping a CBR40G signal (e.g. STM-256) into OPU2-4v ........................... 118
18.2.2 Mapping of CBR signals (e.g., STM-256) into OPUk-16v ............................ 119
18.2.2.1 Mapping a CBR40G signal (e.g., STM-256) into OPU1-16v ........................ 120
18.2.3 Mapping of ATM cell stream into OPUk-Xv................................................. 121
18.2.4 Mapping of GFP frames into OPUk-Xv ......................................................... 122
18.2.5 Mapping of test signal into OPUk-Xv ............................................................ 123
18.2.5.1 Mapping of a NULL client into OPUk-Xv..................................................... 123
18.2.5.2 Mapping of PRBS test signal into OPUk-Xv ................................................. 123
18.2.6 Mapping of a non-specific client bit stream into OPUk-Xv........................... 124
18.2.6.1 Mapping bit stream with octet timing into OPUk-Xv .................................... 125
18.2.6.2 Mapping bit stream without octet timing into OPUk-Xv ............................... 125
18.3 LCAS for virtual concatenation...................................................................... 125
19 Mapping ODUj signals into the ODTU signal and the ODTU into the HO OPUk
tributary slots ................................................................................................................ 125
19.1 OPUk Tributary Slot definition ...................................................................... 126
19.1.1 OPU2 Tributary Slot allocation ...................................................................... 126
19.2 ODTU definition ............................................................................................ 133
19.3 Multiplexing ODTU signals into the OPUk ................................................... 135
19.3.1 ODTU12 mapping into one OPU2 Tributary Slot ......................................... 136
19.3.2 ODTU13 mapping into one OPU3 Tributary Slot ......................................... 137
19.3.3 ODTU23 mapping into four OPU3 Tributary Slots ....................................... 138
19.3.4 ODTU01 mapping into one OPU1 1.25G Tributary Slot ............................... 140
19.3.5 ODTU2.ts mapping into ts OPU2 1.25G Tributary Slots .............................. 141
-9-
19.4 OPUk Multiplex Overhead and ODTU Justification Overhead ..................... 144
19.4.1 OPUk Multiplex Structure Identifier (MSI) ................................................... 148
19.4.1.1 OPU2 Multiplex Structure Identifier (MSI) – Payload Type 20 .................... 149
19.4.1.6 OPU3 with 1.25G Tributary Slots (Payload Type 21) Multiplex Structure
Identifier (MSI) .............................................................................................. 152
19.4.2 OPUk Payload Structure Identifier Reserved overhead (RES) ...................... 153
19.4.3 OPUk Multiplex Justification Overhead (JOH) ............................................. 153
19.4.3.1 Asynchronous Mapping Procedures (AMP) .................................................. 153
19.4.3.2 Generic Mapping Procedure (GMP) .............................................................. 154
19.4.4 OPU Multi Frame Identifier overhead (OMFI) .............................................. 154
19.5 Mapping ODUj into ODTUjk ........................................................................ 155
19.5.1 Mapping ODU1 into ODTU12 ....................................................................... 156
19.6 Mapping of ODUj into ODTUk.ts.................................................................. 165
19.6.1 Mapping ODUj into ODTU2.M ..................................................................... 166
Annex A – Forward error correction using 16-byte interleaved RS(255,239) codecs ............
Annex B – Adapting 64B/66B encoded clients via transcoding into 513B code blocks .........
Annex C – Adaptation of OTU3 and OTU4 over multichannel parallel interfaces ................
Annex D – Generic Mapping Procedure Principles .................................................................
Appendix I – Range of stuff ratios for asynchronous mappings of CBR2G5, CBR10G,
and CBR40G clients with 20 ppm bit-rate tolerance into OPUk, and for
asynchronous multiplexing of ODUj into ODUk (k > j) ..............................................
Appendix II – Examples of functionally standardized OTU frame structures ........................
Appendix III – Example of ODUk multiplexing .....................................................................
Appendix IV – Example of fixed stuff in OPUk with multiplex of lower-order ODUk
signals ...........................................................................................................................
Appendix VI – ODUk multiplex structure identifier (MSI) examples ....................................
Appendix VII – Adaptation of parallel 64B/66B encoded clients ...........................................
Appendix VIII – Improved Robustness for mapping of 40GBASE-R into OPU3 using
1027B code blocks ........................................................................................................
- 10 -
Appendix IX – Parallel Logic Implementation of the CRC-8 and CRC-5 ..............................

Appendix X – OTL4.10 Structure............................................................................................
Appendix XI – CPRI into LO ODU mapping..........................................................................
Appendix XII – Overview of CBR clients into LO OPU mapping types ................................
- 11 -
Recommendation ITU-T G.709/Y.1331
Interfaces for the Optical Transport Network (OTN)
1 Scope
The optical transport hierarchy (OTH) supports the operation and management aspects of optical
networks of various architectures, e.g., point-to-point, ring and mesh architectures.
This Recommendation defines the interfaces of the optical transport network to be used within and
between subnetworks of the optical network, in terms of:
– optical transport hierarchy (OTH);
– functionality of the overhead in support of multi-wavelength optical networks;
– frame structures;
– bit rates;
– formats for mapping client signals.
The interfaces defined in this Recommendation can be applied at user-to-network interfaces (UNI)
and network node interfaces (NNI) of the optical transport network. It is recognized for interfaces
used within optical subnetworks, aspects of the interface are optical technology dependent and
subject to change as technology progresses. Therefore, optical technology dependent aspects (for
transverse compatibility) are not defined for these interfaces to allow for technology changes. The
overhead functionality necessary for operations and management of optical subnetworks is defined.
The second revision of this recommendation introduces
– support for an extended (unlimited) set of constant bit rate client signals,
– a flexible ODUk, which can have any bit rate and a bit rate tolerance up to 100 ppm
– a client/server independent generic mapping procedure to map a client signal into the
payload of an OPUk, or to map an ODUj signal into the payload of one or more tributary
slots in an OPUk
– ODUk delay measurement capability.
2 References
The following ITU-T Recommendations and other references contain provisions which, through
reference in this text, constitute provisions of this Recommendation. At the time of publication, the
editions indicated were valid. All Recommendations and other references are subject to revision;
users of this Recommendation are therefore encouraged to investigate the possibility of applying the
most recent edition of the Recommendations and other references listed below. A list of the
currently valid ITU-T Recommendations is regularly published. The reference to a document within
this Recommendation does not give it, as a stand-alone document, the status of a Recommendation.
 ITU-T Recommendation G.652 (2003), Characteristics of a single-mode optical fibre
cable.
 ITU-T Recommendation G.653 (2003), Characteristics of a dispersion-shifted single-mode
optical fibre cable.
 ITU-T Recommendation G.655 (2003), Characteristics of a non-zero dispersion-shifted
single-mode optical fibre cable.
- 12 -
 ITU-T Recommendation G.693 (2001), Optical interfaces for intra-office systems.

 ITU-T Recommendation G.707/Y.1322 (2003), Network node interface for the
synchronous digital hierarchy (SDH).
 ITU-T Recommendation G.798 (2008), Characteristics of optical transport network
hierarchy equipment functional blocks.
 ITU-T Recommendation G.805 (2000), Generic functional architecture of transport
networks.
 ITU-T Recommendation G.806 (2000), Characteristics of transport equipment –
Description methodology and generic functionality.
 ITU-T Recommendation G.870/Y.1352 (2004), Terms and definitions for Optical
Transport Networks (OTN).
 ITU-T Recommendation G.872 (2001), Architecture of optical transport networks.
 ITU-T Recommendation G.873.1 (2003), Optical Transport Network: Linear protection.
 ITU-T Recommendation G.959.1 (2003), Optical transport network physical layer
interfaces.
 ITU-T Recommendation G.984.6 (2009), Gigabit-capable passive optical networks
(GPON): Reach extension.
 ITU-T Recommendation G.7041/Y.1303 (2003), Generic framing procedure (GFP).
 ITU-T Recommendation I.432.1 (1999), B-ISDN user-network interface – Physical layer
specification: General characteristics.
 ITU-T Recommendation M.1400 (2001), Designations for interconnections among
operators' networks.
 ITU-T Recommendation M.3100 (1995)/Amd.3 (2001), Generic network information
model  Amendment 3: Definition of the management interface for a generic alarm
reporting control (ARC) feature.
 ITU-T Recommendation O.150 (1996), General requirements for instrumentation for
performance measurements on digital transmission equipment.
 ITU-T Recommendation G.7042/Y.1305 (2001), Link capacity adjustment scheme (LCAS)
for virtual concatenated signals.
 ITU-T Recommendation G.8011.1/Y.1307.1 (2009), Ethernet Private Line Service.
– IEEE Std. 802.3-2008, Information Technology – Local and Metropolitan Area Networks –
Part 3: Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision Detection (CSMA/CD) Access Method
and Physical Layer Specifications.
3 Terms and definitions

This Recommendation uses terms defined in ITU-T Rec. G.780/Y.1351:
a) BIP-X
b) Network node interface
This Recommendation uses terms defined in ITU-T Rec. G.805:
- 13 -
a) Adapted information (AI)

b) Characteristic information (CI)
c) Network
d) Subnetwork
This Recommendation uses terms defined in ITU-T Rec. G.870/Y.1352:
a) Intra-domain interface (IaDI)
b) Inter-domain interface (IrDI)
c) Optical transport network (OTN)
d) optical transport module (OTM n[r].m)
OTM with full functionality (OTM n.m)
OTM with reduced functionality (OTM-0.m, OTM-nr.m)
e) optical channel (OCh[r])
optical channel with full functionality (OCh)
optical channel with reduced functionality (OChr)
f) optical channel transport unit (OTUk[V])
completely standardized OTUk (OTUk)
functionally standardized OTUk (OTUkV)
g) optical channel data unit (ODUk)
ODUk path (ODUkP)
ODUk TCM (ODUkT)
h) optical channel payload unit (OPUk)
i) optical channel carrier (OCC[r])
OCC with full functionality (OCC)
OCC with reduced functionality (OCCr)
j) optical carrier group of order n (OCG n[r])
OCG with full functionality (OCG n)
OCG with reduced functionality (OCG nr)
k) optical multiplex unit (OMU n, n ≥ 1)
l) optical physical section of order n (OPSn)
m) optical transport network node interface (ONNI)
n) OTM overhead signal (OOS)
o) optical supervisory channel (OSC)
p) optical transport hierarchy (OTH)
q) OTH multiplexing
r) non associated overhead (naOH)
- 14 -
s) hitless activation/deactivation of a connection monitor

t) CBR2G5
u) CBR10G
v) CBR40G
w) connection monitoring end point (CMEP)
x) link capacity adjustment scheme (LCAS)
This Recommendation uses conventions defined in ITU-T Rec. G.870/Y.1352:
a) n
b) r
c) m
d) k
This Recommendation uses terms defined in ITU-T Rec. G.872:
a) Optical multiplex section (OMS)
b) Optical transmission section (OTS)
4 Abbreviations
This Recommendation uses the following abbreviations:
0xYY YY is a value in hexadecimal presentation
16FS 16 columns with Fixed Stuff
3R Reamplification, Reshaping and Retiming
ACT Activation (in the TCM ACT byte)
AI Adapted Information
AIS Alarm Indication Signal
AMP Asynchronous Mapping Procedure
APS Automatic Protection Switching
BDI Backward Defect Indication
BDI-O Backward Defect Indication Overhead
BDI-P Backward Defect Indication Payload
BEI Backward Error Indication
BI Backward Indication
BIAE Backward Incoming Alignment Error
BIP Bit Interleaved Parity
BMP Bit-synchronous Mapping Procedure
Cm number of m-bit client data entities
Cn number of n-bit client data entities
CnD difference between Cn and (m/n x Cm)
- 15 -
CAUI (Chip to) 100Gb/s Attachment Unit Interface

CB Control Block
CBR Constant Bit Rate
CI Characteristic Information
CM Connection Monitoring
CMEP Connection Monitoring End Point
CMGPON_D Continuous Mode GPON Downstream
CMGPON_U2 Continuous Mode GPON Upstream 2
CMOH Connection Monitoring Overhead
CPRI Common Public Radio Interface
CRC Cyclic Redundancy Check
CS Client Specific
CSF Client Signal Fail
CTRL Control word sent from source to sink
DAPI Destination Access Point Identifier
DMp Delay Measurement of ODUk path
DMti Delay Measurement of TCMi
DNU Do Not Use
EDC Error Detection Code
EOS End of Sequence
EXP Experimental
ExTI Expected Trace Identifier
FAS Frame Alignment Signal
FC Flag Continuation
FDI Forward Defect Indication
FDI-O Forward Defect Indication Overhead
FDI-P Forward Defect Indication Payload
FEC Forward Error Correction
GCC General Communication Channel
GID Group Identification
GMP Generic Mapping Procedure
GPON Gigabit-capable passive optical networks
IaDI Intra-Domain Interface
IAE Incoming Alignment Error
IrDI Inter-Domain Interface
- 16 -
JC Justification Control
JOH Justification Overhead
LCAS Link Capacity Adjustment Scheme
LF Local Fault
LLM Logical Lane Marker
LSB Least Significant Bit
MFAS MultiFrame Alignment Signal
MFI Multiframe Indicator
MS Maintenance Signal
MSB Most Significant Bit
MSI Multiplex Structure Identifier
MST Member Status
naOH non-associated overhead
NNI Network Node Interface
NORM Normal Operating Mode
OCC Optical Channel Carrier
OCCo Optical Channel Carrier – overhead
OCCp Optical Channel Carrier – payload
OCCr Optical Channel Carrier with reduced functionality
OCG Optical Carrier Group
OCGr Optical Carrier Group with reduced functionality
OCh Optical channel with full functionality
OChr Optical channel with reduced functionality
OCI Open Connection Indication
ODTUG Optical channel Data Tributary Unit Group
ODTUjk Optical channel Data Tributary Unit j into k
ODTUk.ts Optical channel Data Tributary Unit k with ts tributary slots
ODU Optical Channel Data Unit
ODUk Optical Channel Data Unit-k
ODUk-Xv X virtually concatenated ODUks
ODUkP Optical Channel Data Unit-k Path Monitoring level
ODUkT Optical Channel Data Unit-k Tandem Connection Monitoring level
OH Overhead
OMFI OPU Multi-Frame Identifier
OMS Optical Multiplex Section
- 17 -
OMS-OH Optical Multiplex Section Overhead

OMU Optical Multiplex Unit
ONNI Optical Network Node Interface
OOS OTM Overhead Signal
OPS Optical Physical Section
OPSM Optical Physical Section Multilane
OPU Optical Channel Payload Unit
OPUk Optical Channel Payload Unit-k
OPUk-Xv X virtually concatenated OPUks
OSC Optical Supervisory Channel
OTH Optical Transport Hierarchy
OTL Optical channel Transport Lane
OTLC Optical Transport Lane Carrier
OTLCG Optical Transport Lane Carrier Group
OTM Optical Transport Module
OTN Optical Transport Network
OTS Optical Transmission Section
OTS-OH Optical Transmission Section Overhead
OTU Optical Channel Transport Unit
OTUk completely standardized Optical Channel Transport Unit-k
OTUkV functionally standardized Optical Channel Transport Unit-k
OTUk-v Optical Channel Transport Unit-k with vendor specific OTU FEC
P-CMEP Path-Connection Monitoring End Point
PCC Protection Communication Channel
PCS Physical Coding Sublayer
PLD Payload
PM Path Monitoring
PMA Physical Medium Attachment sublayer
PMI Payload Missing Indication
PMOH Path Monitoring OverHead
PN Pseudo-random Number
POS Position field
ppm parts per million
PRBS Pseudo Random Binary Sequence
PSI Payload Structure Identifier
- 18 -
PT Payload Type
RES Reserved for future international standardization
RF Remote Fault
RS Reed-Solomon
RS-Ack Re-sequence acknowledge
SAPI Source Access Point Identifier
Sk Sink
SM Section Monitoring
SMOH Section Monitoring OverHead
So Source
SNC Subnetwork connection
SNC/I Subnetwork connection protection with inherent monitoring
SNC/N Subnetwork connection protection with non-intrusive monitoring
SNC/S Subnetwork connection protection with sublayer monitoring
SQ Sequence Indicator
TC Tandem Connection
TC-CMEP Tandem Connection-Connection Monitoring End Point
TCM Tandem Connection Monitoring
TCMOH Tandem Connection Monitoring OverHead
TS Tributary Slot
TSOH Tributary Slot Overhead
TTT Timing Transparent Transcoding
TxTI Transmitted Trace Identifier
UNI User-to-Network Interface
VCG Virtual Concatenation Group
VCOH Virtual Concatenation Overhead
vcPT virtual concatenated Payload Type
5 Conventions
The functional architecture of the optical transport network as specified in ITU-T Rec. G.872 is
used to derive the ONNI. The ONNI is specified in terms of the adapted and characteristic
information present in each layer as described in ITU-T Rec. G.805.
- 19 -
Transmission order: The order of transmission of information in all the diagrams in this
Recommendation is first from left to right and then from top to bottom. Within each byte the most
significant bit is transmitted first. The most significant bit (bit 1) is illustrated at the left in all the
diagrams.
Value of reserved bit(s): The value of an overhead bit, which is reserved or reserved for future
international standardization shall be set to "0".
Value of non-sourced bit(s): Unless stated otherwise, any non-sourced bits shall be set to "0".
OTUk, ODUk and OPUk overhead assignment: The assignment of overhead in the optical
channel transport/data/payload unit signal to each part is defined in Figure 5-1.
Column #
1 7 8 14 15 16
1 Frame alignment area OTU specific overhead area
overhead area
specific
2
Row #
OPU
3 ODU specific overhead area
4
G.709/Y.1331_F5-1
Figure 5-1/G.709/Y.1331  OTUk, ODUk and OPUk overhead
6 Optical transport network interface structure

The optical transport network as specified in ITU-T Rec. G.872 defines two interface classes:
• Inter-domain interface (IrDI);
• Intra-domain interface (IaDI).
The OTN IrDI interfaces are defined with 3R processing at each end of the interface.
The Optical Transport Module-n (OTM-n) is the information structure used to support OTN
interfaces. Two OTM-n structures are defined:
• OTM interfaces with full functionality (OTM-n.m);
• OTM interfaces with reduced functionality (OTM-0.m, OTM-nr.m, OTM-0.mvn).
The reduced functionality OTM interfaces are defined with 3R processing at each end of the
interface to support the OTN IrDI interface class.
- 20 -
6.1 Basic signal structure

The basic structure is shown in Figure 6-1.
Clients (e.g. STM-N, ATM, IP, Ethernet, MPLS, ...)
LO OPUk
substructure
ODUkP
LO ODUk
OCh
ODUkT
HO OPUk
OTUkV OTUk OTUkV OTUk OTUk
ODUkP
HO ODUk
ODUkT OCh OChr
OTUkV OTUk OTUkV OTUk OTUk

OMSn OPSMnk
OPSn
OCh OChr
OTSn
OMSn OPSMnk
OPSn OTM-n.m OTM-0.m, OTM-0.mvn
OTSn OTM-nr.m
Full Reduced Multi Lane,
functionality functionality Reduced
OTM interface OTM interface functionality
OTM-0.m, OTM interface
OTM-n.m OTM-0.mvn
OTM-nr.m
Full Reduced Multi Lane,
functionality functionality Reduced
OTM interface OTM interface functionality
OTM interface
Figure 6-1/G.709/Y.1331  Structure of the OTN interfaces
6.1.1 OCh substructure

The optical channel layer as defined in ITU-T Rec. G.872 is further structured in layer networks in
order to support the network management and supervision functionalities defined in
ITU-T Rec. G.872:
– The optical channel with full (OCh) or reduced functionality (OChr), which provides
transparent network connections between 3R regeneration points in the OTN.
– The completely or functionally standardized optical channel transport unit (OTUk/OTUkV)
which provides supervision and conditions the signal for transport between 3R regeneration
points in the OTN.
– The optical channel data unit (ODUk) which provides:
• tandem connection monitoring (ODUkT);
• end-to-end path supervision (ODUkP);
• adaptation of client signals via the Optical Channel Payload Unit (OPUk)
• adaptation of OTN ODUk signals via the Optical Channel Payload Unit (OPUk).
- 21 -
6.1.2 Full functionality OTM-n.m (n ≥ 1) structure

The OTM-n.m (n ≥ 1) consists of the following layers:
• optical transmission section (OTSn);
• optical multiplex section (OMSn):
• full functionality optical channel (OCh);
• completely or functionally standardized optical channel transport unit (OTUk/OTUkV);
• one or more optical channel data unit (ODUk).
6.1.3 Reduced functionality OTM-nr.m and OTM-0.m structure
The OTM-nr.m and OTM-0.m consist of the following layers:
• optical physical section (OPSn);
• reduced functionality optical channel (OChr);
• completely or functionally standardized optical channel transport unit (OTUk/OTUkV);
6.1.4 Parallel OTM-0.mvn structure
The OTM-0.mvn consists of the following layers:
• optical physical section (OPSMnk);
• completely standardized optical channel transport unit (OTUk);
6.2 Information structure for the OTN interfaces

The information structure for the OTN interfaces is represented by information containment
relationships and flows. The principal information containment relationships are described in
Figures 6-2, 6-3, 6-4 and 6-66-5. The information flows are illustrated in Figure 6-56-6.
For supervision purposes in the OTN, the OTUk/OTUkV signal is terminated whenever the
OCh signal is terminated.
- 22 -
Client
OPUk
OPUk OPUk payload
OH
ODUk
ODUk path OPUk
PMOH
ODUk
ODUk TC L1 TCMOH 1 to 6 levels
of ODUk
ODUk tandem
ODUk tandem connection ODUk TC Lm connection
TCMOH
ODUk monitoring
TCMOH
OTUk[V] OTUk[V] OTUk[V] FEC

section OH
OCh
OCh OCh payload
OH
OCCo
OCCo
OCCo
OCCo
OCCo
OCG-n.m OCCp OCCp OCCp OCCp OCCp

OTM COMMs
OMSn
OMU-n.m OMSn payload
OH
OTSn
OTM-n.m OTSn payload
OH G.709/Y.1331_F6-2
OOS
Figure 6-2/G.709/Y.1331 – OTM-n.m principal information containment relationships
Client
OPUk
OPUk OH
OPUk payload
ODUk
ODUk path OPUk
PMOH
ODUk
ODUk TC L1 TCMOH 1 to 6 levels
of ODUk
ODUk tandem
ODUk tandem connection TCMOH
ODUk TC Lm connection
ODUk monitoring
TCMOH

section OH
OChr OCh payload
OTM-0.m OPS0
G.709/Y.1331_F6-3
Figure 6-3/G.709/Y.1331 – OTM-0.m principal information containment relationships

- 23 -
Client
OPUk
OPUk OPUk payload
OH
ODUk
ODUk path OPUk
PMOH
ODUk
ODUk TC L1 1 to 6 levels
TCMOH
of ODUk
ODUk tandem
ODUk tandem connection ODUk TC Lm connection
TCMOH
ODUk monitoring
TCMOH

section OH
OChr OCh payload
OCG-nr.m OCCp OCCp OCCp OCCp OCCp
OTM-nr.m OPSn
G.709/Y.1331_F6-4
Figure 6-4/G.709/Y.1331 – OTM-nr.m principal information containment relationships
Client
OPUk
OPUk OH
OPUk Payload
ODUk
ODUk Path PMOH OPUk
ODUk
ODUk TC L1 TCMOH
1 to 6 levels
of ODUk
ODUk Tandem ODUk Tandem
TCMOH ODUk TC Lm Connection
Connection Monitoring
ODUk
TCMOH
OTUk OTUk
OTUk FEC
Section OH
OT OTLk.n #0 OTLk.n #2 OTLk.n #n-1

Lanes
OTLCG OTLCp OTLCp OTLCp
OTM-0.mvn OPSMnk
Figure 6-66-5/ G.709/Y.1331 – OTM-0.mvn principal information containment relationships

- 24 -
ODUk ODUk_CI Client Client_CI
ODUkP/CL
LO OPUk ODUkP_AI
CMEP
ODUkP
Path
LO ODU Network Layer

LO ODUk ODUk_CI
ODUkT/ODUk ODUkT/ODUk
Connection
Tandem
CMEP
ODUkT ODUkT
LO ODUk ODUk_CI
LO ODUk ODUk_CI
ODU
LO ODUk ODUk_CI
ODUkP/ODUj
HO OPUk ODUkP_AI
CMEP
HO ODU Network Layer

ODUkP
Path
HO ODUk ODUk_CI
ODUkT/ODUk
Connection
Tandem
CMEP
ODUkT
LO ODUk HO ODUk ODUk_CI
OTUk/ODUk OTUkV/ODUk
OTUk OTUkV
Section
Optical
CMEP
OTUk OTUk_CI OTUkV OTUkV_CI

OCh Network Layer
OCh/OTUk OCh/OTUk-v OCh/OTUkV
OChr OCh
OCh OH
OChr_CI OCh_CI
OCh OCh OH
OCh_CI
  OCh_CI_PLD   OCh OH
OMS Network Layer
OPSM/OTUk n    OPS/OChr OMS/OCh n    OCh_CI_OH

OPSM_AI OCG-n OPS_AI OCG-n OMS_AI
OMS
OMS OH
OMS_CI_PLD
OMS_CI_OH
OMU-n
OMS_CI
OTS/OMS OMS OH
OPS Network Layer
OPS Network Layer
OTS Network Layer
OTS_AI
OTLk.4 OTS OH
OPSM OPS OTS
   OTS_CI_PLD
OTS_CI_OH
OOS
OPSM_CI OTS_CI OSC COMMs

OPS_CI
OTM-0
OTM-n (n1)
OTM-0.mvn OTM-0 OTM-n
OTM-0.mv4 OTM-nr (n>1) OTM-nr
Figure 6-56-6/G.709/Y.1331  Example of information flow relationship
7 Multiplexing/mapping principles and bit rates

Figures 7-1A and 7-1B show the relationship between various information structure elements and
illustrates the multiplexing structure and mappings (including wavelength and time division
multiplexing) for the OTM-n. In the multi-domain OTN any combination of the ODUk
- 25 -
multiplexing layers may be present at a given OTN NNI. The interconnection of and visibility of
ODUk multiplexing layers within an equipment or domain is outside the scope of this
recommendation. Refer to Recommendation G.872 for further information on interconnection of
and multiplexing of ODUk layers within a domain.Figure 7-1A shows that a (non-OTN) client
signal is mapped into a lower order OPU, identified as “OPU (L)”. The OPU (L) signal is mapped
into the associated lower order ODU, identified as “ODU (L)”. The ODU (L) signal is either
mapped into the associated OTU[V] signal, or into an ODTU. The ODTU signal is multiplexed into
an ODTU Group (ODTUG). The ODTUG signal is mapped into a higher order OPU, identified as
“OPU (H)”. The OPU (H) signal is mapped into the associated higher order ODU, identified as
“ODU (H)”. The ODU (H) signal is mapped into the associated OTU[V].
The OPU (L) and OPU (H) are the same information structures, but with different client signals.
The concepts of lower order and high order ODU are specific to the role that ODU plays within a
single domain.
Figure 7-1B shows that an OTU[V] signal is mapped either into an Optical Channel signal,
identified as OCh and OChr, or into an OTLk.n. The OCh/OChr signal is mapped into an Optical
Channel Carrier, identified as OCC and OCCr. The OCC/OCCr signal is multiplexed into an OCC
Group, identified as OCG-n.m and OCG-nr.m. The OCG-n.m signal is mapped into an OMSn. The
OMSn signal is mapped into an OTSn. The OTSn signal is presented at the OTM-n.m interface.
The OCG-nr.m signal is mapped into an OPSn. The OPSn signal is presented at the OTM-nr.m
interface. A single OCCr signal is mapped into an OPS0. The OPS0 signal is presented at the OTM-
0.m interface. The OTLk.n signal is mapped into an Optical Transport Lane Carrier, identified as
OTLC. The OTLC signal is multiplexed into an OTLC Group, identified as OTLCG. The OTLCG
signal is mapped into an OPSMnk. The OPSMnk signal is presented at the OTM-0.mvn interface.
- 26 -
ODU4 x1 x1
ODU4 OPU4 Client Signal
x1 (L) (L)
OTU4[V] x 80
ODTU4.1 ODU0
x1 ODU4 x1 OPU4 x1 x 40
(H) (H) ODTU4.2 ODU1
ODU4
ODTUG4 x 10 ODU2
ODTU4.8
PT=21 ODU2e
x2
ODTU4.31 ODU3
x 80/ts
ODTU4.ts ODUflex
ODU3
to ODU (H) x 1/X Client Signal
OPU3-X
ODU3
x1 (L) x1 OPU3 Client Signal
OTU3[V] (L)
x1 x 16
ODU3 OPU3 x1 ODTU13 ODU1
(H) (H) x4 ODU2
ODTU23
ODU3
ODTUG3 x 32 ODU0
to ODU (H) ODTU3.1
PT=21
x1 x3 ODU2e
ODTU3.9
x 32/ts ODUflex
ODTU3.ts
x 16
ODTU13 ODU1
ODTUG3
PT=20 x4 ODU2
ODTU23
See Figure 7-1B
ODU2e
to ODU (H) x 1 OPU2e
ODU2e Client Signal
(L) (L)
ODU2
OPU2-X
ODU2
OTU2[V] (L)
x1 x4
ODU2 OPU2 x1 ODTU12 ODU1
(H) (H) ODTUG2 x8 ODU0
ODTU2.1
ODU2 PT=21
x 8/ts ODUflex
to ODU (H) ODTU2.ts
x1
ODTUG2 x4 ODU1
ODTU12
PT=20
ODU1
OPU1-X
ODU1
OTU1[V] (L)
x1
ODU1 OPU1 x 1 ODTUG1 x2
ODTU01 ODU0
(H) (H) PT=20
ODU1
to ODU (H)
ODU0 x1 OPU0 x1 Client Signal

ODU0 (L) (L)
to ODU (H)
ODUflex x 1 OPUflex x 1 Client Signal

ODUflex (L) (L)
to ODU (H)
Multiplexing Mapping
Figure 7-1A/G.709/Y.1331 – OTM multiplexing and mapping structures (I)

- 27 -
x1 xn x1 x 1/n
OTM-0.mvn OPSMn4 OTLCG OTLC OTL4.n
x1 xn x1 x 1/n
OPSMn3 OTLCG OTLC OTL3.n
x1 x1 x1
OCCr OChr OTU4[V]
OTM-0.m OPS0
x1 x1
OCCr OChr
xl
xi
x1 x1 OTU3[V]
OCCr OChr
x1
OTM-nr.m OPSn OCG-nr.m xj
See Figure 7-1/A

x1 x1
xk OCCr OChr
1  i+j+k+l  n
x1
OCC OCh
x1
OTU2[V]
x1
OCC OCh
x1
xl
1  i+j+k+l  n
xi
x1
OTSn OMSn OCG-n.m
OTM-n.m
xj x1
OCC OCh
x1 OTU1[V]
x1 xk
OTS OH OMS OH x1
OCC OCh
x1
OCh OH
x1
OSC OTM Overhead Signal (OOS) COMMS OH
Figure 7-1B/G.709/Y.1331 – OTM multiplexing and mapping structures (II)
The OTS, OMS, OCh and COMMS overhead is inserted into the OOS using mapping and
multiplexing techniques outside the scope of this Recommendation.
7.1 Mapping
The client signal or an Optical channel Data Tributary Unit Group (ODTUGk) is mapped into the
OPUk. The OPUk is mapped into an ODUk and the ODUk is mapped into an OTUk[V]. The
OTUk[V] is mapped into an OCh[r] and the OCh[r] is then modulated onto an OCC[r]. The OTUk
may also be mapped into n OTLk.n and an OTLk.n is then modulated onto an OTLC.
- 28 -
7.2 Wavelength division multiplex

Up to n (n ≥ 1) OCC[r] are multiplexed into an OCG-n[r].m using wavelength division
multiplexing. The OCC[r] tributary slots of the OCG-n[r].m can be of different size.
The OCG-n[r].m is transported via the OTM-n[r].m. For the case of the full functionality OTM-n.m
interfaces the OSC is multiplexed into the OTM-n.m using wavelength division multiplexing.
n OTLC are aggregated into an OTLCG using wavelength division multiplexing. The OTLCG is
transported via the OTM-0.mvn.
7.3 Bit rates and capacity

The bit rates and tolerance of the OTUk signals are defined in Table 7-1.
The bit rates and tolerance of the ODUk signals are defined in 12.2 and Table 7-2.
The bit rates and tolerance of the OPUk and OPUk-Xv payload are defined in Table 7-3.
The OTUk/ODUk/OPUk/OPUk-Xv frame periods are defined in Table 7-4.
The types and bit rates of the OTLk.n signals are defined in Table 7-5.
The 2.5G and 1.25G tributary slot related HO OPUk multi-frame periods are defined in Table 7-6.
The ODTU Payload area bandwidths are defined in Table 7-7. The bandwidth depends on the HO
OPUk type (k=1,2,3,4) and the mapping procedure (AMP or GMP). The AMP bandwidths include
the bandwidth provided by the NJO overhead byte. GMP is defined without such NJO byte.
The bit rates and tolerance of the ODUflex(GFP) are defined in Table 7-8.
The number of HO OPUk tributary slots required by LO ODUj are summarized in Table 7-9.
Table 7-1/G.709/Y.1331  OTU types and bit rates

OTU type OTU nominal bit rate OTU bit-rate tolerance
OTU1 255/238 × 2 488 320 kbit/s
OTU2 255/237 × 9 953 280 kbit/s
20 ppm
OTU3 255/236 × 39 813 120 kbit/s
OTU4 255/227 × 99 532 800 kbit/s
NOTE 1 – The nominal OTUk rates are approximately: 2 666 057.143 kbit/s (OTU1), 10 709 225.316
kbit/s (OTU2), 43 018 413.559 kbit/s (OTU3) and 111 809 973.568 kbit/s (OTU4).
NOTE 2 – OTU0, OTU2e and OTUflex are not specified in this recommendation. ODU0 signals are to be
transported over ODU1, ODU2, ODU3 or ODU4 signals, ODU2e signals are to be transported over ODU3
and ODU4 signals and ODUflex signals are transported over ODU2, ODU3 and ODU4 signals.
Table 7-2/G.709/Y.1331  ODU types and bit rates

ODU type ODU nominal bit rate ODU bit-rate tolerance
ODU0 1 244 160 kbit/s
ODU1 239/238 × 2 488 320 kbit/s
ODU2 239/237 × 9 953 280 kbit/s 20 ppm
ODU3 239/236 × 39 813 120 kbit/s
ODU4 239/227 × 99 532 800 kbit/s
- 29 -
ODU2e 239/237 × 10 312 500 kbit/s 100 ppm

ODUflex for CBR 239/238 × client signal bit rate client signal bit rate tolerance, with a
client signals maximum of 100 ppm
ODUflex for GFP-F configured bit rate (see Table 7-8) 20 ppm
mapped client
signals
NOTE – The nominal ODUk rates are approximately: 2 498 775.126 kbit/s (ODU1), 10 037 273.924 kbit/s
(ODU2), 40 319 218.983 kbit/s (ODU3), 104 794 445.815 kbit/s (ODU4) and 10 399 525.316 kbit/s
(ODU2e).
Table 7-3/G.709/Y.1331  OPU types and bit rates

OPU type OPU Payload nominal bit rate OPU Payload bit rate tolerance
OPU0 238/239 × 1 244 160 kbit/s
OPU1 2 488 320 kbit/s
OPU2 238/237 × 9 953 280 kbit/s 20 ppm
OPU3 238/236 × 39 813 120 kbit/s
OPU4 238/227 × 99 532 800 kbit/s
OPU2e 238/237 × 10 312 500 kbit/s 100 ppm
OPUflex for CBR client signal bit rate client signal bit rate tolerance, with a
client signals maximum of 100 ppm
OPUflex for GFP-F 238/239 × ODUflex signal rate 20 ppm
mapped client signals
OPU1-Xv X × 2 488 320 kbit/s
OPU2-Xv X × 238/237 × 9 953 280 kbit/s 20 ppm
OPU3-Xv X × 238/236 × 39 813 120 kbit/s
NOTE – The nominal OPUk Payload rates are approximately: 1 238 954.310 kbit/s (OPU0 Payload), 2
488 320.000 kbit/s (OPU1 Payload), 9 995 276.962 kbit/s (OPU2 Payload), 40 150 519.322 kbit/s (OPU3
Payload), 104 355 975.330 (OPU4 Payload) and 10 356 012.658 kbit/s (OPU2e Payload).. The nominal
OPUk-Xv Payload rates are approximately: X × 2 488 320.000 kbit/s (OPU1-Xv Payload), X × 9 995
276.962 kbit/s (OPU2-Xv Payload) and X × 40 150 519.322 kbit/s (OPU3-Xv Payload).
Table 7-4/G.709/Y.1331  OTUk/ODUk/OPUk frame periods

OTU/ODU/OPU type Period (Note)
ODU0/OPU0 98.354 μs
OTU1/ODU1/OPU1/OPU1-Xv 48.971 μs
OTU4/ODU4/OPU4 1.168 μs
ODU2e/OPU2e 11.767 μs
ODUflex/OPUflex CBR client signals: 121856/client_signal_bit_rate
GFP-F mapped client signals: 122368/ODUflex_bit_rate
- 30 -
NOTE – The period is an approximated value, rounded to 3 decimal places.
Table 7-5/G.709/Y.1331 – OTL types and bit rates

OTL type OTL nominal bit rate OTL bit rate tolerance
OTL3.4 255/236 × 9 953 280 kbit/s
20 ppm
OTL4.4 255/227 × 24 883 200 kbit/s
NOTE – The nominal OTL rates are approximately: 10 754 603.390 kbit/s (OTL3.4) and 27 952 493.392
kbit/s (OTL4.4).
Table 7-6/G.709/Y.1331  HO OPUk multi-frame periods for 2.5G and 1.25G tributary slots
OPU type 1.25G tributary slot multi- 2.5G tributary slot multi-
frame period (Note) frame period (Note)
OPU1 97.942 μs -
OPU2 97.531 μs, 48.765 μs
OPU3 97.119 μs 48.560 μs
OPU4 93.416 μs -
NOTE – The period is an approximated value, rounded to 3 decimal places.
Table 7-7/G.709/Y.1331 – ODTU Payload bandwidth (kbit/s)

ODTU ODTU Payload nominal bandwidth ODTU Payload bit
type rate tolerance
ODTU01 (1904 + 1/8)/3824  ODU1 bit rate
ODTU12 (952 + 1/16)/3824  ODU2 bit rate
ODTU13 (238 + 1/64)/3824  ODU3 bit rate
ODTU23 (952 + 4/64)/3824  ODU3 bit rate 20 ppm
ODTU2.ts ts  476/3824  ODU2 bit rate
ODTU3.ts ts  119/3824  ODU3 bit rate
ODTU4.ts ts  47.5/3824  ODU4 bit rate
Minimum Nominal Maximum
ODTU01 1 244 216.796 1 244 241.681 1 244 266.566
ODTU12 2 498 933.311 2 498 983.291 2 499 033.271
ODTU13 2 509 522.012 2 509 572.203 2 509 622.395
ODTU23 10 038 088.048 10 038 288.814 10 038 489.579
ODTU2.ts ts  1 249 384.632 ts  1 249 409.620 ts  1 249 434.608
ODTU3.ts ts  1 254 678.635 ts  1 254 703.729 ts  1 254 728.823
ODTU4.ts ts  1 301 683.217 ts  1 301 709.251 ts  1 301 735.285
NOTE – The bandwidth is an approximated value, rounded to 3 decimal places.
- 31 -
Table 7-8/G.709/Y.1331 – ODUflex(GFP) bit rates, tolerance and Cm

Originating ODUflex(GFP) nominal bit rate (note 1) Default and ODUflex bit rate
Server type maximum Cm tolerance
HO ODU2 476/3824  n  Cm/15232  ODU2 bit rate 15230
HO ODU3 119/3824  n  Cm/15232  ODU3 bit rate 15230
15165 (note 2)
20 ppm
HO ODU4 47.5/3824  n  Cm/15200  ODU4 bit rate 15198
14649 (note 2)
14587 (note 2)
NOTE 1 – The value “n” represents the number of tributary slots occupied by the ODUflex(GFP)
and Cm represents the number of M-byte ODUflex entities per HO ODUk multiframe.
NOTE 2 – These Cm values are reduced values that support the transport of the ODUflex over lower
rate HO ODUk paths. Refer to 12.2.
NOTE 3 – Besides local clocks based on HO ODUk, it may be that equipment internal clocks are
providing the local clock. For such case, a similar approach can be followed.
Minimum (kbit/s) Nominal (kbit/s) Maximum (kbit/s)
ODUflex with ODU2 n  Cm  82.024 n  Cm  82.025 n  Cm  82.027
base clock
base clock
base clock
NOTE 4 – The bandwidth is an approximated value, rounded to 3 decimal places.
NOTE 5 – The e.g. 82.024 kbit/s value represents the multiplier used in conjunction with the values
n and Cm to provide the corresponding minimum bit rate of ODUflex with ODU2 base clock. It‟s
given by 476/3824 x 1/15232 x ODU2 bit rate with -20 ppm bit-rate tolerance. It is the bit rate of an
M-byte field in the OPU2 Payload area.
Table 7-9/G.709/Y.1331 –Number of tributary slots required for ODUj into HO OPUk
# 2.5G tributary # 1.25G tributary slots
slots
LO ODU OPU2 OPU3 OPU1 OPU2 OPU3 OPU4

ODU0 - - 1 1 1 1
ODU1 1 1 - 2 2 2
ODU2 - 4 - - 8 8
ODU2e - - - - 9 8
ODU3 - - - - - 31
ODUflex(CBR) - - - Note 1 Note 2 Note 3
ODUflex(GFP) - - - n n n
NOTE 1 – Number of tributary slots = Ceiling(ODUflex(CBR) nominal bit rate /

(TODTU2.ts nominal bit rate) × (1+ODUflex(CBR) bit rate tolerance)/(1-HO
OPU2 bit rate tolerance))
- 32 -

NOTE 4 – T represents the transcoding factor. Refer to 17.6.3, 17.6.4 and 17.6.5.
7.4 ODUk Time-Division Multiplex

Figure 7-1A shows the relationship between various time-division multiplexing elements that are
defined below, and illustrates possible multiplexing structures. Table 7-10 provides an overview of
valid tributary slot types and mapping procedure configuration options.
Up to 2 ODU0 signals are multiplexed into an ODTUG1 (PT=20) using time-division multiplexing.
The ODTUG1 (PT=20) is mapped into the OPU1.
Up to 4 ODU1 signals are multiplexed into an ODTUG2 (PT=20) using time-division multiplexing.
A mixture of p (p  4) ODU2 and q (q  16) ODU1 signals can be multiplexed into an ODTUG3
(PT=20) using time-division multiplexing. The ODTUG3 (PT=20) is mapped into the OPU3.
A mixture of p (p  8) ODU0, q (q  4) ODU1, r (r  8) ODUflex signals can be multiplexed into
an ODTUG2 (PT=21) using time-division multiplexing. The ODTUG2 (PT=21) is mapped into the
OPU2.
A mixture of p (p  32) ODU0, q (q  16) ODU1, r (r  4) ODU2, s (s  3) ODU2e and t (t  32)
ODUflex signals can be multiplexed into an ODTUG3 (PT=21) using time-division multiplexing.
A mixture of p (p  80) ODU0, q (q  40) ODU1, r (r  10) ODU2, s (s  10) ODU2e, t (t  2)
ODU3 and u (u  80) ODUflex signals can be multiplexed into an ODTUG4 (PT=21) using
time-division multiplexing. The ODTUG4 (PT=21) is mapped into the OPU4.
NOTE – The ODTUGk is a logical construct and is not defined further. ODTUjk and ODTUk.ts signals are
directly time-division multiplexed into the Tributary Slots of a HO OPUk.
Table 7-10/G.709/Y.1331 – Overview of ODUj into OPUk mapping types

2.5G Tributary Slots 1.25G Tributary Slots
OPU2 OPU3 OPU1 OPU2 OPU3 OPU4
ODU0 - - AMP GMP GMP GMP
(PT=20) (PT=21) (PT=21) (PT=21)
ODU1 AMP AMP - AMP AMP GMP
(PT=20) (PT=20) (PT=21) (PT=21) (PT=21)
ODU2 - AMP - - AMP GMP
(PT=20) (PT=21) (PT=21)
ODU2e - - - - GMP GMP
(PT=21) (PT=21)
ODU3 - - - - - GMP
(PT=21)
ODUflex - - - GMP GMP GMP
(PT=21) (PT=21) (PT=21)
- 33 -
Figures 7-2, 7-3 and 7-4 show how various signals are multiplexed using the ODTUG1/2/3 (PT=20)
multiplexing elements. Figure 7-2 presents the multiplexing of four ODU1 signals into the OPU2
signal via the ODTUG2 (PT=20). An ODU1 signal is extended with frame alignment overhead and
asynchronously mapped into the Optical channel Data Tributary Unit 1 into 2 (ODTU12) using the
AMP justification overhead (JOH). The four ODTU12 signals are time-division multiplexed into
the Optical channel Data Tributary Unit Group 2 (ODTUG2) with Payload Type 20, after which
this signal is mapped into the OPU2.
ODU1
OH
ODU1 payload ODU1
ODTU12
JOH
ODU1 ODTU12
ODTU12 ODTU12
JOH JOH
ODU1 ODU1 ODTUG2
ODTUG2
OPU2
OH
OPU2 payload OPU2
ODU2
OH
ODU2 payload ODU2
G.709/Y.1331_F7-2
Figure 7-2/G.709/Y.1331  ODU1 into ODU2 multiplexing method via ODTUG2 (PT=20)
ODU2 ODU2 payload ODU1 ODU1 payload

OH ODU2 OH ODU1
ODTU23 ODU2 ODTU23 ODTU13 ODTU13

JOH JOH ODU1
ODTU13 ODTU13 ODTU23 ODTU23 ODU2 ODU2 ODU1 ODU1 ODTUG3

JOH JOH JOH JOH
ODTUG3
OPU3 OPU3 payload OPU3

OH
ODU3 ODU3 payload

OH ODU3
G.709/Y.1331_F7-3
Figure 7-3/G.709/Y.1331  ODU1 and ODU2 into ODU3 multiplexing method via ODTUG3
(PT=20)
- 34 -
Figure 7-3 presents the multiplexing of up to 16 ODU1 signals and/or up to 4 ODU2 signals into
the OPU3 signal via the ODTUG3 (PT=20). An ODU1 signal is extended with frame alignment
overhead and asynchronously mapped into the Optical channel Data Tributary Unit 1 into 3
(ODTU13) using the AMP justification overhead (JOH). An ODU2 signal is extended with frame
alignment overhead and asynchronously mapped into the Optical channel Data Tributary Unit 2 into
3 (ODTU23) using the AMP justification overhead (JOH). "x" ODTU23 (0  x  4) signals and
"16-4x" ODTU13 signals are time-division multiplexed into the Optical channel Data Tributary
Unit Group 3 (ODTUG3) with Payload Type 20, after which this signal is mapped into the OPU3.
Figure 7-4 presents the multiplexing of two ODU0 signals into the OPU1 signal via the ODTUG1
(PT=20). An ODU0 signal is extended with frame alignment overhead and asynchronously mapped
into the Optical channel Data Tributary Unit 0 into 1 (ODTU01) using the AMP justification
overhead (JOH). The two ODTU01 signals are time-division multiplexed into the Optical channel
Data Tributary Unit Group 1 (ODTUG1) with Payload Type 20, after which this signal is mapped
into the OPU1.
ODU0
OH
ODU0 Payload ODU0
ODTU01 ODTU01
JOH
ODU0
ODTU01 ODTU01 ODTUG1

JOH JOH
ODU0 ODU0 (PT=20)
ODTUG1 (PT=20)
OPU1
OPU1 Payload OPU1
OH
ODU1
OH ODU1 Payload ODU1
Figure 7-4/G.709/Y.1331  ODU0 into ODU1 multiplexing method via ODTUG1 (PT=20)
Figures 7-5, 7-6 and 7-7 show how various signals are multiplexed using the ODTUG2/3/4 (PT=21)
multiplexing elements.
Figure 7-5 presents the multiplexing of up to eight ODU0 signals, and/or up to four ODU1 signals
and/or up to eight ODUflex signals into the OPU2 signal via the ODTUG2 (PT=21). An ODU1
signal is extended with frame alignment overhead and asynchronously mapped into the Optical
channel Data Tributary Unit 1 into 2 (ODTU12) using the AMP justification overhead (JOH). An
ODU0 signal is extended with frame alignment overhead and asynchronously mapped into the
Optical channel Data Tributary Unit 2.1 (ODTU2.1) using the GMP justification overhead. An
ODUflex signal is extended with frame alignment overhead and asynchronously mapped into the
Optical channel Data Tributary Unit 2.ts (ODTU2.ts) using the GMP justification overhead. Up to
eight ODTU2.1 signals, up to four ODTU12 signals and up to eight ODTU2.ts signals are
- 35 -
time-division multiplexed into the Optical channel Data Tributary Unit Group 2 (ODTUG2) with
Payload Type 21, after which this signal is mapped into the OPU2.
ODU ODU0 ODU1
OH
ODU Payload ODU OH
ODU0 Payload ODU0 OH
ODU1 Payload ODU1
ODTU2.ts ODU ODTU2.ts ODTU2.1 ODTU2.1 ODTU12 ODTU12

JOH (ODUflex) JOH
ODU0 JOH
ODU1
ODTU2.ts ODTU2.ts ODTU2.1 ODTU2.1 ODTU12 ODTU12 ODTUG2

JOH JOH JOH JOH JOH JOH ODUflex ODUflex ODU0 ODU0 ODU1 ODU1
(PT=21)
ODTUG2 (PT=21)
OPU2
OPU2 Payload OPU2
OH
ODU2
Figure 7-5/G.709/Y.1331  ODU0, ODU1 and ODUflex into ODU2 multiplexing method via
ODTUG2 (PT=21)
Figure 7-6 presents the multiplexing of up to thirty-two ODU0 signals and/or up to sixteen ODU1
signals and/or up to four ODU2 signals and/or up to three ODU2e signals and/or up to thirty-two
ODUflex signals into the OPU3 signal via the ODTUG3 (PT=21). An ODU1 signal is extended
with frame alignment overhead and asynchronously mapped into the Optical channel Data Tributary
Unit 1 into 3 (ODTU13) using the AMP justification overhead (JOH). An ODU2 signal is extended
with frame alignment overhead and asynchronously mapped into the Optical channel Data Tributary
Unit 2 into 3 (ODTU23) using the AMP justification overhead. An ODU0 signal is extended with
frame alignment overhead and asynchronously mapped into the Optical channel Data Tributary Unit
3.1 (ODTU3.1) using the GMP justification overhead. An ODU2e signal is extended with frame
alignment overhead and asynchronously mapped into the Optical channel Data Tributary Unit 3.9
(ODTU3.9) using the GMP justification overhead. An ODUflex signal is extended with frame
alignment overhead and asynchronously mapped into the Optical channel Data Tributary Unit 3.ts
(ODTU3.ts) using the GMP justification overhead. Up to thirty-two ODTU3.1 signals, up to sixteen
ODTU13 signals, up to four ODTU23 signals, up to three ODTU3.9 and up to thirty-two ODTU3.ts
signals are time-division multiplexed into the Optical channel Data Tributary Unit Group 3
(ODTUG3) with Payload Type 21, after which this signal is mapped into the OPU3.
- 36 -
ODU ODU2 ODU1

OH
ODU Payload ODU OH
ODU2 Payload ODU2 OH
ODU1 Payload ODU1
ODTU3.ts ODU ODTU3.ts ODTU23 ODTU23 ODTU13 ODTU13

JOH (ODU0, ODU2e, ODUflex) JOH
ODU2 JOH
ODU1
ODTU3.ts ODTU3.ts ODTU23 ODTU23 ODTU13 ODTU13 ODU ODU ODTUG3

JOH JOH JOH JOH JOH JOH (0, 2e, flex) (0, 2e, flex)
ODU2 ODU2 ODU1 ODU1
(PT=21)
ODTUG3 (PT=21)
OPU3
OPU3 Payload OPU3
OH
ODU3
Figure 7-6/G.709/Y.1331  ODU0, ODU1, ODU2, and ODUflex into ODU3 multiplexing
method via ODTUG3 (PT=21)
Figure 7-7 presents the multiplexing of up to eighty ODU0 signals and/or up to forty ODU1 signals
and/or up to ten ODU2 signals and/or up to ten ODU2e signals and/or up to two ODU3 signals
and/or up to eighty ODUflex signals into the OPU4 signal via the ODTUG4 (PT=21). An ODU0
signal is extended with frame alignment overhead and asynchronously mapped into the Optical
channel Data Tributary Unit 4.1 (ODTU4.1) using the GMP justification overhead (JOH). An
Optical channel Data Tributary Unit 4.8 (ODTU4.8) using the GMP justification overhead (JOH).
An ODU2e signal is extended with frame alignment overhead and asynchronously mapped into the
ODUflex signal is extended with frame alignment overhead and asynchronously mapped into the
Optical channel Data Tributary Unit 4.ts (ODTU4.ts) using the GMP justification overhead (JOH).
Up to eighty ODTU4.1 signals, up to forty ODTU4.2 signals, up to ten ODTU4.8 signals, up to two
ODTU4.31 and up to eighty ODTU4.ts signals are time-division multiplexed into the Optical
channel Data Tributary Unit Group 4 (ODTUG4) with Payload Type 21, after which this signal is
mapped into the OPU4.
- 37 -
ODU
OH
ODU Payload ODU
ODTU4.ts ODU ODTU4.ts

JOH (0, 1, 2, 2e, 3, 4, flex)
ODTU4.ts ODTU4.ts ODTUG4

JOH JOH
ODU ODU (PT=21)
ODTUG4 (PT=21)
OPU4
OPU4 Payload OPU4
OH
ODU4
OH
ODU4 Payload ODU4
Figure 7-7/G.709/Y.1331  ODU0, ODU1, ODU2, ODU2e, ODU3 and ODUflex into ODU4
multiplexing method via ODTUG4 (PT=21)
Details of the multiplexing method and mappings are given in clause 19.
An example illustrating the multiplexing of 2 ODU0 signals into an ODU1 and of 4 ODU1 signals
into an ODU2 is presented in Appendix III.
8 Optical transport module (OTM-n.m, OTM-nr.m, OTM-0.m, OTM-0.mvn)

Two OTM structures are defined, one with full functionality and one with reduced functionality.
For the IrDI only reduced functionality OTM interfaces are currently defined. Other full or reduced
functionality OTM IrDIs are for further study.
Table 8-1 provides an overview of the OTU, OTU FEC, OCh/OChr, OPS, OPSM and OMS/OTS
elements in the OTM structures specified in this clause.
Table 8-1/G.709/Y.1331 – Overview of OTM structures

OTUk OTUkV OTUk OTUkV OChr OCh OPS OPSM OMS IaDI IrDI
frame frame FEC FEC OTS
OTM- X X X X X
n.m
OTM- X X X X X
n.m
OTM- X X X X X
n.m
OTM- X X X X X X
16/32r.m
OTM- X X X X X
16/32r.m
OTM- X X X X X
- 38 -
16/32r.m
OTM- X X X X X X
0.m
OTM- X X X X X
0.m
OTM- X X X X X
0.mvn
8.1 OTM with reduced functionality (OTM-0.m, OTM-nr.m, OTM-0.mvn)

The OTM-n supports n optical channels on a single optical span with 3R regeneration and
termination of the OTUk[V] on each end. As 3R regeneration is performed on both sides of the
OTM-0.m, OTM-nr.m and OTM-0.mvn interfaces access to OTUk[V] overhead is available and
maintenance/supervision of the interface is provided via this overhead. Therefore non-associated
OTN overhead is not required across the OTM-0.m, OTM-nr.m and OTM-0.mvn interfaces and an
OSC/OOS is not supported.
Three OTM interfaces classes with reduced functionality are defined, OTM-0.m, OTM-nr.m and
OTM-0.mvn. Other reduced functionality interfaces classes are for further study.
8.1.1 OTM-0.m
The OTM-0.m supports a non-coloured optical channel on a single optical span with 3R
regeneration at each end.
Four OTM-0.m interface signals (see Figure 8-1) are defined, each carrying a single channel optical
signal containing one OTUk[V] signal:
 OTM-0.1 (carrying an OTU1[V]);
 OTM-0.2 (carrying an OTU2[V]);
 OTM-0.3 (carrying an OTU3[V]).
 OTM-0.4 (carrying an OTU4[V]).
In generic terms: OTM-0.m.
x1 x1 x1 x1
OTM-0.4 OCCr OChr OTU4[V] ODU4 OPU4
x1 x1 x1 x1
x1 x1 x1 x1
OTM-0.2 OCCr OChr OTU2]V] ODU2 OPU2
x1 x1 x1 x1
Mapping
Figure 8-1/G.709/Y.1331  OTM-0.m structure

- 39 -
Figure 8-1 shows the relationship between various information structure elements that are defined
below and illustrates possible mappings for the OTM-0.m.
An OSC is not present and there is no OOS either.
8.1.2 OTM-nr.m
8.1.2.1 OTM-16r.m
This OTM-16r.m supports 16 optical channels on a single optical span with 3R regeneration at each
end.
Several OTM-16r interface signals are defined. Some examples:
 OTM-16r.1 (carrying i (i ≤ 16) OTU1[V] signals);
 OTM-16r.2 (carrying j (j ≤ 16) OTU2[V] signals);
 OTM-16r.3 (carrying k (k ≤ 16) OTU3[V] signals);
 OTM-16r.4 (carrying l (l ≤ 16) OTU4[V] signals);
 OTM-16r.1234 (carrying i (i ≤ 16) OTU1[V], j (j ≤ 16) OTU2[V], k (k ≤ 16) OTU3[V] and
l (l ≤ 16) OTU4[V] signals with i + j + k +l ≤ 16);
 OTM-16r.123 (carrying i (i ≤ 16) OTU1[V], j (j ≤ 16) OTU2[V] and k (k ≤ 16) OTU3[V]
signals with i + j + k ≤ 16);
 OTM-16r.12 (carrying i (i ≤ 16) OTU1[V] and j (j ≤ 16) OTU2[V] signals with i + j ≤ 16);
 OTM-16r.23 (carrying j (j ≤ 16) OTU2[V] and k (k ≤ 16) OTU3[V] signals with
j + k ≤ 16),
 OTM-16r.34 (carrying k (k ≤ 16) OTU3[V] and l (l ≤ 16) OTU4[V] signals with k + l ≤
16),
in generic terms identified as OTM-16r.m.
The OTM-16r.m signal is an OTM-nr.m signal (see Figure 6-56-6) with 16 optical channel carriers
(OCCr) numbered OCCr #0 to OCCr #15. An optical supervisory channel (OSC) is not present and
there is no OOS either.
At least one of the OCCrs is in service during normal operation and transporting an OTUk[V].
There is no predefined order in which the OCCrs are taken into service.
Some examples of the defined OTM-16r.m interface signals and the OTM-16r.m multiplexing
structure are shown in Figure 8-2.
NOTE – OTM-16r.m OPS overhead is not defined. The interface will use the OTUk[V] SMOH in this
multi-wavelength interface for supervision and management. OTM-16r.m connectivity (TIM) failure reports
will be computed from the individual OTUk[V] reports by means of failure correlation in fault management.
Refer to the equipment Recommendations for further details.
- 40 -
x1 xi x1 x1 x1 x1 Client
OTM-16r.1 OCG-16r.1 OCCr OChr OTU1[V] ODU1 OPU1
signal
1  i  16
xj x1 x1 x1 x1 Client
OTM-16r.2 x 1 OCG-16r.2 OCCr OChr OTU2[V] ODU2 OPU2
signal
1  j  16
x1 xk x1 x1 x1 x1 Client
signal
1  k  16
x1 xj x1 x1 x1 x1 Client
signal
1  i + j  16 x i
x1 x1 x1 x1 Client
OCCr OChr OTU1[V] ODU1 OPU1
signal
x1 x1 x1 x1 Client
signal
1  j + k  16 xk
signal
x1 x1 x1 x1 Client
signal
xk
signal
xi
1  i + j + k  16
x1 x1 x1 x1 Client
signal
G.709/Y.1331_F8-2
Multiplexing
Mapping
Figure 8-2/G.709/Y.1331  OTM-16r.m multiplexing structure examples
8.1.2.2 OTM-32r.m
This OTM-32r.m supports 32 optical channels on a single optical span with 3R regeneration at each
end.
- 41 -
Several OTM-32r interface signals are defined. Some examples:

 OTM-32r.1 (carrying i (i ≤ 32) OTU1[V] signals);
 OTM-32r.2 (carrying j (j ≤ 32) OTU2[V] signals);
 OTM-32r.3 (carrying k (k ≤ 32) OTU3[V] signals);
 OTM-32r.4 (carrying l (l ≤ 32) OTU4[V] signals);
 OTM-32r.1234 (carrying i (i ≤ 32) OTU1[V], j (j ≤ 32) OTU2[V], k (k ≤ 32) OTU3[V] and
l (l ≤ 32) OTU4[V] signals with i + j + k + l ≤ 32);
 OTM-32r.123 (carrying i (i ≤ 32) OTU1[V], j (j ≤ 32) OTU2[V] and k (k ≤ 32) OTU3[V]
signals with i + j + k ≤ 32);
 OTM-32r.12 (carrying i (i ≤ 32) OTU1[V] and j (j ≤ 32) OTU2[V] signals with i + j ≤ 32);
 OTM-32r.23 (carrying j (j ≤ 32) OTU2[V] and k (k ≤ 32) OTU3[V] signals with j + k ≤
32);
 OTM-32r.34 (carrying k (k ≤ 32) OTU3[V] and l (l ≤ 32) OTU4[V] signals with k + l ≤
32),
in generic terms identified as OTM-32r.m.
The OTM-32r.m signal is an OTM-nr.m signal (see Figure 6-56-6) with 32 optical channel carriers
(OCCr) numbered OCCr #0 to OCCr #31. An optical supervisory channel (OSC) is not present and
there is no OOS either.
At least one of the OCCrs is in service during normal operation and transporting an OTUk[V].
There is no predefined order in which the OCCrs are taken into service.
NOTE – OTM-32r.m OPS overhead is not defined. The interface will use the OTUk[V] SMOH in this
multi-wavelength interface for supervision and management. OTM-32r.m connectivity (TIM) failure reports
will be computed from the individual OTUk[V] reports by means of failure correlation in fault management.
Refer to the equipment Recommendations for further details.
8.1.3 OTM-0.mvn
The OTM-0.mvn supports a multi-lane optical signal on a single optical span with 3R regeneration
at each end.
Two OTM-0.mvn interface signals are defined, each carrying a four lane optical signal containing
one OTUk signal striped across the four optical lanes:
• OTM-0.3v4 (carrying an OTU3).
• OTM-0.4v4 (carrying an OTU4).
In generic terms: OTM-0.mvn.
The Optical lanes are numbered of each OTLCx, x= 0 to n-1 where the x represents the optical lane
number of the corresponding G.959.1 or G.695 application code for the Multilane applications.
Figure 8-48-3 shows the relationship between various information structure elements for the OTM-
0.3v4 and OTM-0.4v4.
An OSC is not present and there is no OOS either.
- 42 -
x1
OTLC OTL3.4 x 1/4
x1 x 1/4
OTLC OTL3.4
x1 x1 x1
OTM-0.3v4 OTLCG x 1/4 OTU3 ODU3 OPU3
x1
OTLC OTL3.4
x1 x 1/4
OTLC OTL3.4
x1
OTLC OTL4.4 x 1/4
x1 x 1/4
OTLC OTL4.4
x1 x1 x1
OTM-0.4v4 OTLCG x 1/4 OTU4 ODU4 OPU4
x1
OTLC OTL4.4
x1 x 1/4
OTLC OTL4.4
Figure 8-48-3/G.709/Y.1331 – OTM-0.4v3 and OTM-0.4v4 structure
8.2 OTM with full functionality (OTM-n.m)

The OTM-n.m interface supports up to n optical channels for single or multiple optical spans.
3R regeneration is not required at the interface.
Several OTM-n interface signals are defined. Some examples:
– OTM-n.1 (carrying i (i  n) OTU1[V] signals);
– OTM-n.2 (carrying j (j  n) OTU2[V] signals);
– OTM-n.3 (carrying k (k  n) OTU3[V] signals);
 OTM-n.4 (carrying l (l ≤ n) OTU4[V] signals);
 OTM-n.1234 (carrying i (i ≤ n) OTU1[V], j (j ≤ n) OTU2[V], k (k ≤ n) OTU3[V] and l (l ≤
n) OTU4[V] signals with i + j + k +l ≤ n);
– OTM-n.123 (carrying i (i ≤ n) OTU1[V], j (j ≤ n) OTU2[V] and k (k ≤ n) OTU3[V] signals
with i + j + k ≤ n);
– OTM-n.12 (carrying i (i ≤ n) OTU1[V] and j (j ≤ n) OTU2[V] signals with i + j ≤ n);
– OTM-n.23 (carrying j (j ≤ n) OTU2[V] and k (k ≤ n) OTU3[V] signals with j + k ≤ n),
 OTM-n.34 (carrying k (k ≤ n) OTU3[V] and l (l ≤ n) OTU4[V] signals with k + l ≤ n),
in generic terms identified as OTM-n.m.
An OTM-n.m interface signal contains up to "n" OCCs associated with the lowest bit rate that is
supported as indicated by m and an OSC (see Figure 8-38-4). It is possible that a reduced number of
higher bit rate capable OCCs are supported. The value of "n", "m" and the OSC are not defined in
this Recommendation.
- 43 -
x1 xi x1 x1 Client
OTM-n.1 OCG-n.1 OCC OCh OTU1[V] x 1 ODU1
x1
OPU1
signal
1  i n
x1
OSC OOS OTS, OMS, OCh, COMMS OH
x1 xj x1 x1 Client
OTM-n.2 OCG-n.2 OCC OCh OTU2[V] x 1 ODU2
x1
OPU2 signal
1  j n
x1
x1 xk x1 x1 Client
OTM-n.3 OCG-n.3 OCC OCh OTU3[V] x 1 ODU3 x1
OPU3 signal
1  k n
x1
OTM-n.12 OCG-n.12 OCC OCh OTU2[V] ODU2 OPU2
signal
xi
x1 x1 x1 x1 Client
1  i + j n OCC OCh OTU1[V] ODU1 OPU1
signal
x1
x1 x1 x1 x1 Client
OCC OCh OTU3[V] ODU3 OPU3 signal
1 j + k n xk
x1 xj x1 x1 x1 x1
OTM-n.23 OCG-n.23 OCC OCh OTU2[V] ODU2 OPU2 Client
signal
x1
x1 x1 x1 x1 Client
OCC OCh OTU3[V] ODU3 OPU3
signal
xk
OTM-n.123 OCG-n.123 OCC OCh OTU2[V] ODU2 OPU2
signal
xi
1 i + j + k 16 x1 x1 x1 x1 Client
OCC OCh OTU1[V] ODU1 OPU1
signal
x1
G.709/Y.1331_F8-3
Multiplexing
Mapping
Figure 8-38-4/G.709/Y.1331  OTM-n.m multiplexing structure examples

- 44 -
9 Physical specification of the ONNI
9.1 OTM-0.m
Specifications for physical optical characteristics of the OTM-0.1, OTM-0.2 and OTM-0.3 signals
are contained in ITU-T Recs G.959.1 and G.693.
Specifications for physical optical characteristics of the OTM-0.4 are for further study.
9.2 OTM-nr.m
9.2.1 OTM-16r.m
Specifications for physical optical characteristics of the OTM-16r.1, OTM-16r.2 and OTM-16r.12
signals are contained in ITU-T Rec. G.959.1.
Specifications for physical optical characteristics of other OTM-16r.m are for further study.
9.2.2 OTM-32r.m
Specifications for physical optical characteristics of the OTM-32r.1, OTM-32r.2, and OTM-32r.12
signals are contained in ITU-T Rec. G.959.1.
Specifications for physical optical characteristics of other OTM-32r.m are for further study.
9.3 OTM-n.m
Specifications for physical optical characteristics of the OTM-n.m are vendor specific and outside
the scope of this Recommendation.
9.4 OTM-0.mvn
Specifications for physical optical characteristics of the OTM-0.3v4 and OTM-0.4v4 signals are
contained in ITU-T Rec. G.695 and ITU-T Rec. G.959.1 respectively.
10 Optical channel (OCh)

The OCh transports a digital client signal between 3R regeneration points. The OCh client signals
defined in this Recommendation are the OTUk signals.
10.1 OCh with full functionality (OCh)

The optical channel with full functionality (OCh) structure is conceptually shown in Figure 10-1. It
contains two parts: OCh overhead and OCh payload.
OCh
OCh payload
overhead
Figure 10-1/G.709/Y.1331  OCh information structure

- 45 -
10.2 OCh with reduced functionality (OChr)

The optical channel with reduced functionality (OChr) structure is conceptually shown in
Figure 10-2. It contains: OChr payload.
OCh payload
Figure 10-2/G.709/Y.1331  OChr information structure
11 Optical channel transport unit (OTU)

The OTUk[V] conditions the ODUk for transport over an optical channel network connection. The
OTUk frame structure, including the OTUk FEC, is completely standardized. The OTUkV is a
frame structure, including the OTUkV FEC, that is only functionally standardized (i.e., only the
required functionality is specified); refer to Appendix II. Besides those two, there is an OTUkV in
which the completely standardized OTUk frame structure is combined with a functionally
standardized OTUkV FEC; refer to Appendix II. This combination is identified as OTUk-v.
11.1 OTUk frame structure

The OTUk (k = 1,2,3,4) frame structure is based on the ODUk frame structure and extends it with a
forward error correction (FEC) as shown in Figure 11-1. 256 columns are added to the ODUk frame
for the FEC and the reserved overhead bytes in row 1, columns 8 to 14 of the ODUk overhead are
used for OTUk specific overhead, resulting in an octet-based block frame structure with four rows
and 4080 columns. The MSB in each octet is bit 1, the LSB is bit 8.
NOTE – This recommendation does not specify an OTUk frame structure for k=0, k=2e or k=flex.
1 3824
1
2
3
4
ODUk
1 14 15 3824 3825 4080

1 FA OH OTUk OH
2 OTUk FEC
3
(4  256 bytes)
4
OTUk
Figure 11-1/G.709/Y.1331  OTUk frame structure

- 46 -
The bit rates of the OTUk signals are defined in Table 7-1.
The OTUk (k=1,2,3,4) forward error correction (FEC) contains the Reed-Solomon RS(255,239)
FEC codes. Transmission of the OTUk FEC is mandatory for k=4 and optional for k=1,2,3. If no
FEC is transmitted, fixed stuff bytes (all-0s pattern) are to be used.
The RS(255,239) FEC code shall be computed as specified in Annex A.
For interworking of equipment supporting FEC, with equipment not supporting FEC (inserting
fixed stuff all-0s pattern in the OTUk (k=1,2,3) FEC area), the FEC supporting equipment shall
support the capability to disable the FEC decoding process (ignore the content of the OTUk
(k=1,2,3) FEC).
The transmission order of the bits in the OTUk frame is left to right, top to bottom, and MSB to
LSB (see Figure 11-2).
Column
4080
Row 1
1
2
3
4
MSB LSB G.709/Y.1331_F11-2
12345678
Figure 11-2/G.709/Y.1331  Transmission order of the OTUk frame bits
11.2 Scrambling
The OTUk signal must have sufficient bit timing content at the ONNI. A suitable bit pattern, which
prevents a long sequence of "1"s or "0"s, is provided by using a scrambler.
The operation of the scrambler shall be functionally identical to that of a frame synchronous
scrambler of sequence length 65535 operating at the OTUk rate.
The generating polynomial shall be 1 + x + x3 + x12 + x16. Figure 11-3 shows a functional diagram of
the frame synchronous scrambler.
Data in
D Q D Q D Q D Q D Q D Q D Q D Q D Q D Q D Q D Q D Q D Q D Q D Q
S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S
OTUk
clock
Scrambled
OTUk MSB of MFAS byte G.709/Y.1331_F11-3 data out
Figure 11-3/G.709/Y.1331  Frame synchronous scrambler
The scrambler shall be reset to "FFFF" (HEX) on the most significant bit of the byte following the
last framing byte in the OTUk frame, i.e., the MSB of the MFAS byte. This bit, and all subsequent
bits to be scrambled, shall be added modulo 2 to the output from the x16 position of the scrambler.
The scrambler shall run continuously throughout the complete OTUk frame. The framing bytes
(FAS) of the OTUk overhead shall not be scrambled.
- 47 -
Scrambling is performed after FEC computation and insertion into the OTUk signal.
12 Optical channel data unit (ODUk)
12.1 ODUk frame structure

The ODUk (k = 0,1,2,2e,3,4,flex) frame structure is shown in Figure 12-1. It is organized in an
octet-based block frame structure with four rows and 3824 columns.
Column #
1 14 15 3824
1
Row #
2 OPUk area
ODUk overhead (4  3810 bytes)
3 area
4
G.709/Y.1331_F12-1
Area reserved for FA and OTUk overhead.
Figure 12-1/G.709/Y.1331  ODUk frame structure
The two main areas of the ODUk frame are:

• ODUk overhead area;
• OPUk area.
Columns 1 to 14 of the ODUk are dedicated to ODUk overhead area.
NOTE – Columns 1 to 14 of row 1 are reserved for frame alignment and OTUk specific overhead.
Columns 15 to 3824 of the ODUk are dedicated to OPUk area.
12.2 ODUk bit rates and bit rate tolerances

ODUk signals may be generated using either a local clock, or the recovered clock of the client
signal. In the latter case the ODUk frequency and frequency tolerance are locked to the client
signal‟s frequency and frequency tolerance. In the former case the ODUk frequency and frequency
tolerance are locked to the local clock‟s frequency and frequency tolerance. The local clock
frequency tolerance for the OTN is specified to be 20 ppm.
ODUk maintenance signals (ODUk AIS, OCI, LCK) are generated using a local clock. In a number
of cases this local clock may be the clock of a higher order signal over which the ODUk signal is
transported between equipment or through equipment (in one or more of the tributary slots). For
these cases, the nominal justification ratio should be deployed to comply with the ODUk‟s bit rate
tolerance specification.
12.2.1 ODU0, ODU1, ODU2, ODU3, ODU4
The local clocks used to create the ODU0, ODU1, ODU2, ODU3 and ODU4 signals are generated
by clock crystals that are also used for the generation of SDH STM-N signals. The bit rates of these
ODUk (k=0,1,2,3,4) signals are therefore related to the STM-N bit rates and the bit rate tolerances
are the bit rate tolerances of the STM-N signals.
The ODU0 bit rate is 50% of the STM-16 bit rate.
The ODU1 bit rate is 239/238 times the STM-16 bit rate.
- 48 -
The ODU2 bit rate is 239/237 times 4 times the STM-16 bit rate.
ODU1, ODU2 and ODU3 signals which carry an STM-N (N = 16, 64, 256) signal may also be
generated using the timing of these client signals.
Refer to Table 7-2 for the nominal bit rates and bit rate tolerances.
12.2.2 ODU2e
An ODU2e signal is generated using the timing of its client signal.
The ODU2e bit rate is 239/237 times the 10GBASE-R client bit rate.
Refer to Table 7-2 for the nominal bit rate and bit rate tolerance.
12.2.3 ODUflex for CBR client signals
An ODUflex(CBR) signal is generated using the timing of its client signal.
The ODUflex bit rate is 239/238 times the CBR client bit rate.
The client signal may have a bit rate tolerance up to  100 ppm.
~ CBR client
up to 100 ppm
BMP
Client bit rate  239/238
OPUflex
ODUflex
(A)GMP
ODTUk.ts
HO OPUk
~ HO ODUk
20 ppm
OTUk
Figure 12-2/G.709/Y.1331 – ODUflex clock generation for CBR signals
12.2.4 ODUflex for PRBS and Null test signals

ODUflex(CBR) connections may be tested using a PRBS or NULL test signal as client signal
instead of the CBR client signal. For such case the ODUflex(PRBS) or ODUflex(NULL) signal
should be generated with a frequency within the tolerance range of the ODUflex(CBR) signal.
- 49 -
If the CBR client clock is present such ODUflex(PRBS) or ODUflex(NULL) signal may be
generated using the CBR client clock, otherwise the ODUflex(PRBS) or ODUflex(NULL) signal is
generated using a local clock.
12.2.5 ODUflex for GFP-F mapped packet client signals
ODUflex(GFP) signals are generated using a local clock. This clock may be the local HO ODUk (or
OTUk) clock, or an equipment internal clock of the signal over which the ODUflex is carried
through the equipment.
Any bit rate is possible for an ODUflex(GFP) signal, however it is suggested for maximum
efficiency that the ODUflex(GFP) will occupy a fixed number of ODTUk.ts payload bytes (in the
initial ODTUk.ts).
NOTE - Such ODUflex(GFP) may be transported through more than one HO ODUk path. The Cm value will
be fixed in the first HO ODUk path; it will not be fixed in the other HO ODUk paths.
This fixed number of bytes per ODTUk.ts is controlled by configuration of the value Cm (refer to
Annex D). The value of Cm should be selected such that the ODUflex signal can be transported over
“n” OPUk tributary slots under worst case conditions (i.e. maximum ODUflex bit rate and
minimum HO OPUk bit rates). The ODUflex signal may be transported over a series of HO ODUk
paths, the following are some example sequences: HO ODU2; HO ODU2 – ODU3; HO ODU2 –
ODU4; HO ODU2 – ODU3 – ODU4; HO ODU3; HO ODU3 – ODU4; HO ODU4.
The ODUflex(GFP) has a bit rate tolerance of 20 ppm. This tolerance requires that the maximum
value of Cm is 15230 for ODTU2.ts and ODTU3.ts, and 15198 for ODTU4.ts.
These Cm values are to be reduced when the ODUflex(GFP) signal is generated by e.g. a HO ODUk
clock while the signal has to be transported also over a HO ODUj (j<k). The reduction factors are
presented in Table 12-2. Note that these reduction factors are to be applied to the higher set of Cm
values as indicated in Table 12-2.
Table 12-1/G.709/Y.1331 – OPUk Tributary Slot (TS) Payload bandwidth ratios

OPU2-TS OPU3-TS OPU4-TS
OPU2-TS - 237/236 237/227  475/476
 1.0042  1.0419
OPU3-TS 236/237 - 236/227  475/476
 0.9958  1.0375
OPU4-TS 227/237  476/475 227/236  476/475 -
 0.9598  0.9639
Table 12-2/G.709/Y.1331 – Cm reduction factors

Passing over HO Passing over HO Passing over HO
ODU2, 3 and 4 ODU3 and 4 ODU4
ODUflex with ODU2 - N/A N/A
base clock
ODUflex with ODU3 236/237  0.99578 - N/A
base clock Applied to
15165 ≤ Cm ≤ 15230
ODUflex with ODU4 227/237  0.95781 227/236  0.96186 -
- 50 -
base clock Applied to Applied to

14587 ≤ Cm ≤ 15198 14649 ≤ Cm ≤ 15198
Packet client
GFP-F
OPUflex
ODUflex
Cm
(B)GMP
ODTUk.ts
HO OPUk
~
HO ODUk 20 ppm
OTUk
Figure 12-3/G.709/Y.1331 – ODUflex clock generation for GFP-F mapped packet client
signals
13 Optical channel payload unit (OPUk)

The OPUk (k = 0,1,2,2e,3,4,flex) frame structure is shown in Figure 13-1. It is organized in an
octet-based block frame structure with four rows and 3810 columns.
Column #
15 16 17 3824
1
OPUk overhead
2
Row #
area
OPUk payload area

(4  3808 bytes)
3
4
G.709/Y.1331_F13-1
Figure 13-1/G.709/Y.1331  OPUk frame structure

- 51 -
The two main areas of the OPUk frame are:

• OPUk overhead area;
• OPUk payload area.
Columns 15 to 16 of the OPUk are dedicated to OPUk overhead area.
Columns 17 to 3824 of the OPUk are dedicated to OPUk payload area.
NOTE – OPUk column numbers are derived from the OPUk columns in the ODUk frame.
14 OTM overhead signal (OOS)

The OTM overhead signal (OOS) consists of the OTS, OMS and OCh overhead. The format,
structure and bit rate of the OOS is not defined in this Recommendation. The OOS is transported
via an OSC.
Depending on an operator's logical management overlay network design, general management
communications may also be transported within the OOS. Therefore, the OOS for some
applications may also transport general management communications. General management
communications may include signalling, voice/voiceband communications, software download,
operator-specific communications, etc.
15 Overhead description
An overview of OTS, OMS and OCh overhead is presented in Figure 15-1.
FDI-O
n
TTI FDI-P 3
2
1
BDI-O BDI-O FDI-O
BDI-P BDI-P FDI-P

OMSn
OTSn
PMI PMI
OCh
OCI
General management communications

G.709/Y.1331_F15-1
Figure 15-1/G.709/Y.1331  OTSn, OMSn and OCh

overhead as logical elements within the OOS
An overview of OTUk, ODUk and OPUk overhead is presented in Figures 15-2 and 15-3.
- 52 -
Column
Row 1 7 8 14 15 3824 3825 4080
1 FA OH OTUk OH
2 OTUk FEC
(4  256 bytes)
3
4
SM
1 2 3
Column # TTI BIP-8

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
1 FAS MFAS SM GCC0 RES 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
BDI
IAE
SAPI BEI/BIAE RES
15
16
BDI Backward Defect Indication GCC General Communication Channel DAPI
BEI Backward Error Indication IAE Incoming Alignment Error
BIAE Backward Incoming Alignment Error MFAS MultiFrame Alignment Signal 31
32
BIP8 Bit Interleaved Parity – level 8 RES Reserved for future international
DAPI Destination Access Point Identifier standardization Operator
FA Frame Alignment SAPI Source Access Point Identifier specific
FAS Frame Alignment Signal SM Section Monitoring
TTI Trail Trace Identifier 63 G.709/Y.1331_F15-2
Figure 15-2/G.709/Y.1331  OTUk frame structure, frame alignment and OTUk overhead
- 53 -
Column
Row 1 14 1516 17 3824
1
Overhead
OPUk
2
O
OPUk Payload
D
U
(4 x 3808 bytes)
k
3
O
ve
rh
ea
4
d
BIP8 Parity Block
Column #
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
1 Frame Alignment overhead OTUk overhead

PM& TCM
Row#
2 RES TCM6 TCM5 TCM4 FTFL

TCM ACT OPUk
overhead
3 TCM3 TCM2 TCM1 PM EXP
4 GCC1 GCC2 APS/PCC RES
PM and TCMi (i=1..6) OPUk OH

PM: Path Monitoring 1 2 3 15 16
TCM: Tandem Connection Monitoring
PM&TCM:Path Monitoring & Tandem Connection Monitoring TTI BIP-8 1
SAPI: Source Access Point Identifier
Mapping &
DAPI: Destination Access Point Identifier 2
RES: Reserved for future international standardisation Concat.
ACT: Activation/deactivation control channel 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 specific
FTFL: Fault Type & Fault Location reporting channel 3
PM
BDI
EXP: Experimental
SAPI BEI STAT
GCC: General Communication Channel 15 4 PSI
APS: Automatic Protection Switching coordination channel 16 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
PCC: Protection Communication Control channel
TCMi
DAPI
BDI
BIAE: Backward Incoming Alignment Error

BEI/BIAE STAT
TTI: Trail Trace Identifier 31
BIP8: Bit Interleaved Parity - level 8
0 PT
32 1
BEI: Backward Error Indication PM&TCM
BDI: Backward Defect Indication Mapping &
STAT: Status Concat.
Operator
PSI: Payload Structure Identifier specific
PT: Payload Type Specific 255
DM: Delay Measurement
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
63
DMt1
DMt2
DMt3
DMt4
DMt5
DMt6
DMp
RES
Figure 15-3/G.709/Y.1331  ODUk frame structure ODUk and OPUk overhead
15.1 Types of overhead

15.1.1 Optical channel payload unit overhead (OPUk OH)
OPUk OH information is added to the OPUk information payload to create an OPUk. It includes
information to support the adaptation of client signals. The OPUk OH is terminated where the
OPUk is assembled and disassembled. The specific OH format and coding is defined in 15.9.
15.1.2 Optical channel data unit overhead (ODUk OH)
ODUk OH information is added to the ODUk information payload to create an ODUk. It includes
information for maintenance and operational functions to support optical channels. The ODUk OH
- 54 -
consists of portions dedicated to the end-to-end ODUk path and to six levels of tandem connection
monitoring. The ODUk path OH is terminated where the ODUk is assembled and disassembled.
The TC OH is added and terminated at the source and sink of the corresponding tandem
connections, respectively. The specific OH format and coding is defined in 15.6 and 15.8.
15.1.3 Optical channel transport unit overhead (OTUk OH)
OTUk OH information is part of the OTUk signal structure. It includes information for operational
functions to support the transport via one or more optical channel connections. The OTUk OH is
terminated where the OTUk signal is assembled and disassembled. The specific OH format and
coding is defined in 15.6 and 15.7.
The specific frame structure and coding for the non-standard OTUkV OH is outside the scope of
this Recommendation. Only the required basic functionality that has to be supported is defined
in 15.7.3.
15.1.4 Optical channel non-associated overhead (OCh OH)
OCh OH information is added to the OTUk to create an OCh. It includes information for
maintenance functions to support fault management. The OCh OH is terminated where the OCh
signal is assembled and disassembled.
The specific frame structure and coding for the OCh OH is outside the scope of this
Recommendation. Only the required basic functionality that has to be supported is defined in 15.5.
15.1.5 Optical multiplex section overhead (OMS OH)
OMS OH information is added to the OCG to create an OMU. It includes information for
maintenance and operational functions to support optical multiplex sections. The OMS OH is
terminated where the OMU is assembled and disassembled.
The specific frame structure and coding for the OMS OH is outside the scope of this
15.1.6 Optical transmission section overhead (OTS OH)
OTS OH information is added to the information payload to create an OTM. It includes information
for maintenance and operational functions to support optical transmission sections. The OTS OH is
terminated where the OTM is assembled and disassembled.
The specific frame structure and coding for the OTS OH is outside the scope of this
15.1.7 General management communications overhead (COMMS OH)
COMMS OH information is added to the information payload to create an OTM. It provides general
management communication between network elements. The specific frame structure and coding
for the COMMS OH is outside the scope of this Recommendation.
15.2 Trail trace identifier and access point identifier definition

A trail trace identifier (TTI) is defined as a 64-byte string with the following structure (see
Figure 15-4):
 TTI[0] contains the SAPI[0] character, which is fixed to all-0s.
 TTI[1] to TTI[15] contain the 15-character source access point identifier (SAPI[1] to
SAPI[15]).
 TTI[16] contains the DAPI[0] character, which is fixed to all-0s.
- 55 -
 TTI[17] to TTI[31] contain the 15-character destination access point identifier (DAPI[1] to
DAPI[15]).
 TTI[32] to TTI[63] are operator specific.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
0 SAPI[0]
1 0 SAPI[1] Source
2 0 SAPI[2] access
point
identifier
15 0 SAPI[15]
16 DAPI[0]
17 0 DAPI[1] Destination
18 0 DAPI[2] access
point
identifier
31 0 DAPI[15]
32
Operator
specific
63
G.709/Y.1331_F15-4
Figure 15-4/G.709/Y.1331  TTI structure
The features of access point identifiers (APIs) are:

– Each access point identifier must be globally unique in its layer network.
– Where it may be expected that the access point may be required for path set-up across an
inter-operator boundary, the access point identifier must be available to other network
operators.
– The access point identifier should not change while the access point remains in existence.
– The access point identifier should be able to identify the country and network operator
which is responsible for routing to and from the access point.
– The set of all access point identifiers belonging to a single administrative layer network
should form a single access point identification scheme.
– The scheme of access point identifiers for each administrative layer network can be
independent from the scheme in any other administrative layer network.
It is recommended that the ODUk, OTUk and OTM should each have the access point identification
scheme based on a tree-like format to aid routing control search algorithms. The access point
identifier should be globally unambiguous.
The access point identifier (SAPI, DAPI) shall consist of a three-character international segment
and a twelve-character national segment (NS) (see Figure 15-5). These characters shall be coded
- 56 -
according to ITU-T Rec. T.50 (International Reference Alphabet – 7-bit coded character set for
information exchange).
IS character # NS character #
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CC ICC UAPC
CC ICC UAPC
CC ICC UAPC
CC ICC UAPC
CC ICC UAPC
CC ICC UAPC
Figure 15-5/G.709/Y.1331  Access point identifier structure
The international segment field provides a three-character ISO 3166 geographic/political country
code (G/PCC). The country code shall be based on the three-character uppercase alphabetic
ISO 3166 country code (e.g., USA, FRA).
The national segment field consists of two subfields: the ITU carrier code (ICC) followed by a
unique access point code (UAPC).
The ITU Carrier Code is a code assigned to a network operator/service provider, maintained by the
ITU-T Telecommunication Standardization Bureau (TSB) as per ITU-T Rec. M.1400. This code
shall consist of 1-6 left-justified characters, alphabetic, or leading alphabetic with trailing numeric.
The unique access point code shall be a matter for the organization to which the country code and
ITU carrier code have been assigned, provided that uniqueness is guaranteed. This code shall
consist of 6-11 characters, with trailing NUL, completing the 12-character national segment.
15.3 OTS OH description

The following OTM-n OTSn overhead is defined:
 OTSn-TTI;
 OTSn-BDI-P;
 OTSn-BDI-O;
 OTSn-PMI.
15.3.1 OTS trail trace identifier (TTI)
The OTSn-TTI is defined to transport a 64-byte TTI as specified in 15.2 for OTSn section
monitoring.
15.3.2 OTS backward defect indication – Payload (BDI-P)
For OTSn section monitoring, the OTSn-BDI-P signal is defined to convey in the upstream
direction the OTSn payload signal fail status detected in the OTSn termination sink function.
15.3.3 OTS backward defect indication – Overhead (BDI-O)
For OTSn section monitoring, the OTSn-BDI-O signal is defined to convey in the upstream
direction the OTSn overhead signal fail status detected in the OTSn termination sink function.
- 57 -
15.3.4 OTS payload missing indication (PMI)

The OTS PMI is a signal sent downstream as an indication that upstream at the source point of the
OTS signal no payload is added, in order to suppress the report of the consequential loss of signal
condition.
15.4 OMS OH description

The following OTM-n OMSn overhead is defined:
 OMSn-FDI-P;
 OMSn-FDI-O;
 OMSn-BDI-P;
 OMSn-BDI-O;
 OMSn-PMI.
15.4.1 OMS forward defect indication – Payload (FDI-P)
For OMSn section monitoring, the OMSn-FDI-P signal is defined to convey in the downstream
direction the OMSn payload signal status (normal or failed).
15.4.2 OMS forward defect indication – Overhead (FDI-O)
For OMSn section monitoring, the OMSn-FDI-O signal is defined to convey in the downstream
direction the OMSn overhead signal status (normal or failed).
15.4.3 OMS backward defect indication – Payload (BDI-P)
For OMSn section monitoring, the OMSn-BDI-P signal is defined to convey in the upstream
direction the OMSn payload signal fail status detected in the OMSn termination sink function.
15.4.4 OMS backward defect indication – Overhead (BDI-O)
For OMSn section monitoring, the OMSn-BDI-O signal is defined to convey in the upstream
direction the OMSn overhead signal fail status detected in the OMSn termination sink function.
15.4.5 OMS payload missing indication (PMI)
The OMS PMI is a signal sent downstream as an indication that upstream at the source point of the
OMS signal none of the OCCps contain an optical channel signal, in order to suppress the report of
the consequential loss of signal condition.
15.5 OCh OH description

The following OTM-n OCh overhead is defined:
 OCh-FDI-P;
 OCh-FDI-O;
 OCh-OCI.
15.5.1 OCh forward defect indication – Payload (FDI-P)
For OCh trail monitoring, the OCh-FDI-P signal is defined to convey in the downstream direction
the OCh payload signal status (normal or failed).
- 58 -
15.5.2 OCh forward defect indication – Overhead (FDI-O)

For OCh trail monitoring, the OCh-FDI-O signal is defined to convey in the downstream direction
the OCh overhead signal status (normal or failed).
15.5.3 OCh open connection indication (OCI)
The OCh OCI is a signal sent downstream as an indication that upstream in a connection function
the matrix connection is opened as a result of a management command. The consequential detection
of the OCh loss of signal condition at the OCh termination point can now be related to an open
matrix.
15.6 OTUk/ODUk frame alignment OH description

15.6.1 OTUk/ODUk frame alignment overhead location
The OTUk/ODUk frame alignment overhead location is shown in Figure 15-6. The
OTUk/ODUk frame alignment overhead is applicable for both the OTUk and ODUk signals.
Column #
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
1 FAS MFAS OTUk overhead
OPUk overhead
2
Row #
3 ODUk overhead
4
G.709/Y.1331_F15-6
Figure 15-6/G.709/Y.1331  OTUk/ODUk frame alignment overhead
15.6.2 OTUk/ODUk frame alignment overhead definition

15.6.2.1 Frame alignment signal (FAS)
A six byte OTUk-FAS signal (see Figure 15-7) is defined in row 1, columns 1 to 6 of the OTUk
overhead. OA1 is "1111 0110". OA2 is "0010 1000".
FAS OH Byte 1 FAS OH Byte 2 FAS OH Byte 3 FAS OH Byte 4 FAS OH Byte 5 FAS OH Byte 6
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
OA1 OA1 OA1 OA2 OA2 OA2
G.709/Y.1331_F15-7
Figure 15-7/G.709/Y.1331  Frame alignment signal overhead structure
15.6.2.2 Multiframe alignment signal (MFAS)

Some of the OTUk and ODUk overhead signals will span multiple OTUk/ODUk frames. Examples
are the TTI and TCM-ACT overhead signals. These and other multiframe structured overhead
signals require multiframe alignment processing to be performed, in addition to the
OTUk/ODUk frame alignment.
- 59 -
A single multiframe alignment signal (MFAS) byte is defined in row 1, column 7 of the
OTUk/ODUk overhead for this purpose (see Figure 15-8). The value of the MFAS byte will be
incremented each OTUk/ODUk frame and provides as such a 256-frame multiframe.
MFAS OH Byte
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
.
.
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1
0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0
MFAS sequence
0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1
0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0
.
.
.
.
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 G.709/Y.1331_F15-8
.
.
Figure 15-8/G.709/Y.1331  Multiframe alignment signal overhead
Individual OTUk/ODUk overhead signals may use this central multiframe to lock their 2-frame,
4-frame, 8-frame, 16-frame, 32-frame, etc., multiframes to the principal frame.
NOTE – The 80-frame HO OPU4 multiframe can not be supported. A dedicated 80-frame OPU4 Multi-
Frame Indicator (OMFI) is used instead.
15.7 OTUk OH description

15.7.1 OTUk overhead location
The OTUk overhead location is shown in Figures 15-9 and 15-10.
Column #
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
1 Frame alignment overhead SM GCC0 RES
OPUk overhead
2
Row #
3 ODUk overhead
4
G.709/Y.1331_F15-9
Figure 15-9/G.709/Y.1331  OTUk overhead

- 60 -
SM
1 2 3
TTI BIP-8
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
BDI
IAE
SAPI BEI/BIAE RES
15 G.709/Y.1331_F15-10
16
DAPI
31
32
Operator
specific
63
Figure 15-10/G.709/Y.1331  OTUk section monitoring overhead
15.7.2 OTUk overhead definition

15.7.2.1 OTUk section monitoring (SM) overhead
One field of OTUk section monitoring (SM) overhead is defined in row 1, columns 8 to 10 to
support section monitoring.
The SM field contains the following subfields (see Figure 15-10):
 trail trace identifier (TTI);
 bit interleaved parity (BIP-8);
 backward defect indication (BDI);
 backward error indication and backward incoming alignment error (BEI/BIAE);
 incoming alignment error (IAE);
 bits reserved for future international standardization (RES).
15.7.2.1.1 OTUk SM trail trace identifier (TTI)
For section monitoring, a one-byte trail trace identifier (TTI) overhead is defined to transport the
64-byte TTI signal specified in 15.2.
The 64-byte TTI signal shall be aligned with the OTUk multiframe (see 15.6.2.2) and transmitted
four times per multiframe. Byte 0 of the 64-byte TTI signal shall be present at OTUk multiframe
positions 0000 0000 (0x00), 0100 0000 (0x40), 1000 0000 (0x80) and 1100 0000 (0xC0).
15.7.2.1.2 OTUk SM error detection code (BIP-8)
For section monitoring, a one-byte error detection code signal is defined. This byte provides a bit
interleaved parity-8 (BIP-8) code.
NOTE – The notation BIP-8 refers only to the number of BIP bits and not to the EDC usage (i.e., what
quantities are counted). For definition of BIP-8 refer to BIP-X definition in ITU-T Rec. G.707/Y.1322.
- 61 -
The OTUk BIP-8 is computed over the bits in the OPUk (columns 15 to 3824) area of
OTUk frame i, and inserted in the OTUk BIP-8 overhead location in OTUk frame i+2 (see
Figure 15-11).
1 BIP8 14 15 3824
1
Frame i
2
OPUk
3
4
BIP8
BIP8
1
Frame i+1
4
BIP8
1
Frame i+2
4 G.709/Y.1331_F15-11
Figure 15-11/G.709/Y.1331  OTUk SM BIP-8 computation
15.7.2.1.3 OTUk SM backward defect indication (BDI)

For section monitoring, a single-bit backward defect indication (BDI) signal is defined to convey
the signal fail status detected in a section termination sink function in the upstream direction.
BDI is set to "1" to indicate an OTUk backward defect indication; otherwise, it is set to "0".
15.7.2.1.4 OTUk SM backward error indication and backward incoming alignment error
(BEI/BIAE)
For section monitoring, a four-bit backward error indication (BEI) and backward incoming
alignment error (BIAE) signal is defined. This signal is used to convey in the upstream direction the
count of interleaved-bit blocks that have been detected in error by the corresponding OTUk section
monitoring sink using the BIP-8 code. It is also used to convey in the upstream direction an
incoming alignment error (IAE) condition that is detected in the corresponding OTUk section
monitoring sink in the IAE overhead.
During an IAE condition the code "1011" is inserted into the BEI/BIAE field and the error count is
ignored. Otherwise the error count (0-8) is inserted into the BEI/BIAE field. The remaining six
possible values represented by these four bits can only result from some unrelated condition and
shall be interpreted as zero errors (see Table 15-1) and BIAE not active.
- 62 -
Table 15-1/G.709/Y.1331  OTUk SM BEI/BIAE interpretation

OTUk SM BEI/BIAE
BIAE BIP violations
bits 1234
0000 false 0
0001 false 1
0010 false 2
0011 false 3
0100 false 4
0101 false 5
0110 false 6
0111 false 7
1000 false 8
1 0 0 1, 1 0 1 0 false 0
1011 true 0
1100 false 0
to
1111
15.7.2.1.5 OTUk SM incoming alignment error overhead (IAE)

A single-bit incoming alignment error (IAE) signal is defined to allow the S-CMEP ingress point to
inform its peer S-CMEP egress point that an alignment error in the incoming signal has been
detected.
IAE is set to "1" to indicate a frame alignment error, otherwise it is set to "0".
The S-CMEP egress point may use this information to suppress the counting of bit errors, which
may occur as a result of a frame phase change of the OTUk at the ingress of the section.
15.7.2.1.6 OTUk SM reserved overhead (RES)
For section monitoring, two bits are reserved (RES) for future international standardization. They
are set to "00".
15.7.2.2 OTUk general communication channel 0 (GCC0)
Two bytes are allocated in the OTUk overhead to support a general communications channel
between OTUk termination points. This is a clear channel and any format specification is outside of
the scope of this Recommendation. These bytes are located in row 1, columns 11 and 12 of the
OTUk overhead.
15.7.2.3 OTUk reserved overhead (RES)
Two bytes of OTUk overhead are reserved for future international standardization. These bytes are
located in row 1, columns 13 and 14. These bytes are set to all ZEROs.
15.7.3 OTUkV overhead
The functionally standardized OTUkV frame should support, as a minimum capability, section
monitoring functionality comparable to the OTUk section monitoring (see 15.7.2.1) with a trail
trace identifier as specified in 15.2. Further specification of this overhead is outside the scope of
this Recommendation.
- 63 -
15.8 ODUk OH description

15.8.1 ODUk OH location
The ODUk overhead location is shown in Figures 15-12, 15-13 and 15-14.
Column #
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
1 Frame Alignment overhead OTUk overhead

PM& TCM
2 RES TCM6 TCM5 TCM4
Row#
TCM ACT FTFL OPUk

EXP overhead
3 TCM3 TCM2 TCM1 PM
4 GCC1 GCC2 APS/PCC RES
Figure 15-12/G.709/Y.1331  ODUk overhead
PM
1 2 3
TTI BIP-8
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
BDI
SAPI BEI STAT

15
16
DAPI
PM&TCM
31
32
Operator
Specific 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
DMp
63
Figure 15-13/G.709/Y.1331  ODUk path monitoring overhead

- 64 -
TCMi
1 2 3
TTIi BIP-8i
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
BDIi
SAPI BEIi/BIAEi STATi
15
16
DAPI
PM&TCM
31
32
Operator
Specific 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
DMt1
DMt2
DMt3
DMt4
DMt5
DMt6
63
Figure 15-14/G.709/Y.1331  ODUk tandem connection monitoring #i overhead
15.8.2 ODUk OH definition

15.8.2.1 ODUk path monitoring (PM) overhead
One field of ODUk path monitoring overhead (PM) is defined in row 3, columns 10 to 12 to support
path monitoring and one additional bit of path monitoring is defined in row 2, column 3, bit 7.
The PM field contains the following subfields (see Figure 15-13):
 bit interleaved parity (BIP-8);
 backward error indication (BEI);
 status bits indicating the presence of a maintenance signal (STAT).
The PM&TCM field contains the following PM subfield (see Figure 15-13):
 path delay measurement (DMp).
The content of the PM field, except the STAT subfield, will be undefined (pattern will be all-1s,
0110 0110 or 0101 0101 repeating) during the presence of a maintenance signal (e.g., ODUk-AIS,
ODUk-OCI, ODUk-LCK). The content of the PM&TCM field will be undefined (pattern will be
all-1s, 0110 0110 or 0101 0101 repeating) during the presence of a maintenance signal. Refer to
16.5.
15.8.2.1.1 ODUk PM trail trace identifier (TTI)
For path monitoring, a one-byte trail trace identifier (TTI) overhead is defined to transport the
64-byte TTI signal specified in 15.2.
The 64-byte TTI signal shall be aligned with the ODUk multiframe (see 15.6.2.2) and transmitted
four times per multiframe. Byte 0 of the 64-byte TTI signal shall be present at ODUk multiframe
- 65 -
15.8.2.1.2 ODUk PM error detection code (BIP-8)

For path monitoring, a one-byte error detection code signal is defined. This byte provides a bit
interleaved parity-8 (BIP-8) code.
NOTE  The notation BIP-8 refers only to the number of BIP bits and not to the EDC usage (i.e., what
quantities are counted). For definition of BIP-8, refer to BIP-X definition in ITU-T Rec. G.707/Y.1322.
Each ODUk BIP-8 is computed over the bits in the OPUk (columns 15 to 3824) area of ODUk
frame i, and inserted in the ODUk PM BIP-8 overhead location in the ODUk frame i+2
(see Figure 15-15).
1 14 15 3824
1
Frame i
2
OPUk
BIP8
4
BIP8
1
Frame i+1
2
BIP8
1
Frame i+2
2
BIP8
4 G.709/Y.1331_F15-15
Figure 15-15/G.709/Y.1331  ODUk PM BIP-8 computation
15.8.2.1.3 ODUk PM backward defect indication (BDI)

For path monitoring, a single-bit backward defect indication (BDI) signal is defined to convey the
signal fail status detected in a path termination sink function in the upstream direction.
BDI is set to "1" to indicate an ODUk backward defect indication, otherwise it is set to "0".
15.8.2.1.4 ODUk PM backward error indication (BEI)
For path monitoring, a four-bit backward error indication (BEI) signal is defined to convey in the
upstream direction the count of interleaved-bit blocks that have been detected in error by the
corresponding ODUk path monitoring sink using the BIP-8 code. This count has nine legal values,
namely 0-8 errors. The remaining seven possible values represented by these four bits can only
result from some unrelated condition and shall be interpreted as zero errors (see Table 15-2).
- 66 -
Table 15-2/G.709/Y.1331  ODUk PM BEI interpretation

ODUk PM BEI
BIP violations
bits 1234
0000 0
0001 1
0010 2
0011 3
0100 4
0101 5
0110 6
0111 7
1000 8
1001 0
to
1111
15.8.2.1.5 ODUk PM status (STAT)

For path monitoring, three bits are defined as status bits (STAT). They indicate the presence of a
maintenance signal (see Table 15-3).
A P-CMEP sets these bits to "001".
Table 15-3/G.709/Y.1331  ODUk PM status interpretation

PM byte 3
Status
bits 678
000 Reserved for future international standardization
001 Normal path signal
101 Maintenance signal: ODUk-LCK
110 Maintenance signal: ODUk-OCI
111 Maintenance signal: ODUk-AIS
15.8.2.1.6 ODUk PM delay measurement (DMp)

For ODUk path monitoring, a one-bit path delay measurement (DMp) signal is defined to convey
the start of the delay measurement test.
The DMp signal consists of a constant value (0 or 1) that is inverted at the beginning of a two-way
delay measurement test. The transition from 01 in the sequence …0000011111…, or the
transition from 10 in the sequence …1111100000… represents the path delay measurement start
point. The new value of the DMp signal is maintained until the start of the next delay measurement
test.
- 67 -
This DMp signal is inserted by the DMp originating P-CMEP and sent to the far-end P-CMEP. This
far-end P-CMEP loops back the DMp signal towards the originating P-CMEP. The originating P-
CMEP measures the number of frame periods between the moment the DMp signal value is
inverted and the moment this inverted DMp signal value is received back from the far-end P-
CMEP. The receiver should apply a persistency check on the received DMp signal to be tolerant for
bit errors emulating the start of delay measurement indication. The additional frames that are used
for such persistency checking should not be added to the delay frame count. The looping P-CMEP
should loop back each received DMp bit within approximately 100 µs.
Refer to Recommendation G.798 for the specific path delay measurement process specifications.
NOTE 1 – Path delay measurements can be performed on-demand, to provide the momentary two-
way transfer delay status, and pro-active, to provide 15 minute and 24 hour two-way transfer delay
performance management snapshots.
NOTE 2 – Equipment designed according to the 2008 or earlier versions of this Recommendation may not be
capable of supporting this path delay monitoring. For such equipment, the DMp bit is a bit reserved for
future international standardisation and set to zero.
NOTE 3 – This process measures round trip delay. The one way delay may not be half of the round trip
delay in the case that the transmit and receive directions of the ODUk path are of unequal lengths (e.g. in
networks deploying uni-directional protection switching).
15.8.2.2 ODUk tandem connection monitoring (TCM) overhead
Six fields of ODUk tandem connection monitoring (TCM) overhead are defined in row 2,
columns 5 to 13 and row 3, columns 1 to 9 of the ODUk overhead and six additional bits of tandem
connection monitoring are defined in row 2, column 3, bits 1 to 6. TCM supports monitoring of
ODUk connections for one or more of the following network applications (refer to
ITU-T Recs G.805 and G.872):
 optical UNI to UNI tandem connection monitoring; monitoring the ODUk connection
through the public transport network (from public network ingress network termination to
egress network termination);
 optical NNI to NNI tandem connection monitoring; monitoring the ODUk connection
through the network of a network operator (from operator network ingress network
termination to egress network termination);
 sublayer monitoring for linear 1+1, 1:1 and 1:n optical channel subnetwork connection
protection switching, to determine the signal fail and signal degrade conditions;
 sublayer monitoring for optical channel shared protection ring (SPring) protection
switching, to determine the signal fail and signal degrade conditions;
 monitoring an optical channel tandem connection for the purpose of detecting a signal fail
or signal degrade condition in a switched optical channel connection, to initiate automatic
restoration of the connection during fault and error conditions in the network;
 monitoring an optical channel tandem connection for, e.g., fault localization or verification
of delivered quality of service.
The six TCM fields are numbered TCM1, TCM2, ..., TCM6.
Each TCM field contains the following subfields (see Figure 15-14):
 bit interleaved parity 8 (BIP-8);
- 68 -
 backward error indication and backward incoming alignment error (BEI/BIAE);

 status bits indicating the presence of TCM overhead, incoming alignment error, or a
maintenance signal (STAT).
The PM&TCM field contains the following TCM subfields (see Figure 15-13):
 tandem connection delay measurement (DMti, i=1 to 6).
The content of the TCM fields, except the STAT subfield, will be undefined (pattern will be all-1s,
0110 0110 or 0101 0101 repeating) during the presence of a maintenance signal (e.g., ODUk-AIS,
ODUk-OCI, ODUk-LCK). The content of the PM&TCM field will be undefined (pattern will be
all-1s, 0110 0110 or 0101 0101 repeating) during the presence of a maintenance signal. Refer to
16.5.
A TCM field and PM&TCM bit is assigned to a monitored connection as described in 15.8.2.2.6.
The number of monitored connections along an ODUk trail may vary between 0 and 6. These
monitored connections may be nested, cascaded or both. Nesting and cascading are the default
operational configurations. Overlapping is an additional configuration for testing purposes only.
Overlapped monitored connections must be operated in a non-intrusive mode in which the
maintenance signals ODUk-AIS and ODUk-LCK are not generated. For the case where one of the
endpoints in an overlapping monitored connection is located inside a SNC protected domain while
the other endpoint is located outside the protected domain, the SNC protection should be forced to
working when the endpoint of the overlapping monitored connection is located on the working
connection, and forced to protection when the endpoint is located on the protection connection.
Nesting and cascading configurations are shown in Figure 15-16. Monitored connections A1-
A2/B1-B2/C1-C2 and A1-A2/B3-B4 are nested, while B1-B2/B3-B4 are cascaded. Overlapping is
shown in Figure 15-17 (B1-B2 and C1-C2).
TCM6 TCM6 TCM6 TCM6 TCM6 TCM6 TCM6

A1 B1 C1 C2 B2 B3 B4 A2
C1-C2
B1-B2 B3-B4
A1-A2
TCMi TCM OH field not in use
TCMi TCM OH field in use G.709/Y.1331_F15-16
Figure 15-16/G.709/Y.1331  Example of nested and cascaded ODUk monitored connections

- 69 -
TCM6 TCM6 TCM6 TCM6 TCM6

A1 B1 C1 B2 C2 A2
C1-C2
B1-B2
A1-A2
TCMi TCM OH field not in use
TCMi TCM OH field in use G.709/Y.1331_F15-17
Figure 15-17/G.709/Y.1331  Example of overlapping ODUk monitored connections
15.8.2.2.1 ODUk TCM trail trace identifier (TTI)

For each tandem connection monitoring field, one byte of overhead is allocated for the transport of
the 64-byte trail trace identifier (TTI) specified in 15.2.
The 64-byte TTI signal shall be aligned with the ODUk multiframe (see 15.6.2.2) and transmitted
four times per multiframe. Byte 0 of the 64-byte TTI signal shall be present at ODUk multiframe
15.8.2.2.2 ODUk TCM error detection code (BIP-8)
For each tandem connection monitoring field, a one-byte error detection code signal is defined. This
byte provides a bit interleaved parity-8 (BIP-8) code.
NOTE – The notation BIP-8 refers only to the number of BIP bits, and not to the EDC usage (i.e., what
quantities are counted). For definition of BIP-8 refer to BIP-X definition in ITU-T Rec. G.707/Y.1322.
Each ODUk TCM BIP-8 is computed over the bits in the OPUk (columns 15 to 3824) area of
ODUk frame i, and inserted in the ODUk TCM BIP-8 overhead location (associated with the
tandem connection monitoring level) in ODUk frame i+2 (see Figure 15-18).
- 70 -
1 14 15 3824
1
BIP8
Frame i
2
OPUk
3
4
BIP8
1
Frame i+1
BIP8
1
Frame i+2
BIP8
4 G.709/Y.1331_F15-18
Figure 15-18/G.709/Y.1331  ODUk TCM BIP-8 computation
15.8.2.2.3 ODUk TCM backward defect indication (BDI)

For each tandem connection monitoring field, a single-bit backward defect indication (BDI) signal
is defined to convey the signal fail status detected in a tandem connection termination sink function
in the upstream direction.
BDI is set to "1" to indicate an ODUk backward defect indication; otherwise, it is set to "0".
15.8.2.2.4 ODUk TCM backward error indication (BEI) and backward incoming alignment
error (BIAE)
For each tandem connection monitoring field, a 4-bit backward error indication (BEI) and backward
incoming alignment error (BIAE) signal is defined. This signal is used to convey in the upstream
direction the count of interleaved-bit blocks that have been detected as being in error by the
corresponding ODUk tandem connection monitoring sink using the BIP-8 code. It is also used to
convey in the upstream direction an incoming alignment error (IAE) condition that is detected in the
corresponding ODUk tandem connection monitoring sink in the IAE overhead.
During an IAE condition the code "1011" is inserted into the BEI/BIAE field and the error count is
ignored. Otherwise the error count (0-8) is inserted into the BEI/BIAE field. The remaining six
possible values represented by these four bits can only result from some unrelated condition and
shall be interpreted as zero errors (see Table 15-4) and BIAE not active.
- 71 -
Table 15-4/G.709/Y.1331  ODUk TCM BEI/BIAE interpretation

ODUk TCM BEI/BIAE
BIAE BIP violations
bits 1234
0000 false 0
0001 false 1
0010 false 2
0011 false 3
0100 false 4
0101 false 5
0110 false 6
0111 false 7
1000 false 8
1 0 0 1, 1 0 1 0 false 0
1011 true 0
1100 false 0
to
1111
15.8.2.2.5 ODUk TCM status (STAT)

For each tandem connection monitoring field, three bits are defined as status bits (STAT). They
indicate the presence of a maintenance signal, if there is an incoming alignment error at the source
TC-CMEP, or if there is no source TC-CMEP active (see Table 15-5).
Table 15-5/G.709/Y.1331  ODUk TCM status interpretation

TCM byte 3
Status
bits 6 7 8
000 No source TC
001 In use without IAE
010 In use with IAE
101 Maintenance signal: ODUk-LCK
110 Maintenance signal: ODUk-OCI
111 Maintenance signal: ODUk-AIS
A P-CMEP sets these bits to "000".
A TC-CMEP ingress point sets these bits to either "001" to indicate to its peer TC-CMEP egress
point that there is no incoming alignment error (IAE), or to "010" to indicate that there is an
incoming alignment error.
The TC-CMEP egress point may use this information to suppress the counting of bit errors, which
may occur as a result of a frame phase change of the ODUk at the ingress of the tandem connection.
- 72 -
15.8.2.2.6 TCM overhead field assignment

Each TC-CMEP will be inserting/extracting its TCM overhead from one of the 6 TCMi overhead
fields and one of the 6 DMti fields. The specific TCMi/DMti overhead field is provisioned by the
network operator, network management system or switching control plane.
At a domain interface, it is possible to provision the maximum number (0 to 6) of tandem
connection levels which will be passed through the domain. The default is three. These tandem
connections should use the lower TCMi/DMti overhead fields TCM1/DMt1...TCMMAX/DMtMAX.
Overhead in TCM/DMt fields beyond the maximum (TCMmax+1/DMtmax+1 and above) may/will be
overwritten in the domain.
Example
For the case of a ODUk leased circuit, the user may have been assigned one level of TCM, the
service provider one level of TCM and each network operator (having a contract with the service
provider) four levels of TCM. For the case a network operator subcontracts part of its ODUk
connection to another network operator, these four levels are to be split; e.g., two levels for the
subcontracting operator.
This would result in the following TCM OH allocation:
– User: TCM1/DMt1 overhead field between the two user subnetworks, and
TCM1/DMt1..TCM6/DMt6 within its own subnetwork;
– Service provider (SP): TCM2/DMt2 overhead field between two UNIs;
– Network operators NO1, NO2, NO3 having contract with service provider: TCM3/DMt3,
TCM4/DMt4, TCM5/DMt5, TCM6/DMt6. Note that NO2 (which is subcontracting) cannot
use TCM5/DMt5 and TCM6/DMt6 in the connection through the domain of NO4;
– NO4 (having subcontract with NO2): TCM5/DMt5, TCM6/DMt6.
See Figure 15-19.
NO2
NO1 NO3
User User
ODUk ODUk
path NO4 path
TCM overhead field
TCM6 Network Operator 4

TCM2 Service Provider
TCM1 User
G.709/Y.1331_F15-19
Figure 15-19/G.709/Y.1331 – Example of TCM overhead field assignment
15.8.2.2.7 ODUk tandem connection monitoring activation/deactivation coordination

protocol
A one-byte TCM activation/deactivation field is located in row 2, column 4. Its definition is for
further study.
15.8.2.2.8 ODUk TCM delay measurement (DMti, i=1 to 6)
For ODUk tandem connection monitoring, a one-bit tandem connection delay measurement (DMti)
signal is defined to convey the start of the delay measurement test.
- 73 -
The DMti signal consists of a constant value (0 or 1) that is inverted at the beginning of a two-way
delay measurement test. The transition from 01 in the sequence …0000011111…, or the
transition from 10 in the sequence …1111100000… represents the path delay measurement start
point. The new value of the DMti signal is maintained until the start of the next delay measurement
test.
This DMti signal is inserted by the DMti originating TC-CMEP and sent to the far-end TC-CMEP.
This far-end TC-CMEP loops back the DMti signal towards the originating TC-CMEP. The
originating TC-CMEP measures the number of frame periods between the moment the DMti signal
value is inverted and the moment this inverted DMti signal value is received back from the far-end
TC-CMEP. The receiver should apply a persistency check on the received DMti signal to be
tolerant for bit errors emulating the start of delay measurement indication. The additional frames
that are used for such persistency checking should not be added to the delay frame count. The
looping TC-CMEP should loop back each received DMti bit within approximately 100 µs.
Refer to Recommendation G.798 for the specific tandem connection delay measurement process
specifications.
NOTE 1 – Tandem connection delay measurements can be performed on-demand, to provide the
momentary two-way transfer delay status, and pro-active, to provide 15 minute and 24 hour two-
way transfer delay performance management snapshots.
NOTE 2 – Equipment designed according to the 2008 or earlier versions of this Recommendation may not be
capable of supporting this tandem connection delay monitoring. For such equipment, the DMti bit is a bit
reserved for future international standardisation.
NOTE 3 – This process measures round trip delay. The one way delay may not be half of the round trip
delay in the case that the transmit and receive directions of the ODUk tandem connection are of unequal
lengths (e.g. in networks deploying uni-directional protection switching).
15.8.2.3 ODUk general communication channels (GCC1, GCC2)
Two fields of two bytes are allocated in the ODUk overhead to support two general
communications channels between any two network elements with access to the ODUk frame
structure (i.e., at 3R regeneration points). These are clear channels and any format specification is
outside of the scope of this Recommendation. The bytes for GCC1 are located in row 4, columns 1
and 2, and the bytes for GCC2 are located in bytes row 4, columns 3 and 4 of the ODUk overhead.
15.8.2.4 ODUk automatic protection switching and protection communication channel
(APS/PCC)
A four-byte ODUk-APS/PCC signal is defined in row 4, columns 5 to 8 of the ODUk overhead. Up
to eight levels of nested APS/PCC signals may be present in this field. The APS/PCC bytes in a
given frame are assigned to a dedicated connection monitoring level depending on the value of
MFAS as follows:
Table 15-6/G.709/Y.1331  Multiframe to allow separate APS/PCC

for each monitoring level
MFAS APS/PCC channel applies to Protection scheme using the
bits 678 connection monitoring level APS/PCC channel (Note 1)
000 ODUk Path ODUk SNC/N

001 ODUk TCM1 ODUk SNC/S, ODUk SNC/N
- 74 -

111 ODUk server layer trail (Note 2) ODUk SNC/I
NOTE 1 – An APS channel may be used by more than one protection scheme and/or protection scheme
instance. In case of nested protection schemes, care should be taken when an ODUk protection is to be set
up in order not to interfere with the APS channel usage of another ODUk protection on the same
connection monitoring level, e.g. protection can only be activated if that APS channel of the level is not
already being used.
NOTE 2 – Examples of ODUk server layer trails are an OTUk or a HO ODUk (e.g. an ODU3 transporting
an ODU1).
For linear protection schemes, the bit assignments for these bytes and the bit-oriented protocol are
given in ITU-T Rec. G.873.1. Bit assignment and byte oriented protocol for ring protection schemes
are for further study.
15.8.2.5 ODUk fault type and fault location reporting communication channel (FTFL)
One byte is allocated in the ODUk overhead to transport a 256-byte fault type and fault location
(FTFL) message. The byte is located in row 2, column 14 of the ODUk overhead.
The 256-byte FTFL message shall be aligned with the ODUk multiframe (i.e., byte 0 of the
256-byte FTFL message shall be present at ODUk multiframe position 0000 0000, byte 1 of the
256-byte FTFL message shall be present at ODUk multiframe position 0000 0001, byte 2 of the
256-byte FTFL message shall be present at ODUk multiframe position 0000 0010, etc.).
The 256-byte FTFL message consists of two 128-byte fields as shown in Figure 15-20: the forward
and backward fields. The forward field is allocated to bytes 0 through 127 of the FTFL message.
The backward field is allocated to bytes 128 through 255 of the FTFL message.
0 1 127 128 129 255
Forward field Backward field
Figure 15-20/G.709/Y.1331  FTFL message structure
The forward and backward fields are further divided into three subfields as shown in Figure 15-21:
the forward/backward fault type indication field, the forward/backward operator identifier field, and
the forward/backward operator-specific field.
- 75 -
0 1 9 10 127
Operator identifier Operator-specific
field field
Fault
indication Forward
field
128 129 137 138 255

Operator identifier Operator-specific
field field
Fault
indication Backward
field
Figure 15-21/G.709/Y.1331  Forward/backward field structure
15.8.2.5.1 Forward/backward fault type indication field

The fault type indication field provides the fault status. Byte 0 of the FTFL message is allocated
for the forward fault type indication field. Byte 128 of the FTFL message is allocated for the
backward fault type indication field. The fault type indication fields are coded as in Table 15-7.
Code 0000 0000 shall indicate no fault, code 0000 0001 shall indicate signal fail, and
code 0000 0010 shall indicate signal degrade. The remaining codes are reserved for future
international standardization.
Table 15-7/G.709/Y.1331  Fault indication codes

Fault indication code Definition
0000 0000 No Fault
0000 0001 Signal Fail
0000 0010 Signal Degrade
0000 0011
.
. Reserved for future
. international standardization
1111 1111
15.8.2.5.2 Forward/backward operator identifier field

The operator identifier field is 9 bytes. Bytes 1 through 9 are allocated for the forward operator
identifier field. Bytes 129 through 137 are allocated for the backward operator identifier field. The
operator identifier field consists of two subfields: the international segment field, and the national
segment field as shown in Figure 15-22.
- 76 -
Byte allocation in
129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137
backward field
Byte allocation in
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
forward field
Country code National segment code
G/PCC ICC NUL padding
G/PCC ICC NUL
padding
G/PCC ICC
NUL
Figure 15-22/G.709/Y.1331  Operator identifier field structure
The international segment field provides a three-character ISO 3166 geographic/political country
code (G/PCC). The first three bytes of the 9-byte operator identifier field (i.e., bytes 1 through 3 for
the forward operator identifier field and bytes 129 through 131 for the backward operator identifier
field) are reserved for the international segment field. The country code shall be based on the
three-character uppercase alphabetic ISO 3166 country code (e.g., USA, FRA).
The national segment field provides a 1-6 character ITU carrier code (ICC). The ICC is maintained
by the ITU-T Telecommunication Standardization Bureau (TSB) as per ITU-T Rec. M.1400. The
national segment field is 6 bytes and provides a 1-6 character ITU carrier code (ICC) with trailing
null characters to complete the 6-character field.
15.8.2.5.3 Forward/backward operator-specific field
Bytes 10 through 127 are allocated for the forward operator-specific field as shown in Figure 15-21.
Bytes 138 through 255 are allocated for the backward operator-specific field. The operator-specific
fields are not subject to standardization.
15.8.2.6 ODUk experimental overhead (EXP)
Two bytes are allocated in the ODUk overhead for experimental use. These bytes are located in
row 3, columns 13 and 14 of the ODUk overhead.
The use of these bytes is not subject to standardization and outside the scope of this
Recommendation.
Experimental overhead is provided in the ODUk OH to allow a vendor and/or a network operator
within their own (sub)network to support an application, which requires additional ODUk overhead.
There is no requirement to forward the EXP overhead beyond the (sub)network; i.e., the operational
span of the EXP overhead is limited to the (sub)network with the vendor's equipment, or the
network of the operator.
15.8.2.7 ODUk reserved overhead (RES)
Eight bytes and one bit are reserved in the ODUk overhead for future international standardization.
These bytes are located in row 2, columns 1 to 2 and row 4, columns 9 to 14 of the ODUk overhead.
The bit is located in row 2, column 3, bit 8 of the ODUk overhead. These bytes and bit are set to all
ZEROs.
- 77 -
15.9 OPUk OH description

15.9.1 OPUk OH location
The OPUk overhead consists of: payload structure identifier (PSI) including the payload type (PT),
overhead associated with concatenation and overhead (e.g., justification control and opportunity
bits) associated with the mapping of client signals into the OPUk payload. The OPUk PSI and PT
overhead locations are shown in Figure 15-23.
Column #
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
1 Frame alignment overhead OTUk overhead

Mapping
2 &
Row #
concatenation
ODUk overhead specific
3
4 PSI
0 PT
1
Mapping
& concatenation
specific
255
G.709/Y.1331_F15-23
Figure 15-23/G.709/Y.1331  OPUk overhead
15.9.2 OPUk OH definition

15.9.2.1 OPUk payload structure identifier (PSI)
One byte is allocated in the OPUk overhead to transport a 256-byte payload structure identifier
(PSI) signal. The byte is located in row 4, column 15 of the OPUk overhead.
The 256-byte PSI signal is aligned with the ODUk multiframe (i.e., PSI[0] is present at ODUk
multiframe position 0000 0000, PSI[1] at position 0000 0001, PSI[2] at position 0000 0010, etc.).
PSI[0] contains a one-byte payload type. PSI[1] to PSI[255] are mapping and concatenation
specific, except for PT 0x01 (experimental mapping) and PTs 80-0x8F (for proprietary use).
15.9.2.1.1 OPUk payload type (PT)
A one-byte payload type signal is defined in the PSI[0] byte of the payload structure identifier to
indicate the composition of the OPUk signal. The code points are defined in Table 15-8.
- 78 -
Table 15-8/G.709/Y.1331  Payload type code points

MSB LSB Hex code
Interpretation
1234 5678 (Note 1)
0000 0001 01 Experimental mapping (Note 3)
0000 0010 02 Asynchronous CBR mapping, see 17.1
0000 0011 03 Bit synchronous CBR mapping, see 17.1
0000 0100 04 ATM mapping, see 17.2
0000 0101 05 GFP mapping, see 17.3
0000 0110 06 Virtual Concatenated signal, see clause 18 (Note 5)
0000 0111 07 1000BASE-X into ODU0 mapping, see 17.6.1 and
17.6.1.1
0000 1000 08 FC-1200 into ODU2e mapping, see 17.7.2
0000 1001 09 GFP mapping into Extended OPU2 payload, see 17.3.1
(Note 6)
0000 1010 0A STM-1 mapping into ODU0, see 17.6.1
0000 1011 0B STM-4 mapping into ODU0, see 17.6.1
0000 1100 0C FC-100 mapping into ODU0, see 17.6.1
0000 1101 0D FC-200 mapping into ODU1, see 17.6.2
0000 1110 0E FC-400 mapping into ODUflex, see 17.8
0000 1111 0F FC-800 mapping into ODUflex, see 17.8
0001 0000 10 Bit stream with octet timing mapping, see 17.5.1
0001 0001 11 Bit stream without octet timing mapping, see 17.5.2
0010 0000 20 ODU multiplex structure supporting ODTUjk only, see
clause 19 (AMP only)
0010 0001 21 ODU multiplex structure supporting ODTUk.ts or
ODTUk.ts and ODTUjk, see clause 19 (GMP capable)
(Note 7)
0101 0101 55 Not available (Note 2)
1000 xxxx 80-8F Reserved codes for proprietary use (Note 4)
1111 1101 FD NULL test signal mapping, see 17.4.1
1111 1110 FE PRBS test signal mapping, see 17.4.2
1111 1111 FF Not available (Note 2)
- 79 -
NOTE 1 – There are 216 spare codes left for future international standardization. Refer to Annex A/G.806
for the procedure to obtain one of these codes for a new payload type.
NOTE 2 – These values are excluded from the set of available code points. These bit patterns are present
in ODUk maintenance signals.
NOTE 3 – Value "01" is only to be used for experimental activities in cases where a mapping code is not
defined in this table. Refer to Annex A/G.806 for more information on the use of this code.
NOTE 4 – These 16 code values will not be subject to further standardization. Refer to Annex A/G.806 for
more information on the use of these codes.
NOTE 5 – For the payload type of the virtual concatenated signal a dedicated payload type overhead
(vcPT) is used, see clause 18.
NOTE 6 – The former G.sup43 description of this mapping recommended using Payload Type 87.
NOTE 7 – Equipment supporting ODTUk.ts for OPU2 or OPU3 must be backward compatible with
equipment which supports only the ODTUjk. ODTUk.ts capable equipment transmitting PT=21 which
receives PT=20 from the far end shall revert to PT=20 and operate in ODTUjk only mode. Refer to G.798
for the specification.
15.9.2.2 OPUk mapping specific overhead

Seven bytes are reserved in the OPUk overhead for mapping and concatenation specific overhead.
These bytes are located in rows 1 to 3, columns 15 and 16 and column 16 row 4. In addition,
255 bytes in the PSI are reserved for mapping and concatenation specific purposes.
The use of these bytes depends on the specific client signal mapping (defined in clauses 17 and 19)
and the use of concatenation (see clause 18).
16 Maintenance signals
An alarm indication signal (AIS) is a signal sent downstream as an indication that an upstream
defect has been detected. An AIS signal is generated in an adaptation sink function. An AIS signal
is detected in a trail termination sink function to suppress defects or failures that would otherwise be
detected as a consequence of the interruption of the transport of the original signal at an upstream
point.
A forward defect indication (FDI) is a signal sent downstream as an indication that an upstream
defect has been detected. An FDI signal is generated in an adaptation sink function. An FDI signal
is detected in a trail termination sink function to suppress defects or failures that would otherwise be
detected as a consequence of the interruption of the transport of the original signal at an upstream
point.
NOTE – AIS and FDI are similar signals. AIS is used as the term when the signal is in the digital domain.
FDI is used as the term when the signal is in the optical domain; FDI is transported as non-associated
overhead in the OTM overhead signal (OOS).
An open connection indication (OCI) is a signal sent downstream as an indication that upstream the
signal is not connected to a trail termination source. An OCI signal is generated in a connection
function and output by this connection function on each of its output connection points, which are
not connected to one of its input connection points. An OCI signal is detected in a trail termination
sink function.
A locked (LCK) is a signal sent downstream as an indication that upstream the connection is
"locked", and no signal is passed through.
- 80 -
A payload missing indication (PMI) is a signal sent downstream as an indication that upstream at
the source point of the signal, either none of the tributary slots have an optical signal or an optical
signal with no payload. This indicates that the transport of the optical tributary signal is interrupted.
A PMI signal is generated in the adaptation source function and it is detected in the trail termination
sink function which suppresses the LOS defect that arises under this condition.
16.1 OTS maintenance signals

16.1.1 OTS payload missing indication (OTS-PMI)
OTS-PMI is generated as an indication that the OTS payload does not contain an optical signal.
16.2 OMS maintenance signals

Three OMS maintenance signals are defined: OMS-FDI-P, OMS-FDI-O and OMS-PMI.
16.2.1 OMS forward defect indication – Payload (OMS-FDI-P)
OMS-FDI-P is generated as an indication of an OMS server layer defect in the OTS network layer.
16.2.2 OMS forward defect indication – Overhead (OMS-FDI-O)
OMS-FDI-O is generated as an indication when the transport of OMS OH via the OOS is
interrupted due to a signal fail condition in the OOS.
16.2.3 OMS payload missing indication (OMS-PMI)
OMS-PMI is generated as an indication when none of the OCCs contain an optical signal.
16.3 OCh maintenance signals

Three OCh maintenance signals are defined: OCh-FDI-P, OCh-FDI-O and OCh-OCI.
16.3.1 OCh forward defect indication – Payload (OCh-FDI-P)
OCh-FDI is generated as an indication for an OCh server layer defect in the OMS network layer.
When the OTUk is terminated, the OCh-FDI is continued as an ODUk-AIS signal.
16.3.2 OCh forward defect indication – Overhead (OCh-FDI-O)
OCh-FDI-O is generated as an indication when the transport of OCh OH via the OOS is interrupted
due to a signal fail condition in the OOS.
16.3.3 OCh open connection indication (OCh-OCI)
The OCh-OCI signal indicates to downstream transport processing functions that the OCh
connection is not bound to, or not connected (via a matrix connection) to a termination source
function. The indication is used in order to distinguish downstream between a missing optical
channel due to a defect or due to the open connection (resulting from a management command).
NOTE – OCI is detected at the next downstream OTUk trail terminating equipment. If the connection was
opened intentionally, the related alarm report from this trail termination should be disabled by using the
alarm reporting control mode (refer to ITU-T Rec. M.3100/Amd.3).
- 81 -
16.4 OTUk maintenance signals

16.4.1 OTUk alarm indication signal (OTUk-AIS)
The OTUk-AIS (see Figure 16-1) is a generic-AIS signal (see 16.6.1). Since the OTUk capacity
(130 560 bits) is not an integer multiple of the PN-11 sequence length (2047 bits), the PN-11
sequence may cross an OTUk frame boundary.
NOTE – OTUk-AIS is defined to support a future server layer application. OTN equipment should be
capable to detect the presence of such signal; it is not required to generate such signal.
Column #
1 14 15 3824 3825 4080
1
Row #
2 Repeating PN-11 sequence

3
4
G.709/Y.1331_F16-1
Figure 16-1/G.709/Y.1331  OTUk-AIS
16.4.2 OTLk alarm indication signal (OTLk-AIS)

The Framed-OTU3-AIS (see Figure 16-6 top) is a generic-AIS signal (see 16.6.1) extended with an
7-byte AIS (multi)framing pattern consisting of a 3 OA1 bytes, 3 OA2 bytes and a MFAS byte with
value 0xFF. This (multi)framing pattern is inserted every 130560 (i.e. 4 x 4080 x 8) bits and
replaces the original PN-11 bytes.
The Framed-OTU4-AIS (see Figure 16-6 bottom) is a generic-AIS signal (see 16.6.1) extended with
a 6-byte AIS framing pattern consisting of a 3 OA1 bytes, 2 OA2 bytes and a Logical Lane Marker
byte with value 0xFF. This framing pattern is inserted every 130560 (i.e. 4 x 4080 x 8) bits and
replaces the original PN-11 bytes.
The Framed-OTUk-AIS pattern is distributed over the n logical lanes (n = 4 (OTU3), 20 (OTU4))
of an OTM-0.mvn as specified in Annex C. Optical channel Transport Lane (OTLk) AIS is the
pattern present in a logical lane (see Figure 16-7).
The presence of OTL3-AIS is detected by monitoring the MFAS field in an OTU3 Lane for the
persistent value 0xFF.
The presence of OTL4-AIS is detected by monitoring the Logical Lane Marker field in an OTU4
Lane for the persistent value 0xFF.
- 82 -
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
0xFF
OA1
OA1
OA1
OA2
OA2
OA2
Column #
1 4080
1 1:16 17:32 33:48 49:64 4065:4080
Row #
2 4081:4096 4097:5012 5013:5028 5029:5044 9145:9160

3 9161:9176 9177:9192 9193:9208 9209:9224
Repeating PN-11 sequence 12225:12240
4 12241:12256 12257:12272 12273:12288 12289:13304 16305:16320
Framed-OTU3-AIS
1 2 3 4 5 6
0xFF
OA1
OA1
OA1
OA2
OA2
Column #
1 4080
1 1:16 17:32 33:48 49:64 4065:4080
Row #
2 4081:4096 4097:5012 5013:5028 5029:5044 9145:9160

3 9161:9176 9177:9192 9193:9208 9209:9224
Repeating PN-11 sequence 12225:12240
4 12241:12256 12257:12272 12273:12288 12289:13304 16305:16320
Framed-OTU4-AIS
Figure 16-6/G.709/Y.1331  Framed-OTUk-AIS
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
0xFF
OA1
OA1
OA1
OA2
OA2
OA2
Column #
1 4080
1 1:16 65:80 16247:16272
Row #
2 49:64 113:128 16305:16320

3 33:48 97:112 redistributed 25% of repeating PN-11 sequence 16289:16304
4 17:32 81:96 16263:16288
OTL3-AIS
1 2 3 4 5 6
0xFF
OA1
OA1
OA1
OA2
OA2
Column #
1 4080
1 1:16 16001:16016 305:320 16305:16320 289:304 16289:16304 273:288 16273:16288 257:272 16257:16272
Row #
2 241:256 16241:16256 225:240 16225:16240 209:224 16209:16224 193:208 16193:16208 177:192 16177:16192
3 161:176 16161:16176 145:160 redistributed
16145:16160 5%
129:144 of repeating
16129:16144 PN-11 sequence
113:128 16113:16128 97:112 16097:16112
4 81:96 16081:16096 65:80 16065:16080 49:64 16049:16064 33:48 16033:16048 17:32 16017:16032
OTL4-AIS
Figure 16-7/G.709/Y.1331  OTLk-AIS
16.5 ODUk maintenance signals

Three ODUk maintenance signals are defined: ODUk-AIS, ODUk-OCI and ODUk-LCK.
16.5.1 ODUk alarm indication signal (ODUk-AIS)
ODUk-AIS is specified as all "1"s in the entire ODUk signal, excluding the frame alignment
overhead (FA OH), OTUk overhead (OTUk OH) and ODUk FTFL (see Figure 16-2).
- 83 -
Column #
1 78 14 17 3824
1 FA OH OTUk OH
STAT
STAT
STAT
FTFL
2
Row #
All-1s pattern
STAT
STAT
STAT
STAT
3
4
G.709/Y.1331_F16-2
Figure 16-2/G.709/Y.1331  ODUk-AIS
In addition, the ODUk-AIS signal may be extended with one or more levels of ODUk tandem
connection, GCC1, GCC2, EXP and/or APS/PCC overhead before it is presented at the OTM
interface. This is dependent on the functionality between the ODUk-AIS insertion point and the
OTM interface.
The presence of ODUk-AIS is detected by monitoring the ODUk STAT bits in the PM and TCMi
overhead fields.
16.5.2 ODUk open connection indication (ODUk-OCI)
ODUk-OCI is specified as a repeating "0110 0110" pattern in the entire ODUk signal, excluding the
frame alignment overhead (FA OH) and OTUk overhead (OTUk OH) (see Figure 16-3).
Column #
1 78 14 17 3824
1 FA OH OTUk OH
STAT
STAT
STAT
2
Row #
Repeating "0110 0110" pattern

STAT
STAT
STAT
STAT
4
G.709/Y.1331_F16-3
Figure 16-3/G.709/Y.1331  ODUk-OCI
NOTE – The repeating "0110 0110" pattern is the default pattern; other patterns are also allowed as long as
the STAT bits in the PM and TCMi overhead fields are set to "110".
In addition, the ODUk-OCI signal may be extended with one or more levels of ODUk tandem
connection, GCC1, GCC2, EXP and/or APS/PCC overhead before it is presented at the OTM
interface. This is dependent on the functionality between the ODUk-OCI insertion point and the
OTM interface.
The presence of ODUk-OCI is detected by monitoring the ODUk STAT bits in the PM and TCMi
overhead fields.
- 84 -
16.5.3 ODUk locked (ODUk-LCK)

ODUk-LCK is specified as a repeating "0101 0101" pattern in the entire ODUk signal, excluding
the frame alignment overhead (FA OH) and OTUk overhead (OTUk OH) (see Figure 16-4).
Column # 3824
1 78 14 17
1 FA OH OTUk OH
STAT
STAT
STAT
2
Row #
Repeating "0101 0101" pattern

STAT
STAT
STAT
STAT
4
G.709/Y.1331_F16-4
Figure 16-4/G.709/Y.1331  ODUk-LCK
NOTE – The repeating "0101 0101" pattern is the default pattern; other patterns are also allowed as long as
the STAT bits in the PM and TCMi overhead fields are set to "101".
In addition, the ODUk-LCK signal may be extended with one or more additional levels of ODUk
tandem connection, GCC1, GCC2, EXP and/or APS/PCC overhead before it is presented at the
OTM interface. This is dependent on the functionality between the ODUk-LCK insertion point and
the OTM interface.
The presence of ODUk-LCK is detected by monitoring the ODUk STAT bits in the PM and TCMi
overhead fields.
16.6 Client maintenance signal

16.6.1 Generic AIS for constant bit rate signals
The generic-AIS signal is a signal with a 2047-bit polynomial number 11 (PN-11) repeating
sequence.
The PN-11 sequence is defined by the generating polynomial 1 + x9 + x11 as specified in 5.2/O.150.
(See Figure 16-5.)
DQ DQ DQ DQ D Q DQ DQ DQ DQ DQ DQ Generic-AIS
Clock
G.709/Y.1331_F16-5
Figure 16-5/G.709/Y.1331  Generic-AIS generating circuit
17 Mapping of client signals

This clause specifies the mapping of
- STM-16, STM-64, STM-256 constant bit rate client signals into OPUk using client/server
specific asynchronous or bit-synchronous mapping procedures (AMP, BMP)
- 10GBASE-R constant bit rate client signal into OPU2e using client/server specific bit-
synchronous mapping procedure (BMP)
- 85 -
- FC-1200 constant bit rate client signal after timing transparent transcoding (TTT) providing
a 50/51 rate compression into OPU2e using client/server specific byte-synchronous
mapping procedure
- constant bit rate client signals with bit rates up to 1.238 Gbit/s into OPU0 and up to 2.488
Gbit/s into OPU1 using a client agnostic generic mapping procedure (GMP) possibly
preceded by a timing transparent transcoding (TTT) of the client signal to reduce the bit
rate of the signal to fit the OPUk Payload bandwidth
- constant bit rate client signals with bit rates close to 2.5, 10.0, 40.1 or 104.3 Gbit/s into
OPU1, OPU2, OPU3 or OPU4 respectively using a client agnostic generic mapping
procedure (GMP) possibly preceded by a timing transparent transcoding (TTT) of the client
signal to reduce the bit rate of the signal to fit the OPUk Payload bandwidth
- other constant bit rate client signals into OPUflex using a client agnostic bit-synchronous
mapping procedure (BMP)
- asynchronous transfer mode (ATM)
- packet streams (e.g. Ethernet, MPLS, IP) which are encapsulated with the generic framing
procedure (GFP-F)
- test signals
- Continuous Mode GPON constant bit rate client signal into OPU1 using asynchronous
mapping procedure (AMP)
into OPUk.
17.0 OPUk Client Signal Fail (CSF)

For support of local management systems, a single-bit OPUk Client Signal Fail (CSF) indicator is
defined to convey the signal fail status of the CBR and Ethernet Private Line client signal mapped
into a LO OPUk at the ingress of the OTN to the egress of the OTN.
OPUk CSF is located in bit 1 of the PSI[2] byte of the Payload Structure Identifier. Bits 2 to 8 of the
PSI[2] byte are reserved for future international standardization. These bits are set to all ZEROs.
OPUk CSF is set to "1" to indicate a client signal fail indication, otherwise it is set to "0".
NOTE – Equipment designed prior to this revision of the recommendation will generate a “0” in the OPUk
CSF and will ignore any value in OPUk CSF.
- 86 -
17.1 Mapping of CBR2G5, CBR10G, CBR10G3 and CBR40G signals into OPUk
Mapping of a CBR2G5, CBR10G or CBR40G signal (with up to 20 ppm bit-rate tolerance) into an
OPUk (k = 1,2,3) may be performed according to the bit synchronous mapping procedure based on
one generic OPUk frame structure (see Figure 17-1). Mapping of a CBR2G5, CBR10G or CBR40G
signal (with up to 45 ppm bit-rate tolerance) into an OPUk (k = 1,2,3) may be performed
according to the asynchronous mapping procedure. Mapping of a CBR10G3 signal (with up to 100
ppm bit-rate tolerance) into an OPUk (k = 2e) is performed using bit synchronous mapping
procedure.
NOTE 1 – Examples of CBR2G5, CBR10G and CBR40G signals are STM-16 and CMGPON_D/U2 (refer
to ITU-T Rec. G.984.6), STM-64 and STM-256. An example of a CBR10G3 signal is 10GBASE-R.
NOTE 2 – The maximum bit-rate tolerance between OPUk and the client signal clock, which can be
accommodated by the asynchronous mapping scheme, is 65 ppm. With a bit-rate tolerance of 20 ppm for
the OPUk clock, the client signal's bit-rate tolerance can be 45 ppm.
NOTE 3 – For OPUk (k=1,2,3) the clock tolerance is 20 ppm. For OPU2e the clock tolerance is 100 ppm
and asynchronous mapping can not be supported with this justification overhead.
Column
Row 15 16 17 18 3824
1 RES JC
2 RES JC
3 RES JC
4 PSI NJO PJO
OPUk OH OPUk payload (4  3808 bytes) G.709/Y.1331_F17-1

0 PT
1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
CSF
PSI 2
RES
JC Reserved JC
255
Figure 17-1/G.709/Y.1331  OPUk frame structure for the mapping of a CBR2G5,

CBR10G or CBR40G signal
The OPUk overhead for these mappings consists of a payload structure identifier (PSI) including
the payload type (PT), a client signal fail (CSF) indicator and 254 bytes plus 7 bits reserved for
future international standardization (RES), three justification control (JC) bytes, one negative
justification opportunity (NJO) byte, and three bytes reserved for future international
standardization (RES). The JC bytes consist of two bits for justification control and six bits reserved
for future international standardization.
The OPUk payload for these mappings consists of 4  3808 bytes, including one positive
justification opportunity (PJO) byte.
The justification control (JC) signal, which is located in rows 1, 2 and 3 of column 16, bits 7 and 8,
is used to control the two justification opportunity bytes NJO and PJO that follow in row 4.
The asynchronous and bit synchronous mapping processes generate the JC, NJO and PJO according
to Tables 17-1 and 17-2, respectively. The demapping process interprets JC, NJO and PJO
- 87 -
according to Table 17-3. Majority vote (two out of three) shall be used to make the justification
decision in the demapping process to protect against an error in one of the three JC signals.
Table 17-1/G.709/Y.1331  JC, NJO and PJO generation

by asynchronous mapping process
JC
NJO PJO
bits 78
00 justification byte data byte
01 data byte data byte
10 not generated
11 justification byte justification byte
Table 17-2/G.709/Y.1331  JC, NJO and PJO generation

by bit synchronous mapping process
JC
NJO PJO
bits 78
01
10 not generated
11
Table 17-3/G.709/Y.1331  JC, NJO and PJO interpretation

JC
NJO PJO
bits 78
01 data byte data byte
1 0 (Note) justification byte data byte
11 justification byte justification byte
NOTE – A mapper circuit does not generate this code. Due to bit errors a demapper circuit might
receive this code.
The value contained in NJO and PJO when they are used as justification bytes is all-0s. The receiver
is required to ignore the value contained in these bytes whenever they are used as justification
bytes.
During a signal fail condition of the incoming CBR2G5, CBR10G or CBR40G client signal (e.g., in
the case of a loss of input signal), this failed incoming signal is replaced by the generic-AIS signal
as specified in 16.6.1, and is then mapped into the OPUk.
During a signal fail condition of the incoming 10GBASE-R type CBR10G3 client signal (e.g., in
the case of a loss of input signal), this failed incoming 10GBASE-R signal is replaced by a stream
of 66B blocks, with each block carrying two Local Fault sequence ordered sets (as specified in
IEEE Std. 802.3). This replacement signal is then mapped into the OPU2e.
- 88 -
During signal fail condition of the incoming ODUk/OPUk signal (e.g., in the case of an ODUk-AIS,
ODUk-LCK, ODUk-OCI condition) the generic-AIS pattern as specified in 16.6.1 is generated as a
replacement signal for the lost CBR2G5, CBR10G or CBR40G signal.
During signal fail condition of the incoming ODU2e/OPU2e signal (e.g., in the case of an ODU2e-
AIS, ODU2e-LCK, ODU2e-OCI condition) a stream of 66B blocks, with each block carrying two
Local Fault sequence ordered sets (as specified in IEEE Std. 802.3) is generated as a replacement
signal for the lost 10GBASE-R signal.
NOTE 4 – Local Fault sequence ordered set is /K28.4/D0.0/D0.0/D1.0/. The 66B block contains the
following value SH=10 0x55 00 00 01 00 00 00 01.
NOTE 5 – Equipment developed prior to the 2008 version of this recommendation may generate a
different 10GBASE-R replacement signal (e.g. Generic-AIS) than the Local Fault sequence ordered
set.
Asynchronous mapping
The OPUk signal for the asynchronous mapping is created from a locally generated clock (within
the limits specified in Table 7-3), which is independent of the CBR2G5, CBR10G or CBR40G
(i.e., 4(k–1) × 2 488 320 kbit/s (k = 1,2,3)) client signal.
The CBR2G5, CBR10G, CBR40G (i.e., 4(k–1) × 2 488 320 kbit/s (k = 1,2,3)) signal is mapped into
the OPUk using a positive/negative/zero (pnz) justification scheme.
Bit synchronous mapping
The OPUk clock for the bit synchronous mapping is derived from the CBR2G5, CBR10G,
CBR40G or CBR10G3 client signal. During signal fail conditions of the incoming CBR2G5,
CBR10G, CBR40G or CBR10G3 signal (e.g., in the case of loss of input signal), the OPUk payload
signal bit rate shall be within the limits specified in Table 7-3 and neither a frequency nor frame
phase discontinuity shall be introduced. The resynchronization on the incoming CBR2G5,
CBR10G, CBR40G or CBR10G3 signal shall be done without introducing a frequency or frame
phase discontinuity.
The CBR2G5, CBR10G, CBR40G or CBR10G3 signal is mapped into the OPUk without using the
justification capability within the OPUk frame: NJO contains a justification byte, PJO contains a
data byte, and the JC signal is fixed to 00.
17.1.1 Mapping a CBR2G5 signal (e.g., STM-16, CMGPON_D/CMGPON_U2) into OPU1
Groups of 8 successive bits (not necessarily being a byte) of the CBR2G5 signal are mapped into a
Data (D) byte of the OPU1 (see Figure 17-2). Once per OPU1 frame, it is possible to perform either
a positive or a negative justification action.
Column #
3824
15
16
17
18
PSI RES RES RES
NJO JC JC JC
1 D D 3805D D
2 D D 3805D D
Row #
3 D D 3805D D
PJO
4 D 3805D D
G.709/Y.1331_F17-2
Figure 17-2/G.709/Y.1331  Mapping of a CBR2G5 signal into OPU1

- 89 -
17.1.2 Mapping a CBR10G signal (e.g., STM-64) into OPU2

Groups of 8 successive bits (not necessarily being a byte) of the CBR10G signal are mapped into a
Data (D) byte of the OPU2 (see Figure 17-3). 64 fixed stuff (FS) bytes are added in columns 1905
to 1920. Once per OPU2 frame, it is possible to perform either a positive or a negative justification
action.
Column #
1904
1905
1920
1921
3824
15
16
17
PSI RES RES RES
118  16D 119  16D

NJO JC JC JC
1 16FS
2 118  16D 16FS 119  16D

Row #
3 118  16D 16FS 119  16D

PJO
4 15D + 117  16D 16FS 119  16D

G.709/Y.1331_F17-3
Figure 17-3/G.709/Y.1331  Mapping of a CBR10G signal into OPU2
17.1.3 Mapping a CBR40G signal (e.g. STM-256) into OPU3

data (D) byte of the OPU3 (see Figure 17-4). 128 fixed stuff (FS) bytes are added in columns 1265
to 1280 and 2545 to 2560. Once per OPU3 frame, it is possible to perform either a positive or a
negative justification action.
Column #
1264
1265
1280
1281
2544
2545
2560
2561
3824
15
16
17
PSI RES RES RES
78  16D 79  16D 79  16D

JC JC
1 16FS 16FS
2 78  16D 16FS 79  16D 16FS 79  16D

Row #
78  16D 79  16D 79  16D

NJO JC
3 16FS 16FS
PJO
4 15D + 77  16D 16FS 79  16D 16FS 79  16D

G.709/Y.1331_F17-4
Figure 17-4/G.709/Y.1331  Mapping of a CBR40G signal into OPU3
17.1.4 Mapping a CBR10G3 signal (e.g., 10GBASE-R) into OPU2e

Groups of 8 successive bits (not necessarily being a byte) of the CBR10G3 signal are bit-
synchronously mapped into a Data (D) byte of the OPU2e (see Figure 17-1017-5). 64 fixed stuff
(FS) bytes are added in columns 1905 to 1920.
NOTE – The NJO byte will always carry a Stuff byte, the PJO byte will always carry a Data (D)
byte and the JC bytes will always carry the all-0‟s pattern.
- 90 -
Column #
1904
1905
1920
1921
3824
15
16
17
PSI RES RES RES
118  16D 119  16D
NJO JC JC JC
1 16FS
2 118  16D 16FS 119  16D

Row #
3 118  16D 16FS 119  16D

PJO
4 15D + 117  16D 16FS 119  16D

G.709/Y.1331_F17-3
Figure 17-1017-5/G.709/Y.1331  Mapping of a CBR10G3 signal into OPU2e
17.2 Mapping of ATM cell stream into OPUk (k=0,1,2,3)

A constant bit rate ATM cell stream with a capacity that is identical to the OPUk (k=0,1,2,3)
payload area is created by multiplexing the ATM cells of a set of ATM VP signals. Rate adaptation
is performed as part of this cell stream creation process by either inserting idle cells or by
discarding cells. Refer to ITU-T Rec. I.432.1. The ATM cell stream is mapped into the OPUk
payload area with the ATM cell byte structure aligned to the ODUk payload byte structure (see
Figure 17-517-6). The ATM cell boundaries are thus aligned with the OPUk payload byte
boundaries. Since the OPUk payload capacity (15232 bytes) is not an integer multiple of the cell
length (53 bytes), a cell may cross an OPUk frame boundary.
15 16 17 3824
PSI RES RES RES
RES RES RES RES
4
G.709/Y.1331_F17-5
OPUk payload
OPUk
overhead 0 PT
ATM cell
1
PSI
RES
255
53 bytes
Figure 17-517-6/G.709/Y.1331  OPUk frame structure and mapping of ATM cells into OPUk
The ATM cell information field (48 bytes) shall be scrambled before mapping into the OPUk. In the
reverse operation, following termination of the OPUk signal, the ATM cell information field will be
descrambled before being passed to the ATM layer. A self-synchronizing scrambler with generator
polynomial x43 + 1 shall be used (as specified in ITU-T Rec. I.432.1). The scrambler operates for
the duration of the cell information field. During the 5-byte header the scrambler operation is
suspended and the scrambler state retained. The first cell transmitted on start-up will be corrupted
because the descrambler at the receiving end will not be synchronized to the transmitter scrambler.
- 91 -
Cell information field scrambling is required to provide security against false cell delineation and
cell information field replicating the OTUk and ODUk frame alignment signal.
When extracting the ATM cell stream from the OPUk payload area after the ODUk termination, the
ATM cells must be recovered. The ATM cell header contains a header error control (HEC) field,
which may be used in a similar way to a frame alignment word to achieve cell delineation. This
HEC method uses the correlation between the header bits to be protected by the HEC (32 bits) and
the control bit of the HEC (8 bits) introduced in the header after computation with a shortened
cyclic code with generating polynomial g(x) = x8 + x2 + x + 1.
The remainder from this polynomial is then added to the fixed pattern "01010101" in order to
improve the cell delineation performance. This method is similar to conventional frame alignment
recovery where the alignment signal is not fixed but varies from cell to cell.
More information on HEC cell delineation is given in ITU-T Rec. I.432.1.
The OPUk overhead for the ATM mapping consists of a payload structure identifier (PSI) including
the payload type (PT) and 255 bytes reserved for future international standardization (RES), and
seven bytes reserved for future international standardization (RES).
The OPUk payload for the ATM mapping consists of 4  3808 bytes.
17.3 Mapping of GFP frames into OPUk

The mapping of generic framing procedure (GFP) frames is performed by aligning the byte
structure of every GFP frame with the byte structure of the OPUk payload (see Figure 17-617-7).
Since the GFP frames are of variable length (the mapping does not impose any restrictions on the
maximum frame length), a frame may cross the OPUk frame boundary.
15 16 17 3824
PSI RES RES RES
RES RES RES RES
4
G.709/Y.1331_F17-6
OPUk payload
OPUk
overhead 0 PT
GFP frame GFP idle frame
1
CSF
PSI 2
RES
4 4-65535 4
255 bytes bytes
Figure 17-617-7/G.709/Y.1331  OPUk frame structure and mapping of GFP frames into
OPUk
GFP frames arrive as a continuous bit stream with a capacity that is identical to the OPUk payload
area, due to the insertion of Idle frames at the GFP encapsulation stage. The GFP frame stream is
scrambled during encapsulation.
NOTE 1 – There is no rate adaptation or scrambling required at the mapping stage; this is performed by the
GFP encapsulation process.
- 92 -
The OPUk overhead for the GFP mapping consists of a payload structure identifier (PSI) including
the payload type (PT), a client signal fail (CSF) indicator and 254 bytes plus 7 bits reserved for
future international standardization (RES), and seven bytes reserved for future international
standardization (RES). The CSF indicator should be used only for Ethernet Private Line Type 1
services; for other packet clients the CSF bit is fixed to 0.
The OPUk payload for the GFP mapping consists of 4 × 3808 bytes.
NOTE 2 – The OPUflex(GFP) bit rate may be any configured bit rate as specified in Tables 7-3 and
7-8.
17.3.1 Mapping of GFP frames into Extended OPU2 payload area
The mapping of generic framing procedure (GFP) frames in an Extended OPU2 payload area is
performed by aligning the byte structure of every GFP frame with the byte structure of the Extended
OPU2 payload (see Figure 17-1117-8). Since the GFP frames are of variable length (the mapping
does not impose any restrictions on the maximum frame length), a frame may cross the OPU2
frame boundary.
15 16 17 3824
for payload data
OPU OH used
3
PSI
4
G.709/Y.1331_F17-6
Extended OPU2 payload
OPU2
overhead 0 PT GFP idle frame
GFP frame
1
CSF
PSI 2 RES
4 4-65535 4
255 bytes bytes
Figure 17-1117-8/G.709/Y.1331  OPU2 frame structure and mapping of GFP frames into
Extended OPU2 payload area
GFP frames arrive as a continuous bit stream with a capacity that is identical to the OPU2 payload
area, due to the insertion of GFP-Idle frames at the GFP encapsulation stage. The GFP frame stream
is scrambled during encapsulation.
NOTE – There is no rate adaptation or scrambling required at the mapping stage; this is performed by the
The OPU2 overhead for the GFP mapping consists of a payload structure identifier (PSI) including
the payload type (PT), a client signal fail (CSF) indicator and 254 bytes plus 7 bits of reserved for
future international standardization (RES).
The Extended OPU2 payload for the GFP mapping consists of 4 × 3808 bytes from the OPU2
payload plus 7 bytes from the OPU2 overhead.
- 93 -
17.4 Mapping of test signal into OPUk

17.4.1 Mapping of a NULL client into OPUk
An OPUk payload signal with an all-0s pattern (see Figure 17-717-9) is defined for test purposes.
This is referred to as the NULL client.
Column
Row 15 16 17 18 3824
1 RES RES
2 RES RES
All-0s pattern
3 RES RES
4 PSI RES

0 PT
1
PSI
RES
255
Figure 17-717-9/G.709/Y.1331  OPUk frame structure and mapping of NULL client into
OPUk
The OPUk overhead for the NULL mapping consists of a payload structure identifier (PSI)
including the payload type (PT) and 255 bytes reserved for future international standardization
(RES), and seven bytes reserved for future international standardization (RES).
The OPUk payload for the NULL mapping consists of 4 × 3808 bytes.
17.4.2 Mapping of PRBS test signal into OPUk
For test purposes a 2 147 483 647-bit pseudo-random test sequence (231  1) as specified in
5.8/O.150 can be mapped into the OPUk payload. Groups of 8 successive bits of the
2 147 483 647-bit pseudo-random test sequence signal are mapped into 8 data bits (8D) (i.e., one
byte) of the OPUk payload (see Figure 17-817-10).
- 94 -
3824
RES RES 15
RES RES 16
8D 8D 17
8D 8D 18
3805  8D
8D
1
3805  8D
8D
2
RES
RES
3805  8D
8D
8D
8D
3
RES
PSI
3805  8D
8D
8D
8D
4
0 PT
1
PSI
RES
255
Figure 17-817-10/G.709/Y.1331  OPUk frame structure and mapping of 2 147 483 647-bit
pseudo-random test sequence into OPUk
The OPUk overhead for the PRBS mapping consists of a payload structure identifier (PSI)
including the payload type (PT) and 255 bytes reserved for future international standardization
(RES), and seven bytes reserved for future international standardization (RES).
The OPUk payload for the PRBS mapping consists of 4  3808 bytes.
17.5 Mapping of a non-specific client bit stream into OPUk

In addition to the mappings of specific client signals as specified in the other subclauses of this
clause, a non-specific client mapping into OPUk is specified. Any (set of) client signal(s), which
after encapsulation into a continuous bit stream with a bit rate of the OPUk payload, can be mapped
into the OPUk payload (see Figure 17-917-11). The bit stream must be synchronous with the OPUk
signal. Any justification must be included in the continuous bit stream creation process. The
continuous bit stream must be scrambled before mapping into the OPUk payload.
- 95 -
Column
Row 15 16 17 18 3824
1 CS CS
2 CS CS
3 CS CS
4 PSI CS

0 PT
1
PSI
RES
255
Figure 17-917-11/G.709/Y.1331  OPUk frame structure for the mapping of a

synchronous constant bit stream
The OPUk overhead for the mapping consists of a payload structure identifier (PSI) including the
payload type (PT) and 255 bytes reserved for future international standardization (RES), and seven
bytes for client-specific (CS) purposes. The definition of these CS overhead bytes is performed
within the encapsulation process specification.
The OPUk payload for this non-specific mapping consists of 4  3808 bytes.
17.5.1 Mapping bit stream with octet timing into OPUk
If octet timing is available, each octet of the incoming data stream will be mapped into a data byte
(octet) of the OPUk payload.
17.5.2 Mapping bit stream without octet timing into OPUk
If octet timing is not available, groups of 8 successive bits (not necessarily an octet) of the incoming
data stream will be mapped into a data byte (octet) of the OPUk payload.
17.6 Mapping of other constant bit-rate signals with justification into OPUk
Mapping of other CBR client signals (with up to 100 ppm bit-rate tolerance) into an OPUk (k = 0,
1, 2, 3, 4) is performed by the generic mapping procedure as specified in Annex D.
During a signal fail condition of the incoming CBR client signal (e.g., in the case of a loss of input
signal), this failed incoming signal is replaced by the appropriate replacement signal as defined in
the clauses hereafter.
During a signal fail condition of the incoming ODUk/OPUk signal (e.g., in the case of an ODUk-
AIS, ODUk-LCK, ODUk-OCI condition), the failed client signal is replaced by the appropriate
replacement signal as defined in the clauses hereafter.
The OPUk overhead for this mapping consists of a
- payload structure identifier (PSI) including the payload type (PT) as specified in Table 15-
8, the client signal fail (CSF) and 254 bytes plus 7 bits reserved for future international
standardization (RES),
- 96 -
- three justification control (JC1, JC2, JC3) bytes carrying the value of GMP overhead Cm,
- three justification control (JC4, JC5, JC6) bytes carrying the value of GMP overhead CnD
and
- one byte reserved for future international standardization (RES).
The JC1, JC2 and JC3 bytes consist of a 14-bit Cm field (bits C1, C2, .., C14), a 1-bit Increment
Indicator (II) field, a 1-bit Decrement Indicator (DI) field and an 8-bit CRC-8 field which contains
an error check code over the JC1, JC2 and JC3 fields.
The JC4, JC5 and JC6 bytes consist of a 10-bit CnD field (bits D1, D2, .., D10), a 5-bit CRC-5 field
which contains an error check code over the bits 4 to 8 in the JC4, JC5 and JC6 fields and nine bits
reserved for future international standardization (RES). The default value of n in CnD is 8. The
support for n=1 is client dependent and specified in the clauses hereafter when required.
17.6.1 Mapping a sub-1.238 Gbit/s CBR client signal into OPU0
Table 17-4A specifies the clients defined by this recommendation and their GMP cm and Cm with
m=8 (c8, C8) minimum, nominal and maximum parameter values. Table 17-4B specifies the GMP
cn and Cn with n=8 (c8, C8) or n=1 (c1, C1) for those clients. Table 17-5 specifies the replacement
signals for those clients.
The support for 1-bit timing information (C1) is client dependent. Clients for which the 8-bit timing
information in Cm with m=8 is sufficient will not deploy the ability to transport C1D and the
JC4/5/6 value will be fixed to all-0‟s.
The OPU0 payload for this mapping consists of 4  3808 bytes. The bytes in the OPU0 payload
area are numbered from 1 to 15232. The OPU0 payload byte numbering for GMP 1-byte (8-bit)
blocks is illustrated in Figure 17-1717-12. In row 1 of the OPU0 frame the first byte will be labelled
1, the next byte will be labelled 2, etc.
Groups of eight successive bits (not necessary being a byte) of the client signal are mapped into a
byte of the OPU0 payload area under control of the GMP data/stuff control mechanism. Each byte
in the OPU0 payload area may either carry 8 client bits, or carry 8 stuff bits. The stuff bits are set to
zero.
- 97 -
Column
Row 15 16 17 18 3824
1 JC4 JC1 1 2 3808
2 JC5 JC2 3809 3810 7616
3 JC6 JC3 7617 7618 11424
4 PSI RES 11425 11426 15232
OPU0 OH OPU0 payload (4  3808 bytes)

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
0 PT JC1 C C C C C C C C 14-bit C8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1
PSI 2 JC2 C C C C C C I D
CSF
9 10 11 12 13 14 I I
JC3 CRC-8 Decrement Indicator
RES
Increment Indicator
255
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
RES RES RES
RES RES RES
RES RES RES
D D D D D
JC4 1 2 3 4 5
client specific
D D D D D 10-bit C1D
JC5 6 7 8 9 10
JC6 CRC-5
Figure 17-1717-12/G.709/Y.1331  OPU0 frame structure for the mapping of a sub-1.238

Gbit/s client signal
Table 17-4A/G.709/Y.1331 – Cm (m=8) for sub-1.238G clients into OPU0

Client signal Nominal Bit rate Floor Minimum Nominal Maximum Ceiling
bit rate tolerance C8,min c8 c8 c8 C8,max
(kbit/s) (ppm)
Transcoded 15/16   100 14405 14405.582 14407.311 14409.040 14410
1000BASE-X 1 250 000
(see 17.6.1.1)
STM-1 155 520  20 1911 1911.924 1912.000 1912.076 1913
STM-4 622 080  20 7647 7647.694 7648.000 7648.306 7649
FC-100 1 062 500  100 13061 13061.061 13062.629 13064.196 13065
Table 17-4B/G.709/Y.1331 – Cn (n=8 or 1) for sub-1.238G clients into OPU0

(kbit/s) (ppm)
Transcoded 15/16   100 14405 14405.582 14407.311 14409.040 14410
1000BASE-X 1 250 000
(see 17.6.1.1)
FC-100 1 062 500  100 13061 13061.061 13062.629 13064.196 13065
- 98 -
Floor Minimum Nominal Maximum Ceiling

C1,min c1 c1 c1 C1,max
STM-1 155 520  20 15295 15295.338 15296.000 15296.612 15297
STM-4 622 080  20 61181 61181.553 61184.000 61186.447 61187
Table 17-5/G.709/Y.1331 – Replacement signal for sub-1.238G clients

Client signal Replacement Signal Bit rate tolerance
(ppm)
STM-1 Generic-AIS  20
STM-4 Generic-AIS  20
1000BASE-X Link Fault  100
FC-100 For further study  100
17.6.1.1 1000BASE-X transcoding

The 1000BASE-X signal (8B/10B coded, nominal bit rate of 1 250 000 kbit/s and a bit rate
tolerance up to 100 ppm) is synchronously mapped into a 75-octet GFP-T frame stream with a bit
rate of 15/16  1 250 000 kbit/s 100 ppm (approximately 1 171 875 kbit/s 100 ppm). This
process is referred to as “timing transparent transcoding (TTT)”. The 15/16  1 250 000 kbit/s 100
ppm signal is then mapped into an OPU0 by means of the generic mapping procedure as specified
in 17.6.1 and Annex D.
For 1000BASE-X client mapping, 1-bit timing information (C1) is not needed, so OPU0
JC4/JC5/JC6 OH value will be fixed to all-0‟s.
The mapping of the 1000BASE-X signal into GFP-T is performed as specified in G.7041 with the
following parameters:
- Each GFP-T frame contains one superblock,
- The 65B_PAD character is not used,
- GFP Idle frames are not used.
During a signal fail condition of the incoming 1000BASE-X client signal (e.g., in the case of a loss
of input signal), either
- this failed incoming 1000BASE-X signal is replaced by a stream of 10B blocks, with a bit
rate of 1 250 000 kbit/s  100 ppm, each carrying a Link Fault indication as specified in
IEEE Std. 802.3, which stream is then applied at the GFP-T mapper, or
- the GFP-T signal is replaced by a stream of GFP Client Signal Fail (CSF) and GFP-Idle
frames as specified in G.7041 with a bit rate of 15/16 x 1 250 000 kbit/s  100 ppm.
During either
- a signal fail condition of the incoming ODU0/OPU0 signal (e.g., in the case of an ODU0-
AIS, ODU0-LCK, ODU0-OCI condition), or
- incoming CSF frames as specified in G.7041
the GFP-T demapper process generates a stream of 10B blocks, with each block carrying a Link
Fault indication as specified in IEEE Std. 802.3 as a replacement signal for the lost 1000BASE-X
signal.
- 99 -
NOTE – The Ethernet link fault indication is a stream of repeating /C1/C2/C1/C2/ … Ordered Sets,
where C1 = /K28.5/D21.5/D0.0/D0.0/ and C2 = /K28.5/D2.2/D0.0/D0.0/. This character stream is
then processed by the GFP-T mapper process in the same manner as if it were the received 8B/10B
data stream, mapping it into GFP-T superblocks for transmission.
17.6.2 Mapping a supra-1.238 to sub-2.488 Gbit/s CBR client signal into OPU1
m=16 (c16, C16) minimum, nominal and maximum parameter values. Table 17-6B specifies the
GMP cn and Cn with n=8 (c8, C8) or n=1 (c1, C1) for those clients. Table 17-7 specifies the
replacement signals for those clients.
The support for 8-bit timing information (C8D) in the OPU1 JC4/JC5/JC6 OH is required.
The support for 1-bit timing information (C1D) in the OPU1 JC4/JC5/JC6 OH is client dependent.
The OPU1 payload for this mapping consists of 4  3808 bytes. The groups of 2 bytes in the OPU1
payload area are numbered from 1 to 7616. The OPU1 payload byte numbering for GMP 2-byte
(16-bit) blocks is illustrated in Figure 17-1817-13. In row 1 of the OPU1 frame the first 2-bytes will
be labelled 1, the next 2-bytes will be labelled 2, etc.
Groups of sixteen successive bits of the client signal are mapped into a group of 2 successive bytes
of the OPU1 payload area under control of the GMP data/stuff control mechanism. Each group of 2
bytes in the OPU1 payload area may either carry 16 client bits, or carry 16 stuff bits. The stuff bits
are set to zero.
- 100 -
Column
Row 15 16 17 18 19 20 3823 3824
1 JC4 JC1 1 1 2 2 1904 1904
2 JC5 JC2 1905 1905 1906 1906 3808 3808
3 JC6 JC3 3809 3809 3810 3810 5712 5712
4 PSI RES 5713 5713 5714 5714 7616 7616

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
JC1 C C C C C C C C 14-bit C16

0 PT 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 JC2 C C C C C C I D
9 10 11 12 13 14 I I
PSI 2
CSF

RES
Increment Indicator
255 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
RES RES RES
RES RES RES
RES RES RES D D D D D
JC4 1 2 3 4 5
D D D D D 10-bit CnD
JC5 6 7 8 9 10
JC6 CRC-5
Figure 17-1817-13/G.709/Y.1331  OPU1 frame structure for the mapping of a supra-1.238 to

sub-2.488 Gbit/s client signal
Table 17-6A/G.709/Y.1331 –Cm (m=16) for supra-1.238 to sub-2.488G clients into OPU1
Client Nominal bit Bit rate Floor Minimum Nominal Maximum Ceiling
signal rate (kbit/s) tolerance C16,min c16 c16 c16 C16,max
(ppm)
FC-200 2 125 000  100 6503 6503.206 6503.987 6504.767 6505
Table 17-6B/G.709/Y.1331 – Cn (n=8 or 1) for supra-1.238 to sub-2.488G clients into OPU1

Client Nominal bit Bit rate Floor Minimum Nominal Maximum Ceiling
signal rate (kbit/s) tolerance C8,min c8 c8 c8 C8,max
(ppm)
FC-200 2 125 000  100 13006 13006.412 13007.973 13009.534 13010

For
further
study
- 101 -
Table 17-7/G.709/Y.1331 – Replacement signal for supra-1.238 to sub-2.488 Gbit/s clients

Client signal Replacement Signal Bit rate tolerance (ppm)
17.6.3 Mapping CBR client signals with bit rates close to 9.995G into OPU2
NOTE – The bit rate range for those CBR client signals is given by following equation:
7  238   1  20 ppm   1  20 ppm 
   OPU2 payload bitrate(nom)     CBR client bitrate  T  OPU2 payload bitrate(nom)   
8 
 239   1  f ppm   
 1  f  ppm 

where f is bit-rate tolerance of CBR client and T is transcoding factor. T=16/15 for 8B10B encoded CBR
clients, T=1027/1024 for 64B/66B encoded CBR clients and T=1 for other clients. If f = ±100 ppm, the bit
rate range for CBR client signal is 8 708 228.746 to T9 994 077.649 kbit/s; for T=16/15: 10 660 349.492
kbi/ts, for T=1027/1024: 10 023 357.173 kbit/s.
The OPU2 payload for this mapping consists of 4  3808 bytes. The groups of 8 bytes in the OPU2
payload area are numbered from 1 to 1904. The OPU2 payload byte numbering for GMP 8-byte
(64-bit) blocks is illustrated in Figure 17-1917-14. In row 1 of the OPU2 frame the first 8-bytes will
be labelled 1, the next 8-bytes will be labelled 2, etc.
Groups of sixty-four successive bits of the client signal are mapped into a group of 8 successive
bytes of the OPU2 payload area under control of the GMP data/stuff control mechanism. Each
group of 8 bytes in the OPU2 payload area may either carry 64 client bits, or carry 64 stuff bits. The
stuff bits are set to zero.
- 102 -
Column
Row 15 16 17 24 25 32 3817 3824
1 JC4 JC1 1 1 2 2 476 476
2 JC5 JC2 477 477 478 478 952 952
3 JC6 JC3 953 953 954 954 1428 1428
4 PSI RES 1429 1429 1430 1430 1904 1904

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

0 PT 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
9 10 11 12 13 14 I I
PSI 2
CSF

RES
Increment Indicator
255 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
RES RES RES
RES RES RES
JC4
1 2 3 4 5
JC5
6 7 8 9 10
JC6 CRC-5
Figure 17-1917-14/G.709/Y.1331  OPU2 frame structure for the mapping of a CBR client
signal
Table 17-8A/G.709/Y.1331 – Cm (m=64) for CBR clients close to 9.995G into OPU2
Client Nominal bit rate Bit rate Floor Minimum Nominal Maximum Ceiling
signal (kbit/s) tolerance C64,min c64 c64 c64 C64,max
(ppm)
For
further
study
Table 17-8B/G.709/Y.1331 – Cn (n=8 or 1) for CBR clients close to 9.995G into OPU2
(ppm)
For
further
study
- 103 -

For
further
study
Table 17-9/G.709/Y.1331 – Replacement signal for CBR clients

For further
study
 31   238   1  20 ppm   1  20 ppm 
   OPU3 payload bitrate(nom)     CBR client bitrate  T  OPU3 payload bitrate(nom)   
 32   239   1  f  ppm 
 1  f  ppm 

where f is the bit-rate tolerance of CBR client and T is transcoding factor. T=16/15 for 8B10B encoded
CBR clients, T=1027/1024 for 64B/66B encoded CBR clients and T=1 for other clients. If f = ±100 ppm,
the bit rate range for CBR client signal is 38 728 424.091 to T40 145 701.741 kbit/s; for T=16/15: 42 822
081.857 kbi/ts, for T=1027/1024: 40 263 316.101 kbit/s.
The OPU3 payload for this mapping consists of 4  3808 bytes. The groups of 32 bytes in the
OPU3 payload area are numbered from 1 to 476. The OPU3 payload byte numbering for GMP 32-
byte (256-bit) blocks is illustrated in Figure 17-2017-15. In row 1 of the OPU3 frame the first 32-
bytes will be labelled 1, the next 32-bytes will be labelled 2, etc.
Groups of two hundred fifty six successive bits of the client signal are mapped into a group of 32
successive bytes of the OPU3 payload area under control of the GMP data/stuff control mechanism.
Each group of 32 bytes in the OPU3 payload area may either carry 256 client bits, or carry 256 stuff
bits. The stuff bits are set to zero.
- 104 -
Column
Row 15 16 17 48 49 80 3793 3824
1 JC4 JC1 1 1 2 2 119 119
2 JC5 JC2 120 120 121 121 238 238
3 JC6 JC3 239 239 240 240 357 357
4 PSI RES 358 358 359 359 476 476

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

0 PT 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
9 10 11 12 13 14 I I
PSI 2
CSF

RES
Increment Indicator
255 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
RES RES RES
RES RES RES
JC4
10-bit CnD
1 2 3 4 5
D D D D D
JC5 6 7 8 9 10
JC6 CRC-5
signal
Table 17-10A/G.709/Y.1331 –Cm (m=256) for CBR clients close to 40.149G into OPU3
(ppm)
For
further
study
(ppm)
For
further
study
- 105 -

For
further
study

For further
study
17.6.4.1 40GBASE-R transcoding

For further study.
NOTE – Refer to Annex B, Appendix VII and Appendix VIII for further information.
 79   475   238   1  20 ppm   475   1  20 ppm 
   OPU4 payload bitrate(nom)      CBR client bitrate  T  OPU4 payload bitrate(typ)   
 80   476   239   1  f  ppm   476   1  f  ppm 
where f is the bit-rate tolerance of CBR client and T is transcoding factor. T=16/15 for 8B10B encoded
CBR clients, T=1027/1024 for 64B/66B encoded CBR clients and T=1 for other clients. If f = ±100 ppm,
the bit rate range for CBR client signal is 102 392 471.399 to T104 343 453.866 kbit/s; for T=16/15: 111
299 684.124 kbi/ts, for T=1027/1024: 104 649 147.578 kbit/s.
The OPU4 payload for this mapping consists of 4  3800 bytes for client data and 4  8 bytes with
fixed stuff. The groups of 80 bytes in the OPU4 payload area are numbered from 1 to 190. The
OPU4 payload byte numbering for GMP 80-byte (640-bit) blocks is illustrated in Figure 17-2117-
16. In row 1 of the OPU4 frame the first 80-bytes will be labelled 1, the next 80-bytes will be
labelled 2, etc.
Groups of six hundred and forty successive bits of the client signal are mapped into a group of 80
successive bytes of the OPU4 payload area under control of the GMP data/stuff control mechanism.
Each group of 80 bytes in the OPU4 payload area may either carry 640 client bits, or carry 640 stuff
bits. The stuff bits are set to zero.
- 106 -
Column
3817
3824
Row 15 16 17 56 57 96 97 3776 3816
1 JC4 JC1 1 1 1 1 2 48 48
2 JC5 JC2 48 48 49 49 49 95 95
Fixed
Stuff
3 JC6 JC3 96 96 96 96 97 143 143
4 PSI RES 143 143 144 144 144 190 190
OPU4 OH OPU4 payload used for CBR client (4  3800 bytes) OPU4 Fixed
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Stuff
(4 x 8 bytes)
0 PT 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
9 10 11 12 13 14 I I
PSI 2
CSF

RES
Increment Indicator
255 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
RES RES RES
RES RES RES
JC4
1 2 3 4 5
JC5
6 7 8 9 10
JC6 CRC-5
signal
Table 17-12A/G.709/Y.1331 – Cm (m=640) for CBR clients close to 104.134G into OPU4
(ppm)
For
further
study
(ppm)
For
further
study
- 107 -

For
further
study

For further
study
17.7 Mapping a 1000BASE-X and FC-1200 signal via timing transparent transcoding into
OPUk
17.7.1 Mapping a 1000BASE-X signal into OPU0
Refer to 17.6.1 for the mapping of the transcoded 1000BASE-X signal and to 17.6.1.1 for the
transcoding of the 1000BASE-X signal.
17.7.2 Mapping a FC-1200 signal into OPU2e
The nominal line rate for FC-1200 is 10 518 750 kbit/s ± 100ppm, and must therefore be
compressed to a suitable rate to fit into an OPU2e.
The adaptation of the 64B/66B encoded FC-1200 client is done by transcoding a group of eight 66B
blocks into one 513B block (as described in annex B), assembling eight 513B blocks into one 516-
octet superblock and encapsulating seventeen 516-octet superblocks into a 8800 octet GFP frame as
illustrated in Figure 17-1617-18. The GFP frame consists of 2200 rows with 32 bits per row. The
first row contains the GFP Core Header, the second row the GFP Payload Header. The next four
rows contain 16 bytes reserved for future international standardization. The next seventeen times
129 rows contain the seventeen superblocks #1 to #17. The last row contains the GFP payload FCS.
The Flag (F) bit of 513B Block #i (I = 0..7) is carried in Flag #i bit located in the Superblock Flags
field. The remaining 512 bits of each of the eight 513B Blocks of a superblock are carried in 16
rows of the Superblock Data field; bits of 513B Block #0 in the first 16 rows of the superblock, bits
of 513B Block #1 in the next 16 rows, etc. Each 513B Block contains „j‟ (j = 0..8) control blocks
(CB1 to CBj) and „8-j‟ all-data Blocks (DB1..DB8-j) as specified in Annex B. Figure 17-1617-18
presents a 513B Block with three control blocks and five all-data blocks. A 513B Block may
contain zero to eight control blocks and a superblock may contain thus zero to sixty-four control
blocks.
NOTE – The GFP encapsulation stage does not generate GFP-Idle frames and therefore the
generated GFP stream is synchronous to the FC-1200 client stream. The adaptation process
performs a 50/51 rate compression, so the resulting GFP stream has a signal bit rate of 50/51 
10.51875Gbit/s ± 100 ppm (i.e. 10 312 500 kbit/s ± 100ppm).
The stream of 8800 octet GFP frames is byte-synchronous mapped into the OPU2e payload by
aligning the byte structure of every GFP frame with the byte structure of the OPU2e payload (see
Figure 17-1517-17). Sixty-four fixed stuff (FS) bytes are added in columns 1905 to 1920 of the
OPU2e payload. All the GFP frames have the same length (8800 octets). The GFP frames are not
aligned with the OPU2e payload structure and may cross the boundary between two OPU2e frames.
- 108 -
During a signal fail condition of the incoming FC-1200 signal (e.g., in the case of a loss of input
signal), this failed incoming FC-1200 signal is replaced by a stream of 66B blocks, with each block
carrying two Local Fault sequence ordered sets as specified in INCITS 364. This replacement signal
is then applied at the transcoding process.
NOTE – Local Fault sequence ordered set is /K28.4/D0.0/D0.0/D1.0/. The 66B block contains the
following value SH=10 0x55 00 00 01 00 00 00 01.
During signal fail condition of the incoming ODU2e/OPU2e signal (e.g., in the case of an ODU2e-
AIS, ODU2e-LCK, ODU2e-OCI condition) a stream of 66B blocks, with each block carrying two
Local Fault sequence ordered sets as specified in INCITS 364 is generated as a replacement signal
for the lost FC-1200 signal.
Column #
1905
1921
3824
1904
1920
PSI RES RES RES 15
RES RES RES RES 16
17
1 GFP frame #i 16FS GFP frame #i
2 16FS
GFP frame #i+1 GFP frame #i+1
3 16FS
4 GFP frame #i+2 16FS GFP frame #i+2
OPU2e payload
OPU2e
Overhead 0 PT
GFP frame
1
PSI 2
CSF
RES
8800
255 bytes
Figure 17-1517-17/G.709/Y.1331  Mapping of transcoded FC-1200 into OPU2e
- 109 -
Transmission Order
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Transmission Order
F ……………... 31 32
POS CB Type 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
C
1 PLI cHEC
PFI=1
CB1 PTI= UPI=0x15
2
000
EXI=0000
(transp 10GFC) tHEC
CB2
3
CB3
4 RES
DB1 5
6
(16 bytes)
DB2
Superblock #1 (516
7
DB3
……………...
DB4
Superblock Data (512 bytes)
bytes)
DB5
134
Superblock
Block #0 (512 bit) 135
Flags
CRC-24
Block #1 (512 bit) 136
Block #2 (512 bit) …. Superblock #2 (516 bytes)
264
Block #3 (512 bit) 265
Block #4 (512 bit) Superblock #3 (516 bytes)
….
393
Block #5 (512 bit)
…..….
...
Block #6 (512 bit)
Block #7 (512 bit) 2071
Superblock #17 (516 bytes)
….
2199
Flag 7
Flag 6
Flag 5
Flag 4
Flag 3
Flag 2
Flag 1
Flag 0
2200 pFCS (CRC-32)

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Transmission Order
Figure 17-1617-18/G.709/Y.1331  GFP Frame Format for FC-1200
GFP framing is used to facilitate delineation of the superblock structure by the receiver. The leading
flag bits from each of the eight 513B blocks are relocated into a single octet at the end of the 513-
octet Superblock Data field (labelled “Superblock Flags”).
To minimize the risk of incorrect decoding due to errors in the 1 to 65 octets of “control”
information (Flags, FC, POS, CB_Type), a CRC-24 is calculated over the 65 octets within each
superblock that may contain such "control" information and appended to form a 516 octet
superblock. The 65 octets in the 516 octet superblock over which the CRC-24 is calculated are the
octets (1+8n) with n=0..64 (i.e. octets 1, 9, 17, .., 513). The generator polynomial for the CRC-24 is
G(x) = x24+ x21 + x20 + x17 + x15 + x11 + x9 + x8 + x6 + x5 + x + 1 with an all-ones initialization value,
where x24 corresponds to the MSB and x0 to the LSB. This superblock CRC is generated by the
source adaptation process using the following steps:
1) The 65 octets of “control” information (Flags, POS, CB_Type) are taken in network octet
order (see Figure 17-1617-18), most significant bit first, to form a 520-bit pattern
representing the coefficients of a polynomial M(x) of degree 519.
2) M(x) is multiplied by x24 and divided (modulo 2) by G(x), producing a remainder R(x) of
degree 23 or less.
3) The coefficients of R(x) are considered to be a 24-bit sequence, where x23 is the most
significant bit.
4) After inversion, this 24-bit sequence is the CRC-24
Exactly 17 of these 516-octet superblocks are prefixed with the standard GFP core and type headers
and 16 octets of “reserved” (padding). Because the number of 516-octet superblocks per GFP frame
is known a priori, it is possible for this mapping scheme to operate in a cut-through (as opposed to
store and forward) fashion, thus minimizing the mapping latency.
- 110 -
The payload FCS (a CRC-32) is appended to the end of each GFP frame and is calculated across the
Payload Information Field of the GFP frame per G.7041. The purpose of the payload FCS is to
provide visibility of bit errors occurring anywhere in the GFP Payload Information Field and thus
augments the coverage provided by the per-Superblock CRC-24 (which only provides coverage for
the “control” overhead in each superblock). The payload FCS is for purposes of statistics gathering
only.
All octets in the GFP Payload Area are scrambled using the X43 + 1 self synchronous scrambler,
again per G.7041.
17.8 Mapping a supra-2.488 CBR Gbit/s signal into OPUflex

Mapping of a supra-2.488 CBR Gbit/s client signal (with up to 100 ppm bit-rate tolerance) into an
OPUflex is performed by a bit-synchronous mapping procedure (BMP). Table 17-1817-14 specifies
the clients defined by this recommendation.
The bit synchronous mapping processes deployed to map constant bit rate client signals into an
OPUflex does not generate any justification control signals.
The OPUflex clock for the bit synchronous mapping is derived from the client signal. During a
signal fail condition of the incoming client signal (e.g., in the case of a loss of input signal), this
failed incoming signal is replaced by the appropriate replacement signal as defined in Table 17-
1917-15. The OPUflex payload signal bit rate shall be within the limits specified in Table 7-3 and
neither a frequency nor frame phase discontinuity shall be introduced. The resynchronization on the
incoming client signal shall be done without introducing a frequency or frame phase discontinuity.
During a signal fail condition of the incoming ODUflex/OPUflex signal (e.g., in the case of an
ODUflex-AIS, ODUflex-LCK, ODUflex-OCI condition), the failed client signal is replaced by the
appropriate replacement signal as defined in Table 17-1917-15.
The OPUflex overhead for this mapping consists of a
- payload structure identifier (PSI) including the payload type (PT) as specified in Table 15-
8, the client signal fail (CSF) and 254 bytes plus 7 bits reserved for future international
standardization (RES),
- seven bytes reserved for future international standardization (RES).
The OPUflex payload for this mapping consists of 4  3808 bytes (Figure 17-2317-19). Groups of
eight successive bits (not necessarily being a byte) of the client signal are mapped into a data (D)
byte of the OPUflex payload area under control of the BMP control mechanism. Each data byte in
the OPUflex payload area carries 8 client bits.
- 111 -
Column
Row 15 16 17 3824
1 RES RES D D 3805D D
4 PSI RES D D 3805D D
OPUflex OH OPUflex payload (4  3808 bytes)
0 PT
1
PSI 2
CSF
RES
255
Figure 17-2317-19/G.709/Y.1331  OPUflex frame structure for the mapping of a supra-2.488

Gbit/s client signal
Table 17-1817-14/G.709/Y.1331 – supra-2.488G CBR clients

Client signal Nominal bit Bit rate
rate (kbit/s) tolerance
(ppm)
FC-400 4 250 000  100
FC-800 8 500 000  100
Table 17-1917-15/G.709/Y.1331 – Replacement signal for supra-2.488 Gbit/s clients

18 Concatenation
Concatenation in the OTN is realized by means of virtual concatenation of OPUk signals.
- 112 -
18.1 Virtual concatenation of OPUk

18.1.1 Virtual concatenated OPUk (OPUk-Xv, k = 1 .. 3, X = 1 .. 256)
The OPUk-Xv (k = 1,2,3) frame structure is shown in Figure 18-1. It is organized in an octet-based
block frame structure with 4 rows and X × 3810 columns.
NOTE - Virtual concatenation for OPUk with k=0,2e,4,flex is not supported.
3823X+1
14X+1
14X+2
15X+1
3824X
15X
16X
2
OPUk-X payload
3
OPUk-Xv OH OPUk-Xv payload (4 3808  X bytes)

(8  X bytes)
15 16 17 18 3824
1
VCOH
2
15 16 3824
1
OPUk-Xv
VCOH
2 OPUk#X
4 PSI
OPUk#1
OPUk OH OPUk payload (4  3808 bytes)

G.709/Y.1331_F18-1
Figure 18-1/G.709/Y.1331 – OPUk-Xv structure
The two main areas of the OPUk-Xv frame are:

• OPUk-Xv overhead area;
• OPUk-Xv payload area.
Columns 14X+1 to 16X of the OPUk-Xv are dedicated to OPUk-Xv overhead area.
Columns 16X+1 to 3824X of the OPUk-Xv are dedicated to OPUk-Xv payload area.
NOTE – OPUk-Xv column numbers are derived from the OPUk columns in the ODUk frame.
A OPUk-Xv provides a contiguous payload area of X OPUk payload areas (OPUk-X-PLD) with a
payload capacity of X × 238/(239-k) × 4(k–1) × 2 488 320 kbit/s  20 ppm as shown in Figure 18-1.
The OPUk-X-PLD is mapped in X individual OPUks which form the OPUk-Xv.
- 113 -
Each OPUk in the OPUk-Xv is transported in an ODUk and the X ODUks form the ODUk-Xv.
Each ODUk of the ODUk-Xv is transported individually through the network. Due to different
propagation delay of the ODUks, a differential delay will occur between the individual ODUks and
thus OPUks. This differential delay has to be compensated and the individual OPUks have to be
realigned for access to the contiguous payload area.
18.1.2 OPUk-Xv OH description
18.1.2.1 OPUk-Xv OH location
The OPUk-Xv overhead consists of: X times a payload structure identifier (PSI) including the
payload type (PT) and client signal fail (CSF), X times virtual concatenation (VCOH) overhead
used for a virtual concatenation specific sequence and multiframe indication, and overhead (e.g.,
justification control and opportunity bits) associated with the mapping of client signals into the
OPUk payload as shown in Figure 18-1. The PSI and VCOH overhead is specific for each
individual OPUk of the OPUk-Xv, while the mapping specific overhead is related to the
concatenated signal
The OPUk-Xv VCOH consists of a 3-byte VCOH per OPUk. The VCOH bytes in each OPUk are
used as defined in Figure 18-2.
VCOH1 VCOH2 VCOH3
MFAS
Column # 45678 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
15 16 MFI1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 CRC8
00000 0
VCOH
1 1
Mapping specific
00001 1 MFI2 8 9 CRC8

VCOH
2
Row #
2 Reserved CRC8
00010 2
VCOH
3 3
00011 3 Reserved CRC8
4 PSI
00100 4 SQ CRC8
RSA
GID
00100 5 CTRL RES CRC8
0 PT
1 vcPT
CSF
2 Member status
CRC8
(0-255)
Reserved
RES
255
11111 31 CRC8
SQ, CRC8 MFI1 MFI2 CTRL

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4
254
255
RSA: RS-Ack MSB LSB MSB LSB MSB LSB
G.709/Y.1331_F18-2
Figure 18-2/G.709/Y.1331 – OPUk-Xv Virtual Concatenation Overhead
18.1.2.2 OPUk-Xv OH definition

- 114 -
18.1.2.2.1 OPUk-Xv Payload Structure Identifier (PSI)

In each OPUk of the OPUk-Xv one byte is allocated in row 4, column 15 (Figure 18-2) to transport
a 256-byte Payload Structure Identifier (PSI) signal as defined in 15.9.2.
PSI[1]is used for a virtual concatenation specific payload type identifier (vcPT).
The PSI content is identical for each OPUk of the OPUk-Xv.
18.1.2.2.1.1 OPUk-Xv Payload Type (vcPT)
A one byte OPUk-Xv Payload Type signal is defined in the PSI[1] byte of the Payload Structure
Identifier to indicate the composition of the OPUk-Xv signal. The code points are defined in
Table 18-1.
Table 18-1/G.709/Y.1331 – Payload Type (vcPT) code points

for virtual concatenated OPUk (OPUk-Xv) signals
MSB LSB Hex code
Interpretation
1234 5678 (Note 1)
0000 0001 01 Experimental mapping (Note 3)
0000 0010 02 Asynchronous CBR mapping, see 18.2.1 and 18.2.2
0000 0011 03 Bit synchronous CBR mapping, see 18.2.1 and 18.2.2
0000 0100 04 ATM mapping, see 18.2.3
0000 0101 05 GFP mapping, see 18.2.4
0001 0000 10 Bit stream with octet timing mapping, see 18.2.6
0001 0001 11 Bit stream without octet timing mapping, see 18.2.6
1000 xxxx 80-8F Reserved codes for proprietary use (Note 4)
1111 1101 FD NULL test signal mapping, see 18.2.5.1
1111 1110 FE PRBS test signal mapping, see 18.2.5.2
1111 1111 FF Not available (Note 2)
NOTE 1 – There are 228 spare codes left for future international standardization. Refer to Annex A/G.806
for the procedure to obtain one of these codes for a new payload type.
NOTE 2 – These values are excluded from the set of available code points. These bit patterns are present
in ODUk maintenance signals.
NOTE 3 – Value "01" is only to be used for experimental activities in cases where a mapping code is not
defined in the above table. Refer to Annex A/G.806 for more information on the use of this code.
NOTE 4 – These 16 code values will not be subject to further standardization. Refer to Annex A/G.806 for
more information on the use of these codes.
18.1.2.2.1.2 OPUk-Xv Payload Structure Identifier Reserved overhead (RES)

253 bytes plus 7 bits are reserved in the OPUk PSI for future international standardization. These
bytes and bits are located in PSI[2] to PSI[255] of the OPUk overhead. These bytes are set to all
ZEROs.
18.1.2.2.1.3 OPUk-Xv Client Signal Fail (CSF)
For support of local management systems, a single-bit OPUk-Xv Client Signal Fail (CSF) indicator
- 115 -
is defined to convey the signal fail status of the client signal mapped into an OPUk-Xv at the
ingress of the OTN to the egress of the OTN.
OPUk-Xv CSF is located in bit 1 of the PSI[2] byte of the Payload Structure Identifier. Bits 2 to 8
of the PSI[2] byte are reserved for future international standardization. These bits are set to all
ZEROs.
OPUk-Xv CSF is set to "1" to indicate a client signal fail indication, otherwise it is set to "0".
NOTE – Equipment designed prior to this revision of the recommendation will generate a “0” in the OPUk-
Xv CSF and will ignore any value in OPUk CSF.
18.1.2.2.2 OPUk-Xv Virtual Concatenation Overhead (VCOH1/2/3)
Three bytes per individual OPUk of the OPUk-Xv are used to transport a 8 × 3 byte × 32 frame
structure for virtual concatenation specific overhead. These bytes are located in rows 1, 2 and 3 of
column 15 as shown in Figure 18-2.
The structure is aligned with the ODUk multiframe and locked to bits 4, 5, 6, 7 and 8 of the MFAS.
The structure is repeated 8 times in the 256-frame multiframe.
The structure is used to transport multiframe sequences and LCAS control overhead.
18.1.2.2.2.1 OPUk-Xv Virtual Concatenation MultiFrame Indicator (MFI1, MFI2)
A two-stage multiframe is introduced to cover differential delay measurement (between the member
signals within the virtual concatenated group) and compensation (of those differential delays) by the
realignment process within the receiver.
The first stage uses MFAS in the Frame Alignment overhead area for the 8-bit multiframe indicator.
MFAS is incremented every ODUk frame and counts from 0 to 255.
The second stage uses the MFI1 and MFI2 overhead bytes in the VCOH. They form a 16-bit
multiframe counter with the MSBs in MFI1 and the LSBs in MFI2.
MFI1 is located in VCOH1[0] and MFI2 in VCOH1[1].
The multiframe counter of the second stage counts from 0 to 65535 and is incremented at the start
of each multiframe of the first stage (MFAS = 0).
The resulting overall multiframe (a combination of 1st multiframe and 2nd multiframe counter) is
16 777 216 ODUk frames long.
At the start of the OPUk-Xv the multiframe sequence of all individual OPUks of the OPUk-Xv is
identical.
The realignment process has to be able to compensate a differential delay of at least 125 µs.
18.1.2.2.2.2 OPUk-Xv Sequence Indicator (SQ)
The sequence indicator SQ identifies the sequence/order in which the individual OPUks of the
OPUk-Xv are combined to form the contiguous OPUk-X-PLD as shown in Figure 18-1.
The 8-bit sequence number SQ (which supports values of X up to 256) is transported in VCOH1[4].
Bit 1 of VCOH1[4] is the MSB, bit 8 is the LSB.
Each OPUk of an OPUk-Xv has a fixed unique sequence number in the range of 0 to (X–1). The
OPUk transporting the first time slot of the OPUk-Xv has the sequence number 0, the OPUk
transporting the second time slot has the sequence number 1 and so on up to the OPUk transporting
time slot X of the OPUk-Xv with the sequence number (X–1).
For applications requiring fixed bandwidth the sequence number is fixed assigned and not
- 116 -
configurable. This allows the constitution of the OPUk-Xv either to be checked without using the
trace, or to be transported via a number of ODUk signals which have their trail termination
functions being part of an ODUk trail termination function resource group.
Refer to ITU-T Rec. G.7042/Y.1305 for the use and operation.
18.1.2.2.2.3 OPUk-Xv LCAS Control Words (CTRL)
The LCAS control word (CTRL) is located in bits 1 to 4 of VCOH1[5]. Bit 1 of VCOH1[5] is the
MSB, bit 4 is the LSB.
Refer to ITU-T Rec. G.7042/Y.1305 for the LCAS control commands, their coding and operation.
18.1.2.2.2.4 OPUk-Xv LCAS Member Status Field (MST)
The LCA member status field (MST) reports the status of the individual OPUks of the OPUk-Xv.
One bit is used per OPUk to report the status from sink to source. VCOH2[0] to VCOH2[31] are
used as shown in Figure 18-2. Refer to ITU-T Rec. G.7042/Y.1305 for coding and operation.
The status of all members (256) is transferred in 1567 μs (k = 1), 390 μs (k = 2) and 97 μs (k = 3).
18.1.2.2.2.5 OPUk-Xv LCAS Group Identification (GID)
The LCAS Group Identification (GID) provides the receiver with a means of verifying that all the
arriving channels originated from one transmitter. Refer to ITU-T Rec. G.7042/Y.1305 for coding
and operation.
Bit 5 of VCOH1[5] is used for the GID.
18.1.2.2.2.6 OPUk-Xv LCAS Re-Sequence Acknowledge (RS-Ack)
Re-Sequence Acknowledge, an indication from sink to source that a re-sequence, a sequence
increase or a sequence decrease has been detected. Refer to ITU-T Rec. G.7042/Y.1305 for coding
and operation.
Bit 6 of VCOH1[5] is used for the RS-Ack.
18.1.2.2.2.7 OPUk-Xv LCAS Cyclic Redundancy Check (CRC)
An 8-bit CRC check for fast acceptance of VirtConc LCAS OH is provided. The CRC-8 is
calculated over VCOH1 and VCOH2 on a frame per frame basis and inserted into VCOH3. The
CRC_8 Polynomial is x8 + x3 + x2 + 1. Refer to ITU-T Rec. G.7042/Y.1305 for operation.
18.1.2.2.2.8 OPUk-Xv VCOH Reserved Overhead
The reserved VCOH is set to all-0s.
18.1.2.2.3 OPUk Mapping Specific Overhead
X times four bytes are reserved in the OPUk overhead for mapping specific overhead. These bytes
are located in columns 15X+1 to 16X.
The use of these bytes depends on the specific client signal mapping (defined in 18.2).
18.2 Mapping of client signals

18.2.1 Mapping of CBR signals (e.g., STM-64/256) into OPUk-4v
Mapping of a CBR signal (with up to 20 ppm bit-rate tolerance) into an OPUk-4v may be
performed according to two different modes (asynchronous and bit synchronous) based on one
generic OPUk-4v frame structure (see Figure 18-3).
- 117 -
NOTE 1 – Examples of such signals are STM-64 and STM-256.

NOTE 2 – The maximum bit-rate tolerance between OPUk-4v and the client signal clock, which can be
accommodated by this mapping scheme, is 65 ppm. With a bit-rate tolerance of 20 ppm for the OPUk-4v
clock, the client signal's bit-rate tolerance can be 45 ppm.
Column
14X+2
14X+3
15X+1
15X+2
15X+3
16X+1
16X+2
16X+3
3824X
14X+1
15X
16X
17X
Row
1 JC JC JC NJO PJO
VCOH
VCOH
VCOH
VCOH
2 JC JC JC NJO PJO
3 JC JC JC NJO PJO
4 PSI PSI PSI PSI JC JC JC NJO PJO
OPUk-4v OH X=4 OPUk-4v payload (4  X  3808 bytes)

0 PT (06)
1 vcPT 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
PSI
RES JC Reserved JC
G.709/Y.1331_F18-3
255
Figure 18-3/G.709/Y.1331 – OPUk-4v frame structure for

the mapping of a CBR10G or CBR40G signal
The OPUk-4v overhead for these mappings consists of a X (X = 4) times a Payload Structure
Identifier (PSI), which includes the Payload Type (PT) and virtual concatenation payload type
(vcPT), X times Virtual Concatenation Overhead (VCOH), three Justification Control (JC) bytes
and one Negative Justification Opportunity (NJO) byte per row. The JC bytes consist of two bits for
justification control and six bits reserved for future international standardization.
The OPUk-4v payload for these mappings consists of X (X = 4) times 4 × 3808 bytes, including one
Positive Justification Opportunity (PJO) byte per row.
The Justification Control (JC) signals, which are located in columns 15X+1 (61), 15X+2 (62) and
15X+3 (63) of each row, bits 7 and 8, are used to control the two justification opportunity fields
NJO and PJO that follow in column 16X (64) and 16X+1 (65) of each row.
bytes.
signal), this failed incoming signal is replaced by the generic-AIS signal as specified in 16.6.1, and
is then mapped into the OPUk-4v.
During signal fail condition of the incoming ODUk/OPUk-4v signal (e.g., in the case of an
ODUk-AIS, ODUk-LCK, ODUk-OCI condition) the generic-AIS pattern as specified in 16.6.1 is
generated as a replacement signal for the lost CBR signal.
- 118 -
The OPUk-4v signal for the asynchronous mapping is created from a locally generated clock
(within the limits specified in Table 7-3), which is independent of the CBR
(i.e., 4(k) × 2 488 320 kbit/s) client signal.
The CBR (i.e., 4(k) × 2 488 320 kbit/s) signal is mapped into the OPUk-4v using a
positive/negative/zero (pnz) justification scheme.
The OPUk-4v clock for the bit synchronous mapping is derived from the CBR
(i.e., 4(k) × 2 488 320 kbit/s) client signal. During signal fail conditions of the incoming CBR signal
(e.g., in the case of loss of input signal), the OPUk-4v payload signal bit rate shall be within the
limits specified in Table 7-3 and neither a frequency nor frame phase discontinuity shall be
introduced. The resynchronization on the incoming CBR signal shall be done without introducing a
frequency or frame phase discontinuity.
The CBR (i.e., 4(k) × 2 488 320 kbit/s) signal is mapped into the OPUk-4v without using the
justification capability within the OPUk-Xv frame: NJO contains four justification bytes,
PJO contains four data bytes, and the JC signal is fixed to 00.
18.2.1.1 Mapping a CBR10G signal (e.g. STM-64) into OPU1-4v
Data (D) byte of the OPU1-4v (see Figure 18-4). Once per OPU1-4v row (and thus four times per
OPU1-4v frame), it is possible to perform either a positive or a negative justification action.
3824X
14X+1
14X+2
14X+3
15X+1
15X+2
15X+3
16X+1
16X+2
16X+3
15X
16X
17X
X=4
NJO NJO NJO NJO
PJO PJO PJO PJO
4 × 3808D – 1
JC JC JC JC
JC JC JC JC
JC JC JC JC
1
VCOH
VCOH
VCOH
VCOH
2 4 × 3808D – 1
3 4 × 3808D – 1
PSI
PSI
PSI
PSI
4 4 × 3808D – 1
Figure 18-4/G.709/Y.1331 – Mapping of a CBR10G signal into OPU1-4v
18.2.1.2 Mapping a CBR40G signal (e.g. STM-256) into OPU2-4v

Data (D) byte of the OPU2-4v (see Figure 18-5). X times 64 Fixed Stuff (FS) bytes are added in
columns 1904X+1 to 1920X. Once per OPU2-Xv row (and thus four times per OPU2-4v frame), it
is possible to perform either a positive or a negative justification action.
- 119 -
1920X + 1
1904X+1
1904X
1920X
•••••••••••••••••••••••••••• •••••• •••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••
14X+1
14X+2
14X+3
15X+1
15X+2
15X+3
16X+1
16X+2
16X+3
15X
16X
17X
3824X
NJO NJO NJO NJO
PJO PJO PJO PJO
JC JC JC JC 4  118  16D – 1 4  119  16D
JC JC JC JC
JC JC JC JC
1 4 × 16FS
VCOH
VCOH
VCOH
VCOH
2 4  118  16D – 1 4 × 16FS 4  119  16D
3 4  118  16D – 1 4 × 16FS 4  119  16D

PSI
PSI
PSI
PSI
4 4  118  16D – 1 4 × 16FS 4  119  16D
18.2.2 Mapping of CBR signals (e.g., STM-256) into OPUk-16v

Mapping of a CBR signal (with up to 20 ppm bit-rate tolerance) into an OPUk-16v may be
performed according to two different modes (asynchronous and bit synchronous) based on one
generic modified OPUk-16v frame structure (see Figure 18-6). This modified OPUk-16v frame
structure has part of its OPUk-16v OH distributed over the frame; consequently, columns 15X+5 to
16X are now within the OPUk-16v payload area.
NOTE 1 – Examples of such signals are STM-256.
NOTE 2 – The maximum bit-rate tolerance between OPUk-16v and the client signal clock, which can be
accommodated by this mapping scheme, is 65 ppm. With a bit-rate tolerance of 20 ppm for the OPUk-16v
clock, the client signal's bit-rate tolerance can be 45 ppm.
Column
PJO PJO 1919X+13
JC JC 2871X+13
PJO PJO 2871X+18

JC JC 1919X+9
JC JC 967X+4
PJO PJO 968X+9

PJO PJO 15X+5
14X+1
15X+1
3824X
15X
Row
NJO NJO
NJO NJO
NJO NJO
NJO NJO
JC JC
JC JC
JC JC
JC JC
JC JC
JC JC
JC JC
JC JC
JC JC
1
VCOH
VCOH
2
4  X  3808/4 4  X  3808/4 4  X  3808/4 4  X  3808/4
bytes bytes bytes bytes
NJO
NJO
NJO
NJO
PJO
PJO
PJO
PJO
JC
JC
JC
JC
JC
JC
JC
JC
JC
JC
JC
JC
3
NJO
NJO
NJO
NJO
PJO
PJO
PJO
PJO
PSI
JC
JC
JC
JC
JC
JC
JC
JC
JC
JC
JC
JC
4 PSI
X = 16
0 PT (06) G.709/Y.1331_F18-6
1 vcPT 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
PSI OPUk-16v OH OPUk-16v payload (4  X  3808 bytes)
JC Reserved JC
RES
255
Figure 18-6/G.709/Y.1331 – OPUk-16v frame structure for the mapping of a CBR signal
The OPUk-16v overhead for these mappings consists of a X (X = 16) times a Payload Structure
Identifier (PSI), which includes the Payload Type (PT) and virtual concatenation payload type
(vcPT), X times Virtual Concatenation Overhead (VCOH), 4 × 3 Justification Control (JC) bytes
and 4 × 1 Negative Justification Opportunity (NJO) bytes per row. The JC bytes consist of two bits
for justification control and six bits reserved for future international standardization.
The OPUk-16v payload for these mappings consists of 4 blocks of 4 × 15232 bytes, including 4 × 1
Positive Justification Opportunity (PJO) bytes per row.
The Justification Control (JC) signals, which are located in the locations indicated in Figure 18-3,
bits 7 and 8, are used to control the two justification opportunity fields NJO and PJO that follow in
the next two columns of each row.
- 120 -
bytes.
signal), this failed incoming signal is replaced by the generic-AIS signal as specified in 16.6.1, and
is then mapped into the OPUk-16v.
During signal fail condition of the incoming ODUk/OPUk-16v signal (e.g., in the case of an
ODUk-AIS, ODUk-LCK, ODUk-OCI condition) the generic-AIS pattern as specified in 16.6.1 is
generated as a replacement signal for the lost CBR signal.
The OPUk-16v signal for the asynchronous mapping is created from a locally generated clock
(within the limits specified in Table 7-3), which is independent of the CBR
(i.e., 4(k+1) × 2 488 320 kbit/s) client signal.
The CBR (i.e., 4(k+1) × 2 488 320 kbit/s) signal is mapped into the OPUk-16v using a
The OPUk-16v clock for the bit synchronous mapping is derived from the CBR client signal.
During signal fail conditions of the incoming CBR signal (e.g., in the case of loss of input signal),
the OPUk-16v payload signal bit rate shall be within the limits specified in Table 7-3 and neither a
frequency nor frame phase discontinuity shall be introduced. The resynchronization on the
incoming CBR signal shall be done without introducing a frequency or frame phase discontinuity.
The CBR (i.e., 4(k+1) × 2 488 320 kbit/s) signal is mapped into the OPUk-16v without using the
justification capability within the OPUk-16v frame: NJO contains four justification bytes, PJO
contains four data bytes, and the JC signal is fixed to 00.
18.2.2.1 Mapping a CBR40G signal (e.g., STM-256) into OPU1-16v
Data (D) byte of the OPU1-16v (see Figure 18-7). Four times per OPU1-16v row (and thus sixteen
times per OPU1-16v frame), it is possible to perform either a positive or a negative justification
action.
- 121 -
Column #
2871X+18
1919X+13
2871X+13
968X+9
1919X+9
967X+4
14X+1
15X+1
15X+5
15X
3824X
X = 16
NJO
NJO
NJO
NJO
PJO
PJO
PJO
PJO
JC
JC
JC
JC
JC
JC
JC
JC
JC
JC
JC
JC
15231D 15231D 15231D 15231D
VCOH
VCOH
2
NJO
NJO
NJO
NJO
PJO
PJO
PJO
PJO
JC
JC
JC
JC
JC
JC
JC
JC
JC
JC
JC
JC
15231D 15231D 15231D 15231D
Row #
••••
3
NJO
NJO
NJO
NJO
PJO
PJO
PJO
PJO
JC
JC
JC
JC
JC
JC
JC
JC
JC
JC
JC
JC
15231D 15231D 15231D 15231D
4
NJO
NJO
NJO
NJO
PJO
PJO
PJO
PJO
JC
JC
JC
JC
JC
JC
JC
JC
JC
JC
JC
JC
PSI PSI 15231D 15231D 15231D 15231D
18.2.3 Mapping of ATM cell stream into OPUk-Xv

A constant bit rate ATM cell stream with a capacity that is identical to the OPUk-Xv payload area is
created by multiplexing the ATM cells of a set of ATM VP signals. Rate adaptation is performed as
part of this cell stream creation process by either inserting idle cells or by discarding cells. Refer to
ITU-T Rec. I.432.1. The ATM cell stream is mapped into the OPUk-Xv payload area with the ATM
cell byte structure aligned to the OPUk-Xv payload byte structure (see Figure 18-8). The ATM cell
boundaries are thus aligned with the OPUk-Xv payload byte boundaries. Since the OPUk-Xv
payload capacity (X × 15232 bytes) is not an integer multiple of the cell length (53 bytes), a cell
may cross an OPUk-Xv frame boundary.
14X+1
14X+2
RES RES RES RES 15X+1

15X+2
16X+1
3824X
15X
RES RES RES RES 16X
1
VCOH
VCOH
3
PSI
PSI
OPUk-Xv payload
OPUk-Xv
overhead 0 PT (06)
ATM cell
1 vcPT
PSI
RES
255
53 bytes G.709/Y.1331_F18-8
Figure 18-8/G.709/Y.1331 – OPUk-Xv frame structure

and mapping of ATM cells into OPUk-Xv
The ATM cell information field (48 bytes) shall be scrambled before mapping into the OPUk-Xv.
In the reverse operation, following termination of the OPUk-Xv signal, the ATM cell information
field will be descrambled before being passed to the ATM layer. A self-synchronizing scrambler
with generator polynomial x43 + 1 shall be used (as specified in ITU-T Rec. I.432.1). The scrambler
- 122 -
operates for the duration of the cell information field. During the 5-byte header the scrambler
operation is suspended and the scrambler state retained. The first cell transmitted on start-up will be
corrupted because the descrambler at the receiving end will not be synchronized to the transmitter
scrambler. Cell information field scrambling is required to provide security against false cell
delineation and cell information field replicating the OTUk and ODUk frame alignment signal.
When extracting the ATM cell stream from the OPUk-Xv payload area after the ODUk
terminations, the ATM cells must be recovered. The ATM cell header contains a Header Error
Control (HEC) field, which may be used in a similar way to a frame alignment word to achieve cell
delineation. This HEC method uses the correlation between the header bits to be protected by the
HEC (32 bits) and the control bit of the HEC (8 bits) introduced in the header after computation
with a shortened cyclic code with generating polynomial g(x) = x8 + x2 + x + 1.
The remainder from this polynomial is then added to the fixed pattern "01010101" in order to
improve the cell delineation performance. This method is similar to conventional frame alignment
recovery where the alignment signal is not fixed but varies from cell to cell.
More information on HEC cell delineation is given in ITU-T Rec. I.432.1.
The OPUk-Xv overhead for the ATM mapping consists of X times a Payload Structure Identifier
(PSI), which includes the Payload Type (PT) and virtual concatenation payload type (vcPT),
X times three Virtual Concatenation Overhead (VCOH) bytes and X times four bytes reserved for
The OPUk-Xv payload for the ATM mapping consists of 4X × 3808 bytes.
18.2.4 Mapping of GFP frames into OPUk-Xv
The mapping of Generic Framing Procedure (GFP) frames is performed by aligning the byte
structure of every GFP frame with the byte structure of the OPUk-Xv payload (see Figure 18-9).
Since the GFP frames are of variable length (the mapping does not impose any restrictions on the
maximum frame length), a GFP frame may cross the OPUk frame boundary. A GFP frame consists
of a GFP header and a GFP payload area.
14X+1
14X+2

15X+2
16X+1
3824X
15X
RES RES RES RES 16X
1
VCOH
VCOH
3
PSI
PSI
OPUk-Xv payload
OPUk-Xv
overhead 0 PT (06) GFP frame GFP idle frame
1 vcPT
PSI
RES 4 4-65535 4 G.709/Y.1331_F18-9
255 bytes bytes

and mapping of GFP frames into OPUk-Xv
- 123 -
GFP frames arrive as a continuous bit stream with a capacity that is identical to the OPUk-Xv
payload area, due to the insertion of GFP idles at the GFP encapsulation stage. The GFP frame
stream is scrambled during encapsulation.
NOTE – There is no rate adaptation or scrambling required at the mapping stage; this is performed by the
The OPUk-Xv overhead for the GFP mapping consists of X times a Payload Structure Identifier
The OPUk-Xv payload for the GFP mapping consists of 4X × 3808 bytes.
18.2.5 Mapping of test signal into OPUk-Xv
18.2.5.1 Mapping of a NULL client into OPUk-Xv
An OPUk-Xv payload signal with an all-0s pattern (see Figure 18-10) is defined for test purposes.
This is referred to as the NULL client.
14X+1
14X+2

15X+2
16X+1
3824X
15X
RES RES RES RES 16X
1
VCOH
VCOH
2
All-0s pattern
3
PSI
PSI
OPUk-Xv payload
OPUk-Xv (4X  3808 bytes)
overhead 0 PT (06)
1 vcPT
PSI
RES
255 G.709/Y.1331_F18-10

and mapping of NULL client into OPUk-Xv
The OPUk-Xv overhead for the NULL mapping consists of X times a Payload Structure Identifier
The OPUk-Xv payload for the NULL mapping consists of 4X × 3808 bytes.
18.2.5.2 Mapping of PRBS test signal into OPUk-Xv
For test purposes a 2 147 483 647-bit pseudo-random test sequence (231 – 1) as specified
in 5.8/O.150 can be mapped into the OPUk-Xv payload. Groups of 8 successive bits of the
2 147 483 647-bit pseudo-random test sequence signal are mapped into 8 Data bits (8D)
(i.e., one byte) of the ODU3 payload (see Figure 18-11).
- 124 -
14X+1
14X+2

15X+2
16X+1
3824X
15X
RES RES RES RES 16X

1 X  3808  8D
VCOH
VCOH
2 X  3808  8D
3 X  3808  8D
PSI
PSI
4 X  3808  8D
OPUk-Xv payload
OPUk-Xv
overhead 0 PT (06)
1 vcPT
PSI
RES
255 G.709/Y.1331_F18-11

and mapping of 2 147 483 647-bit pseudo-random
test sequence into OPUk-Xv
The OPUk-Xv overhead for the PRBS mapping consists of X times a Payload Structure Identifier
The OPUk-Xv payload for the PRBS mapping consists of 4X × 3808 bytes.
18.2.6 Mapping of a non-specific client bit stream into OPUk-Xv
In addition to the mappings of specific client signals as specified in the other subclauses of this
clause, a non-specific client mapping into OPUk-Xv is specified. Any (set of) client signal(s),
which after encapsulation into a continuous bit stream with a bit rate of the OPUk-Xv payload, can
be mapped into the OPUk-Xv payload (see Figure 18-12). The bit stream must be synchronous with
the OPUk-Xv signal. Any justification must be included in the continuous bit stream creation
process. The continuous bit stream must be scrambled before mapping into the OPUk-Xv payload.
- 125 -
14X+1
14X+2
15X+1
15X+2
16X+1
3824X
15X
16X
CS CS
CS
1
VCOH
VCOH
CS
2
CS
3 CS
PSI
PSI
CS
CS
OPUk-Xv payload
OPUk-Xv (4X  3808 bytes)
overhead 0 PT (06)
1 vcPT
PSI
RES
255 G.709/Y.1331_F18-12

for the mapping of a synchronous constant bit stream
The OPUk-Xv overhead for the mapping consists of X times a Payload Structure Identifier (PSI),
which includes the Payload Type (PT) and virtual concatenation payload type (vcPT), X times three
Virtual Concatenation Overhead (VCOH) bytes and X times four bytes for client specific purposes
(CS). The definition of these CS overhead bytes is performed within the encapsulation process
specification.
The OPUk-Xv payload for this non-specific mapping consists of 4X × 3808 bytes.
18.2.6.1 Mapping bit stream with octet timing into OPUk-Xv
If octet timing is available, each octet of the incoming data stream will be mapped into a data byte
(octet) of the OPUk-Xv payload.
18.2.6.2 Mapping bit stream without octet timing into OPUk-Xv
If octet timing is not available, groups of 8 successive bits (not necessarily an octet) of the incoming
data stream will be mapped into a data byte (octet) of the OPUk-Xv payload.
18.3 LCAS for virtual concatenation

Refer to ITU-T Rec. 7042/Y.1305.
19 Mapping ODUj signals into the ODTU signal and the ODTU into the HO OPUk
tributary slots
This clause specifies the multiplexing of
- ODU0 into HO OPU1, ODU1 into HO OPU2, ODU1 and ODU2 into HO OPU3 using
client/server specific asynchronous mapping procedures (AMP)
- Other ODUj into HO OPUk using a client agnostic generic mapping procedure (GMP).
This ODUj into HO OPUk multiplexing is performed in two steps:
1) asynchronous mapping of ODUj into Optical channel Data Tributary Unit (ODTU) using
either AMP or GMP
2) byte-synchronous mapping of ODTU into one or more HO OPUk Tributary Slots.
- 126 -
19.1 OPUk Tributary Slot definition

The OPUk is divided in a number of Tributary Slots (TS) and these Tributary Slots are interleaved
within the OPUk. A Tributary Slot includes a part of the OPUk OH area and a part of the
OPUk payload area. The bytes of the ODUj frame are mapped into the ODTU payload area and the
ODTU bytes are mapped into the OPUk Tributary Slot or Slots. The bytes of the ODTU
Justification Overhead are mapped into the OPUk OH area.
There are two types of Tributary Slots:
1. Tributary Slot with a bandwidth of approximately 2.5 Gbit/s; an OPUk is divided in n Tributary
Slots, numbered 1 to n
2. Tributary Slot with a bandwidth of approximately 1.25 Gbit/s; an OPUk is divided in 2n
Tributary Slots, numbered 1 to 2n.
HO OPU2 and HO OPU3 interface ports supporting 1.25 Gbit/s tributary slots must also support the
2.5 Gbit/s tributary slot mode for interworking with interface ports supporting only the 2.5G
tributary slot mode (i.e. interface ports compliant with the 11/2001 amendment 1 of this
recommendation). When operated in 2.5G tributary slot mode, 1.25G Tributary Slots “i” and “i+n“
(i = 1 to n, n = 4 (OPU2) and n = 16 (OPU3)) function as one 2.5G Tributary Slot.
19.1.1 OPU2 Tributary Slot allocation

Figure 19-1 presents the OPU2 2.5G tributary slot allocation and the OPU2 1.25G tributary slot
allocation. An OPU2 is divided in four 2.5G tributary slots numbered 1 to 4, or in eight 1.25G
tributary slots numbered 1 to 8.
- An OPU2 2.5G Tributary Slot occupies 25% of the OPU2 payload area. It is a structure
with 952 columns by 16 (4  4) rows (see Figures 19-1 and 19-319-7) plus Tributary Slot
Overhead (TSOH). The four OPU2 TSs are byte interleaved in the OPU2 payload area and
the four OPU2 TSOHs are frame interleaved in the OPU2 overhead area.
- An OPU2 1.25G Tributary Slot occupies 12.5% of the OPU2 payload area. It is a structure
Overhead (TSOH). The eight OPU2 TSs are byte interleaved in the OPU2 payload area and
the eight OPU2 TSOHs are frame interleaved in the OPU2 overhead area.
An OPU2 2.5G tributary slot “i” (i = 1,2,3,4) is provided by two OPU2 1.25G tributary slots “i” and
“i+4” as illustrated in Figure 19-1.
The Tributary Slot Overhead (TSOH) of OPU2 tributary slots is located in column 16 plus column
15, rows 1, 2 and 3 of the OPU2 frame.
TSOH for a 2.5G tributary slot is available once every 4 frames. A 4-frame multiframe structure is
used for this assignment. This multiframe structure is locked to bits 7 and 8 of the MFAS byte as
shown in Table 19-1 and Figure 19-1.
TSOH for a 1.25G tributary slot is available once every 8 frames. An 8-frame multiframe structure
is used for this assignment. This multiframe structure is locked to bits 6, 7 and 8 of the MFAS byte
as shown in Table 19-1 and Figure 19-1.
- 127 -
MFAS Multi Column
3823
3824
bits Frame Frame 1
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
(6)78 Row Row
1 1
TSOH
2 2
TS1
(0)00
3 3
4 4
5 1
TSOH
6 2
TS2
(0)01
7 3
8 4
13 1
TSOH
14 2 TS4
(0)11
15 3
16 4
TS1 or TS5
17 1 1
TSOH
18 2 2
(1)00
19 3 3
20 4 4
TS4 or TS8
29 13 1
TSOH
30 14 2
(1)11 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 7 8 1.25G TS#
31 15 3
32 16 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 2.5G TS#
Figure 19-1/G.709/Y.1331 – OPU2 tributary slot allocation
Table 19-1/G.709/Y.1331 – OPU2 Tributary Slot OH allocation

MFAS MFAS
TSOH TSOH
bits bits
2.5G TS 1.25G TS
78 678
00 1 000 1
01 2 001 2
10 3 010 3
11 4 011 4
100 5
101 6
110 7
111 8

Figure 19-2 presents the OPU3 2.5G tributary slot allocation and the OPU3 1.25G tributary slot
allocation. An OPU3 is divided in sixteen 2.5G tributary slots numbered 1 to 16, or in thirty-two
1.25G tributary slots numbered 1 to 32.
- 128 -
Overhead (TSOH). The sixteen OPU3 2.5G TSs are byte interleaved in the OPU3 payload
area and the sixteen OPU3 TSOHs are frame interleaved in the OPU3 overhead area.
Overhead (TSOH). The thirty-two OPU3 1.25G TSs are byte interleaved in the OPU3
payload area and the thirty-two OPU3 TSOHs are frame interleaved in the OPU3 overhead
area.
An OPU3 2.5G tributary slot “i” (i = 1,2,..16) is provided by two OPU3 1.25G tributary slots “i”
and “i+16” as illustrated in Figure 19-2.
The Tributrary Slot Overhead (TSOH) of OPU3 tributary slots is located in column 16 plus column
TSOH for a 2.5G tributary slot is available once every 16 frames. A 16-frame multiframe structure
is used for this assignment. This multiframe structure is locked to bits 5, 6, 7 and 8 of the MFAS
byte as shown in Table 19-2 and Figure 19-2.
TSOH for a 1.25G tributary slot is available once every 32 frames. A 32-frame multiframe structure
is used for this assignment. This multiframe structure is locked to bits 4, 5, 6, 7 and 8 of the MFAS
byte as shown in Table 19-2 and Figure 19-2.
MFAS Multi Column
3823
3824
bits Frame Frame 1
15
16
17
18
31
32
33
34
47
48
49
50
(4)5678 Row Row
1 1
TSOH
2 2
TS1
(0)0000
3 3
4 4
5 1
TSOH
6 2
TS2
(0)0001
7 3
8 4
61 1
TSOH
TS16
62 2
(0)1111
63 3
64 4
TS1 or TS17
65 1 1
TSOH
66 2 2
(1)0000
76 3 3
68 4 4
TS16 or TS32
125 61 1
TSOH
15
16
17
18
15 31
16 32
15 31
16 32
126 62 2 1.25G TS#

1 1
1 1
2 2
2 2
(1)1111
127 63 3
16
15
2.5G TS#
1
2
128 64 4
Figure 19-2/G.709/Y.1331 – OPU3 tributary slot allocation

- 129 -
Table 19-2/G.709/Y.1331 – OPU3 Tributary Slot OH allocation

MFAS bits TSOH MFAS bits TSOH MFAS bits TSOH
5678 2.5G TS 45678 1.25G TS 45678 1.25G TS
0000 1 00000 1 10000 17
0001 2 00001 2 10001 18
0010 3 00010 3 10010 19
0011 4 00011 4 10011 20
0100 5 00100 5 10100 21
0101 6 00101 6 10101 22
0110 7 00110 7 10110 23
0111 8 00111 8 10111 24
1000 9 01000 9 11000 25
1001 10 01001 10 11001 26
1010 11 01010 11 11010 27
1011 12 01011 12 11011 28
1100 13 01100 13 11100 29
1101 14 01101 14 11101 30
1110 15 01110 15 11110 31
1111 16 01111 16 11111 32

Figure 19-1419-3 presents the OPU1 1.25G tributary slot allocation. An OPU1 is divided in two
1.25G tributary slots numbered 1 to 2.
- An OPU1 1.25G Tributary Slot occupies 50% of the OPU1 payload area. It is a structure
with 1904 columns by 8 (2  4) rows (see Figure 19-1419-3) plus Tributary Slot Overhead
(TSOH). The two OPU1 1.25G TSs are byte interleaved in the OPU1 payload area and the
two OPU1 TSOHs are frame interleaved in the OPU1 overhead area.
The Tributary Slot Overhead (TSOH) of OPU1 tributary slots is located in column 16 plus column
TSOH for a 1.25G tributary slot is available once every 2 frames. A 2-frame multiframe structure is
used for this assignment. This multiframe structure is locked to bit 8 of the MFAS byte as shown in
Table 19-419-3 and Figure 19-1419-3.
- 130 -
MFAS Multi Column
3823
3824
bit Frame Frame 1
15
16
17
18
19
20
8 Row Row
1 1
TSOH
2 2
TS1
0
3 3
4 4
5 1
TSOH
6 2
TS2
1
7 3
1 2 1 2 1 2 1.25G TS#
8 4
Figure 19-1419-3/G.709/Y.1331 – OPU1 tributary slot allocation
Table 19-419-3/G.709/Y.1331 – OPU1 Tributary Slot OH allocation

MFAS
TSOH
bit
1.25G TS
8
0 1
1 2

Figures 19-1619-4A and 19-1619-4B present the OPU4 1.25G tributary slot allocation. An OPU4 is
divided into eighty 1.25G Tributary Slots (numbered 1 to 80), which are located in columns 17 to
3816, and 8 columns of Fixed Stuff located in columns 3817 to 3824. The OPU4 frame may be
represented in a 320 row by 3810 column format (Figure 19-1619-4A) and in a 160 row by 7620
column format (Figure 19-1619-4B).
with 95 columns by 160 (80  4 / 2) rows (see Figure 19-1619-4B) plus Tributary Slot
Overhead (TSOH). The eighty OPU4 1.25G TSs are byte interleaved in the OPU4 payload
area and the eighty OPU4 TSOHs are frame interleaved in the OPU4 overhead area.
The Tributary Slot Overhead (TSOH) of OPU4 tributary slots is located in rows 1 to 3, columns 15
and 16 of the OPU4 frame.
TSOH for a 1.25G tributary slot is available once every 80 frames. An 80-frame multiframe
structure is used for this assignment. This multiframe structure is locked to bits 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 and 8
of the OMFI byte as shown in Table 19-519-4.
bits
OMFI
1001111
1001110
0000001
0000000
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
320
319
318
317
316
315
314
313
2345678 Row
Multi
Row
4
3
2
1
4
3
2
1
4
3
2
1
4
3
2
1
Frame Frame 1
Column
PSI
PSI
PSI
PSI
TSOH TSOH TSOH TSOH 15
FI
FI
FI
FI
OM
OM
OM
OM
TS80 TS79 TS2 TS1 16

41 1 41 1 41 1 41 1 41 1 41 1 41 1 41 1 17
42 2 42 2 42 2 42 2 42 2 42 2 42 2 42 2 18
79 39 79 39 79 39 79 39 79 39 79 39 79 39 79 39 55
80 40 80 40 80 40 80 40 80 40 80 40 80 40 80 40 56
- 131 -
1 41 1 41 1 41 1 41 1 41 1 41 1 41 1 41 57
2 42 2 42 2 42 2 42 2 42 2 42 2 42 2 42 58
39 79 39 79 39 79 39 79 39 79 39 79 39 79 39 79 95
40 80 40 80 40 80 40 80 40 80 40 80 40 80 40 80 96
41 1 41 1 41 1 41 1 41 1 41 1 41 1 41 1 97
42 2 42 2 42 2 42 2 42 2 42 2 42 2 42 2 98
Figure 19-1619-4A/G.709/Y.1331 – OPU4 1.25G tributary slot allocation
79 39 79 39 79 39 79 39 79 39 79 39 79 39 79 39 3815
80 40 80 40 80 40 80 40 80 40 80 40 80 40 80 40 3816
FS FS FS FS FS FS FS FS FS FS FS FS FS FS FS FS 3817
bits
OMFI
1001111
1001110
0000001
0000000
4
3
2
1
160
159
158
157
Multi
2345678 D.Row Row

Frame Frame
3+4
1+2
3+4
1+2
3+4
1+2
3+4
1+2
1
Column
15
TS2
TS1
TS80
TS79
16
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 17
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 18
79 79 79 79 79 79 79 79 95
80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 96
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 97
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 98
39 39 39 39 39 39 39 39 3815
40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 3816
FS FS FS FS FS FS FS FS 3817
FS FS FS FS FS FS FS FS
- 132 -
3820
1
PSI
PSI
PSI
PSI
15
FI
FI
FI
FI
TS2
TS1
OM
OM
OM
OM
TS80
TS79
16
41 41 41 41 41 41 41 41 17
42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 18
79 79 79 79 79 79 79 79 55
80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 56
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 57
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 58
Figure 19-1619-4B/G.709/Y.1331 – OPU4 tributary slots in 160 row x 7620 column format
79 79 79 79 79 79 79 79 3815
80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 3816
- 133 -
Table 19-519-4/G.709/Y.1331 – OPU4 Tributary Slot OH allocation

OMFI bits TSOH OMFI bits TSOH OMFI bits TSOH OMFI bits TSOH
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1.25G 2345678 1.25G 2345678 1.25G 2345678 1.25G
TS TS TS TS
0000000 1 0010100 21 0101000 41 0111100 61
0000001 2 0010101 22 0101001 42 0111101 62
0000010 3 0010110 23 0101010 43 0111110 63
0000011 4 0010111 24 0101011 44 0111111 64
0000100 5 0011000 25 0101100 45 1000000 65
0000101 6 0011001 26 0101101 46 1000001 66
0000110 7 0011010 27 0101110 47 1000010 67
0000111 8 0011011 28 0101111 48 1000011 68
0001000 9 0011100 29 0110000 49 1000100 69
0001001 10 0011101 30 0110001 50 1010101 70
0001010 11 0011110 31 0110010 51 1000110 71
0001011 12 0011111 32 0110011 52 1000111 72
0001100 13 0110000 33 0110100 53 1001000 73
0001101 14 0100001 34 0110101 54 1001001 74
0001110 15 0100010 35 0110110 55 1001010 75
0001111 16 0100011 36 0110111 56 1001011 76
0010000 17 0100100 37 0111000 57 1001100 77
0010001 18 0100101 38 0111001 58 1001101 78
0010010 19 0100110 39 0111010 59 1001110 79
0010011 20 0100111 40 0111011 60 1001111 80
19.2 ODTU definition

The Optical channel Data Tributary Unit (ODTU) carries a justified ODU signal. There are two
types of ODTUs:
1. ODTUjk ((j,k) = {(0,1), (1,2), (1,3), (2,3); ODTU01, ODTU12, ODTU13 and ODTU23) in
which an ODUj signal is mapped via the Asynchronous Mapping Procedure (AMP) as defined
in 19.5;
2. ODTUk.ts ((k,ts) = (2,1..8), (3,1..32), (4,1..80)) in which a Lower Order ODU (ODU0, ODU1,
ODU2, ODU2e, ODU3, ODUflex) signal is mapped via Generic Mapping procedure (GMP)
defined in 19.6.
- 134 -
Optical channel Data Tributary Unit jk

The Optical channel Data Tributary Unit jk (ODTUjk) is a structure which consists of an ODTUjk
Payload area and an ODTUjk Overhead area (Figure 19-1819-5). The ODTUjk Payload area has c
columns and r rows (see Table 19-619-5) and the ODTUjk Overhead area has “ts” times 4 bytes, of
which “ts” times 1 byte can carry payload. The ODTUjk is carried in “ts” 1.25G or 2.5G Tributary
Slots of a HO OPUk.
The location of the ODTUjk Overhead depends on the OPUk tributary slot(s) used when
multiplexing the ODTUjk in the OPUk (see 19.1.1, 19.1.2, 19.1.3). The ts instances of ODTUjk
Overhead might not be equally distributed.
The ODTUjk overhead carries the AMP Justification Overhead as specified in 19.4.
Note – The 1.25G and 2.5G tributary slot versions of an ODTU12 are identical when the two 1.25G tributary
slots carrying the ODTU12 are TSa and TSa+4. The 1.25G and 2.5G tributary slot versions of an ODTU13
are identical when the two 1.25G tributary slots carrying the ODTU12 are TSa and TSa+16. The 1.25G and
2.5G tributary slot versions of an ODTU23 are identical when the eight 1.25G tributary slots carrying the
ODTU23 are TSa, TSb, TSc, TSd, TSa+16, TSb+16, TSc+16 and TSd+16.
ODTUjk
c-1
Overhead 1 2 3
c
1 1
2
3
ODTUjk Payload
ts
r-1
jk=01,12,13,23 r
Figure – 19-1819-5/G.709/Y.1331 – ODTUjk frame formats
Table 19-619-5/G.709/Y.1331 – ODTUjk characteristics for 2.5G and 1.25G tributary slots
2.5G TS c r ts ODTUjk ODTUjk
Payload bytes Overhead bytes
ODTU12 952 16 1 15232 1x4
ODTU13 238 64 1 15232 1x4
ODTU23 952 64 4 60928 4x4
1.25G TS c r ts ODTUjk ODTUjk

ODTU01 1904 8 1 15232 14
ODTU12 952 32 2 30464 24
ODTU13 238 128 2 30464 24
- 135 -
ODTU23 952 128 8 121856 84
Optical channel Data Tributary Unit k.ts

The Optical channel Data Tributary Unit k.ts (ODTUk.ts) is a structure which consists of an
ODTUk.ts Payload area and an ODTUk.ts Overhead area (Figure 19-1919-6). The ODTUk.ts
Payload area has j x ts columns and r rows (see Table 19-719-6) and the ODTUk.ts Overhead area
has one times 6 bytes. The ODTUk.ts is carried in “ts” 1.25G Tributary Slots of a HO OPUk.
The location of the ODTUk.ts Overhead depends on the OPUk tributary slot used when
multiplexing the ODTUk.ts in the OPUk (see 19.1.1, 19.1.2, 19.1.4). The single instance of
ODTUk.ts Overhead is located in the OPUk TSOH of the last OPUk tributary slot allocated to the
ODTUk.ts.
The ODTUk.ts overhead carries the GMP Justification Overhead as specified in 19.4.
j x ts -1
j x ts
ODTUk.ts
Overhead 1 2 3
1
2
3
ODTUk.ts Payload
ts
r-1
k=2,3,4 r
Figure – 19-1919-6/G.709/Y.1331 – ODTUk.ts frame formats
Table 19-719-6/G.709/Y.1331 – ODTUk.ts characteristics

j r ts ODTUk.ts ODTUk.ts
ODTU2.ts 476 32 1 to 8 15232  ts 16
ODTU3.ts 119 128 1 to 32 15232  ts 16
ODTU4.ts 95 160 1 to 80 15200  ts 16
19.3 Multiplexing ODTU signals into the OPUk

Multiplexing an ODTU01 signal into an OPU1 is realized by mapping the ODTU01 signal in one of
the two OPU1 1.25G Tributary Slots.
the four OPU2 2.5G Tributary Slots or in two (of the eight) arbitrary OPU2 1.25G Tributary Slots:
- 136 -
OPU2 TSa and TSb with 1  a < b  8.

the sixteen OPU3 2.5G Tributary Slots or in two (of the thirty-two) arbitrary OPU3 1.25G Tributary
Slots: OPU3 TSa and TSb with 1  a < b  32.
Multiplexing an ODTU23 signal into an OPU3 is realized by mapping the ODTU23 signal in four
(of the sixteen) arbitrary OPU3 2.5G Tributary Slots: OPU3 TSa, TSb, TSc and TSd with 1  a < b
< c < d  16 or in eight (of the thirty-two) arbitrary OPU3 1.25G Tributary Slots: OPU3 TSa, TSb,
TSc, TSd, TSe, TSf, TSg and TSh with 1  a < b < c < d < e < f < g < h  32.
NOTE – a, b, c, d, e, f, g and h do not have to be sequential (a = i, b = i+1, c = i+2, d = i+3, e=i+4, f=i+5,
g=i+6, h=i+7); the values can be arbitrarily selected to prevent bandwidth fragmentation.
Multiplexing an ODTU2.ts signal into an OPU2 is realized by mapping the ODTU2.ts signal in ts
(of the eight) arbitrary OPU2 1.25G Tributary Slots: OPU2 TSa, TSb, .. and TSp with 1  a < b < ..
< p  8.
(of the thirty-two) arbitrary OPU3 1.25G Tributary Slots: OPU3 TSa, TSb, .. and TSq with 1  a <
b < .. < q  32.
(of the eighty) arbitrary OPU4 1.25G Tributary Slots: OPU4 TSa, TSb, .. and TSr with 1  a < b < ..
< r  80.
The OPUk overhead for these multiplexed signals consists of a Payload Type (PT), the Multiplex
Structure Identifier (MSI), the OPU4 Multi-Frame Identifier (k=4), the OPUk Tributary Slot
Overhead carrying the ODTU overhead and depending on the ODTU type one or more bytes
reserved for future international standardization.
19.3.1 ODTU12 mapping into one OPU2 Tributary Slot

A byte of the ODTU12 payload signal is mapped into a byte of an OPU2 2.5G TS #i (i = 1,2,3,4)
payload area, as indicated in Figure 19-319-7 (left). A byte of the ODTU12 Overhead is mapped
into a TSOH byte within column 16 of the OPU2 2.5G TS #i.
A byte of the ODTU12 signal is mapped into a byte of one of two OPU2 1.25G TS #A, B
(A,B = 1,2,..,8) payload areas, as indicated in Figure 19-319-7 (right). A byte of the ODTU12
Overhead is mapped into a TSOH byte within column 16 of the OPU2 1.25G TS #a,b.
The remaining OPU2 TSOH bytes in column 15 are reserved for future international
standardisation.
- 137 -
952
952
3
8
1
2
4
5
6
7
1
2
4
5
6
7
MFAS MFAS
bits bits
78 1 678 1
2 2
00 000
3 3
4 4
ODTU12
ODTU12
1 1
2 2
11 111
3 3
4 4
OPU2 2.5G TS #i OPU2 1.25G TS #A OPU2 1.25G TS #B

1 1 1
2 2 2
00 000
3 3 3
4 4 4
1 1 1
2 2 2
11 111
Column 16 3 3 3
OPU2 TSOH
of TS #i column 16
4 OPU2 TSOH 4 4
of TS #A, #B
952
476
476
1
2
1
2
1
Figure 19-319-7/G.709/Y.1331 – Mapping of ODTU12 into one OPU2 2.5G Tributary Slot 2
(left) and two OPU2 1.25G Tributary Slots (right)
19.3.2 ODTU13 mapping into one OPU3 Tributary Slot

A byte of the ODTU13 signal is mapped into a byte of an OPU3 2.5G TS #i (i = 1,2,..,16) payload
area, as indicated in Figure 19-419-8 (left).A byte of the ODTU13 Overhead is mapped into a
TSOH byte within column 16 of the OPU3 2.5G TS #i.
A byte of the ODTU13 signal is mapped into a byte of one of two OPU3 1.25G TS #A, B
(A,B = 1,2,..,32) payload area, as indicated in Figure 19-419-8 (right). A byte of the ODTU13
Overhead is mapped into a TSOH byte within column 16 of the OPU3 1.25G TS #a,b.
standardisation.
- 138 -
238
238
3
8
1
2
4
5
6
7
1
2
4
5
6
7
MFAS MFAS
bits bits
5678 1 45678 1
2 2
0000 00000
3 3
4 4
ODTU13
ODTU13
1 1
2 2
1111 11111
3 3
4 4
OPU3 2.5G TS #i OPU3 1.25G TS #A OPU3 1.25G TS #B

1 1 1
2 2 2
0000 00000
3 3 3
4 4 4
1 1 1
2 2 2
1111 11111
column 16 3 3 3
OPU3 TSOH
of TS #i 4 column 16 4 4
OPU3 TSOH
of TS #A, #B
238
119
119
1
2
1
2
1
2
Figure 19-419-8/G.709/Y.1331 – Mapping of ODTU13 into one OPU3 2.5G Tributary Slot
(left) and two OPU3 1.25G Tributary Slots (right)
19.3.3 ODTU23 mapping into four OPU3 Tributary Slots

A byte of the ODTU23 signal is mapped into a byte of one of four OPU3 2.5G TS #A,B,C,D
(A,B,C,D = 1,2,..,16) payload area, as indicated in Figure 19-519-9 (top). A byte of the ODTU23
Overhead is mapped into a TSOH byte within column 16 of the OPU3 TS #a,b,c,d.
A byte of the ODTU23 signal is mapped into a byte of one of eight OPU3 1.25G TS #A, B, C, D, E,
F, G, H (A,B,C,D,E,F,G,H = 1,2,..,32), as indicated in Figure 19-519-9 (bottom). A byte of the
ODTU23 Overhead is mapped into a TSOH byte within column 16 of the OPU3 1.25G
TS #a,b,c,d,e,f,g,h.
standardisation.
- 139 -
952
3
8
1
2
4
5
6
7
MFAS
bits
5678 1
2
0000
3
4
ODTU23
2
1111
3
OPU3 TS #A OPU3 TS #B OPU3 TS #C OPU3 TS #D

1
2
0000
3
2
1111
column 16 3
OPU3 TSOH
of TS #a,b,c,d 4
238
238
238
238
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
952
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
MFAS
bits
45678 1
2
00000
3
4
ODTU23
2
11111
3
OPU3 TS #A OPU3 TS #B OPU3 TS #C OPU3 TS #H

1 1 1 1
2 2 2 2
00000
3 3 3 3
4 4 4 4
1 1 1 1
2 2 2 2
11111
3 3 3 3
column 16 OPU3 TSOH 4 4 4 4
of TS#a,b,c,d,e,f,g,h
119
119
119
119
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
- 140 -
Figure 19-519-9/G.709/Y.1331 – Mapping of ODTU23

into 4 OPU3 2.5G Tributary Slots (#A, #B, #C, #D with A<B<C<D) (top) and 8 OPU3 1.25G
Tributary Slots (#A, #B, #C, #D, #E, #F, #G, #H with A<B<C<D<E<F<G<H) (bottom)
19.3.4 ODTU01 mapping into one OPU1 1.25G Tributary Slot

A byte of the ODTU01 signal is mapped into a byte of an OPU1 1.25G TS #i (i = 1,2), as indicated
in Figure 19-1519-10 for a group of 4 rows out of the ODTU01.
A byte of the ODTU01 TSOH is mapped into a TSOH byte within column 16 of the OPU1
OPU1 1.25G TS #i.
standardisation.
- 141 -
1904
2
3
4
6
7
8
1
5
MFAS
bits
8 1
2
0
3
JC1
4
JC2
ODTU01
1
JC3
2
NJO
1
3
2
0
3
RES RES
JC2 JC1
4
OPU1 TS #i
1
RES
JC3
2
1
NJO
OPU1 TSOH 4
of TS #i
1904
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Figure 19-1519-10/G.709/Y.1331 – Mapping of ODTU01 (excluding JOH) into OPU1 1.25G

Tributary Slot
G.709/Y.1331_F19-3
19.3.5 ODTU2.ts mapping into ts OPU2 1.25G Tributary Slots
A byte of the ODTU2.ts payload signal is mapped into a byte of an OPU2 1.25G TS #i (i = 1,..,ts)
payload area, as indicated in Figure 19-2019-11.
A byte of the ODTU2.ts Overhead is mapped into a TSOH byte within columns 15,16 rows 1 to 3
of the last OPU2 1.25G tributary slot allocated to the ODTU2.ts.
The remaining OPU2 TSOH bytes are reserved for future international standardisation.
- 142 -
476 x ts
ts
3
1
2
1
4
ODTU2.ts
JC4
JC1
JC5
JC2
r-3
JC6
JC3
r-2
r-1
MFAS OPU2 TS #A OPU2 TS #B OPU2 TS #X

bits
678 1 1 1
TS #A
2 2 2
RES RES
RES RES
TS #B
000
OPU2 Tributary Slots
3 3 3
RES
RES
4 4 4
RES
RES RES
RES RES
RES RES
TS #X
JC4
JC1
RES
JC5
JC2
1 1 1
JC6
JC3
2 2 2
RES
111 OPU2 TSOH

of TS #A, B, .., X 3 3 3
4 4 4
476
476
476
1
2
1
2
1
2
Figure 19-2019-11/G.709/Y.1331 – Mapping of ODTU2.ts into ‘ts’ OPU2 1.25G Tributary
Slots

- 143 -
119 x ts
ts
3
1
2
1
4
ODTU3.ts
JC4
JC1
JC5
JC2
r-3
JC6
JC3
r-2
r-1
MFAS OPU3 TS #A OPU3 TS #B OPU3 TS #X

bits
45678 1 1 1
TS #A
TS #B 2 2 2
RES RES
RES RES
00000
RES RES
RES RES
3 3 3
OPU3 Tributary Slots
4 4 4
RES
RES RES
TS #X
RES
RES RES
JC4
JC1
JC5
JC2
1 1 1
OPU3 TSOH
JC6
JC3
of TS # a,b,.., x 2 2 2
RES
11111
3 3 3
4 4 4
119
119
119
1
2
1
2
1
2
Slots

- 144 -
95 x ts
ts
1
2
3
1,2 1
3,4 2
1,2 3
3,4 4
ODTU4.ts
1,2 157
JC4
JC1
JC5
JC2
3,4 158
JC6
JC3
1,2 159
3,4 160
OMFI
bits
2345678 TS #A OPU4 TS #A OPU4 TS #B OPU4 TS #X
RES RES
RES RES
RES
RES
1 2 1 2 1 2
0000000
3 4 3 4 3 4
Tributary
TS #B
OPU4
Slots
RES RES
RES RES
RES
RES
1 2 1 2 1 2
1001111
TS #X 3 4 3 4 3 4
OPU4 TSOH
JC4
JC1
JC5
JC2
47/48
48/49
47/48
48/49
47/48
48/49
95
95
95
1
2
1
2
1
2
of TS # a,b,.., x
JC6
JC3

Slots
19.4 OPUk Multiplex Overhead and ODTU Justification Overhead

The OPUk (k=1,2,3,4) multiplex overhead consists of Multiplex Structure Identifier (MSI) and
ODTU overhead. The OPUk (k=4) multiplex overhead contains an OPU Multi-Frame Identifier
(OMFI).
The OPUk MSI overhead locations are shown in Figures 19-619-14A, 19-619-14B and 19-619-14C
and the OMFI overhead location is shown in Figure 19-619-14C.
ODTUjk overhead
The ODTUjk Overhead carries the AMP Justification Overhead consisting of Justification Control
(JC) and Negative Justification Opportunity (NJO) signals in column 16 of rows 1 to 4. ODTUjk
Overhead bytes in column 15 rows 1, 2 and 3 are reserved for future international standardization.
The ODTUjk Overhead consists of 3 bytes of Justification Control (JC) and 1 byte of Negative
Justification Opportunity (NJO) overhead. The JC and NJO overhead locations are shown in
Figures 19-619-14A and 19-619-14B. In addition, two or n times two Positive Justification
Overhead bytes (PJO1, PJO2) are located in the ODTUjk payload area. Note that the PJO1 and
PJO2 locations are multiframe, ODUj and OPUk tributary slot dependent.
The PJO1 for an ODU1 in OPU2 or OPU3 2.5G tributary slot #i (i: 1..4 or 1..16 respectively) is
located in the first column of OPUk 2.5G tributary slot #i (OPUk column 16+i) and the PJO2 is
located in the second column of OPUk 2.5G tributary slot #i (OPU2 column 20+i, OPU3 column
32+i) in frame #i of the four or sixteen frame multiframe.
EXAMPLE – ODU1 in OPU2 or OPU3 TS(1): PJO1 in column 16+1=17, PJO2 in column
20+1=21 (OPU2) and 32+1=33 (OPU3). ODU1 in OPU2 TS(4): PJO1 in column 16+4=20, PJO2 in
column 20+4=24. ODU1 in OPU3 TS(16): PJO1 in column 16+16=32, PJO2 in column 32+16=48.
The four PJO1s for an ODU2 in OPU3 2.5G tributary slots #a, #b, #c and #d are located in the first
- 145 -
column of OPU3 2.5G tributary slot #a (OPU3 column 16+a) in frames #a, #b, #c and #d of the
sixteen frame multiframe. The four PJO2s for an ODU2 in OPU3 2.5G tributary slots #a, #b, #c and
#d are located in the first column of OPU3 2.5G tributary slot #b (OPU3 column 16+b) in frames
#a, #b, #c and #d of the sixteen frame multiframe. Figure 19-619-14A presents an example with
four ODU2s in the OPU3 mapped into 2.5G tributary slots (1,5,9,10), (2,3,11,12), (4,14,15,16) and
(6,7,8,13).
EXAMPLE – ODU2 in OPU3 TS(1,2,3,4): PJO1 in column 16+1=17, PJO2 in column 16+2=18.
ODU2 in OPU3 TS(13,14,15,16): PJO1 in column 16+13=29, PJO2 in column 16+14=30.
The PJO1 for an ODU0 in OPU1 1.25G tributary slot #i (i: 1,2) is located in the first column of
OPU1 1.25G tributary slot #i (OPU1 column 16+i) and the PJO2 is located in the second column of
OPU1 1.25G tributary slot #i (OPU1 column 18+i) in frame #i of the two frame multiframe.
The PJO1 for an ODU1 in OPU2 or OPU3 1.25G tributary slots #a and #b (a: 1..7 or 1..31
respectively; b: 2..8 or 2..32 respectively) is located in the first column of OPUk 1.25G tributary
slot #a (OPUk column 16+a) and the PJO2 is located in the first column of OPUk 1.25G tributary
slot #b (OPUk column 16+b) in frames #a and #b of the eight or thirty-two frame multiframe.
EXAMPLE – ODU1 in OPU2 or OPU3 TS(1,2): PJO1 in column 16+1=17, PJO2 in column
16+2=18. ODU1 in OPU2 TS(7,8): PJO1 in column 16+7=23, PJO2 in column 16+8=24. ODU1 in
OPU3 TS(31,32): PJO1 in column 16+31=47, PJO2 in column 16+32=48.
The eight PJO1s for an ODU2 in OPU3 1.25G tributary slots #a, #b, #c, #d, #e, #f, #g and #h are
located in the first column of OPU3 1.25G tributary slot #a (OPU3 column 16+a) in frames #a, #b,
#c, #d, #e, #f, #g and #h of the thirty-two frame multiframe. The eight PJO2s for an ODU2 in OPU3
1.25G tributary slots #a, #b, #c, #d, #e, #f, #g and #h are located in the first column of OPU3 1.25G
tributary slot #b (OPU3 column 16+b) in frames #a, #b, #c, #d, #e, #f, #g and #h of the thirty-two
frame multiframe. Figure 19-619-14B presents an example with two ODU2s and two ODU1s in the
OPU3 mapped into 1.25G tributary slots (1,5,9,10,17,19,20,21), (25,26,27,28,29,30,31,32), (2,3)
and (4,24).
EXAMPLE – ODU2 in OPU3 TS(1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8): PJO1 in column 16+1=17, PJO2 in column
16+2=18. ODU2 in OPU3 TS(25,26,27,28,29,30,31,32): PJO1 in column 16+25=41, PJO2 in
column 16+26=42.
- 146 -
Column
3821
3822
3823
3824
15
16
17
Row
PSI RES RES RES

JC
1
JC
2
OPUk Payload
(4 x 3808 bytes)
NJO JC
3
4 PJO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
OPU1 JC Reserved JC
0 PT = 20
1 Reserved OPU2 (2.5G TS) with ODU1 OPU3 (2.5G TS) with ODU1
2
3
MSI MFAS MFAS
PJO1 17
18
19
20
PJO2 21
22
23
24
PJO1 17
18
19
32
PJO2 33
34
35
48
4 bits 78 bits 5678
00 0000
PJO1
PJO2
PJO1
PJO2
01 0001
PJO1
PJO2
PJO1
PJO2
10 0010
Reserved
PJO1
PJO2
11
PJO1
PJO2
1111
255
OPU3 (2.5G TS) with ODU2 (1,5,9,10), (2,3,11,12), (4,14,15,16), (6,7,8,13)
OPU2 MFAS
PJO1 17
18
19
20
PJO2 21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
0 PT = 20 bits 5678
1 Reserved 0000
2 OPU1 (1.25G TS) with ODU0
MSI
PJO1 PJO1
PJO2 PJO2
MFAS
PJO1 17
18
PJO2 19
20
5 0001
bit 8
6
0
0010
PJO1
PJO2
PJO1
PJO2
1
0011
PJO1
PJO2
Reserved 0100
PJO1 PJO1 PJO1
PJO2 PJO2 PJO2
0101
0110
255
0111
OPU3
0
PJO1 PJO1
PJO2 PJO2
PT = 20 1000
1 Reserved
2
1001
MSI
PJO1 PJO1
PJO2 PJO2
1010
17
18 1011
PJO1
PJO2
1100
PJO1 PJO1 PJO1
PJO2 PJO2 PJO2
Reserved 1101
1110
255 1111
Figure 19-619-14A/G.709/Y.1331 – OPUk (k=1,2,3) Multiplex Overhead associated with an

ODTUjk only (Payload Type = 20)
- 147 -
Column
3821
3822
3823
3824
15
16
17
Row
PSI RES RES RES

JC
1
JC
2
OPUk Payload
NJO JC (4 x 3808 bytes)
3
4 PJO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
OPU2 JC Reserved JC
0 PT=21
1 Reserved OPU2 (1.25G TS) with ODU1 (1,2), (3,6), (7,8)
2
MFAS MFAS
PJO1 PJO1 17
PJO2 PJO2 18
19
20
21
22
23
24
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
MSI bits 678 bits 678
9 000 100
10
PJO1
PJO2
001 101
PJO1
PJO2
PJO1 PJO1
PJO2 PJO2
010 110
Reserved
011 111
255 OPU3 (1.25G TS) with ODU2 (1,5,9,10,17,19,20,21), (25,26,27,28,29,30,31,32),ODU1 (2,3), (4,24)
OPU3 MFAS MFAS
PJO1 17
18
19
20
PJO2 21
22
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
PJO1 17
18
19
20
PJO2 21
22
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
0
:
:
PT=21 bits 45678 bits 45678
1 Reserved 00000 10000
2
PJO1 PJO1
PJO2 PJO2
00001 10001
MSI
PJO1 PJO1 PJO1
PJO2 PJO2 PJO2
00010 10010
33
PJO1
PJO2
34
00011 10011
PJO1
PJO2
00100 10100
Reserved 00101 10101
00110 10110
255
PJO1
PJO2
00111 10111
PJO1 PJO1
PJO2 PJO2
PJO1 PJO1 PJO1 PJO1 PJO1 PJO1 PJO1 PJO1

PJO2 PJO2 PJO2 PJO2 PJO2 PJO2 PJO2 PJO2
01000 11000
01001 11001
01010 11010
01011 11011
01100 11100
01101 11101
01110 11110
01111 11111
Figure 19-619-14B/G.709/Y.1331 – OPUk (k=2,3) Multiplex Overhead associated with an

ODTUjk only (Payload Type = 21)
- 148 -
ODTUk.ts overhead
The ODTUk.ts Overhead carries the GMP Justification Overhead consisting of 3 bytes of
Justification Control (JC1, JC2, JC3) which carry the 14-bit GMP Cm information and client/LO
ODU specific 3 bytes of Justification Control (JC4, JC5, JC6) which carry the 10-bit GMP C8D
information.
The JC1, JC2, JC3, JC4, JC5 and JC6 overhead locations are shown in Figures 19-619-14C.
Column
3821
3822
3823
3824
15
16
17
Row
1
2
OPUk Payload
(4 x 3808 bytes)
3
PSI
4
JC4
JC1
JC4
JC1
OPU2 OPU3 OPU4

0 PT=21 0 PT=21 0 PT=21
JC5
JC2
JC5
JC2
1 Reserved 1 Reserved 1 Reserved

2 2 2
JC6
RES JC3
JC6
OMFI JC3
MSI
9 MSI
10
33 MSI
ODTU2.ts ODTU4.ts 34
ODTU3.ts
Reserved
81
Reserved 82
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Reserved
OMFI 0 MSB ......... LSB
255 255 255
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
RES RES RES
RES RES RES
RES RES RES
JC1 C C C C C C C C 14-bit Cm (m=8 x M) JC4

D D D D D
client specific
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5
10-bit C8D
JC2 C C C C C C I D
JC5
D D D D D
9 10 11 12 13 14 I I 6 7 8 9 10
JC3 CRC-8 Decrement Indicator CRC-5
JC6
Increment Indicator
Figure 19-619-14C/G.709/Y.1331 – OPUk (k=2,3,4) Multiplex Overhead associated with an

ODTUk.ts (Payload Type = 21)
19.4.1 OPUk Multiplex Structure Identifier (MSI)

The OPUk (k=1,2,3,4) multiplex structure identifier (MSI) overhead, which encodes the ODU
- 149 -
multiplex structure in the OPU, is located in the mapping specific area of the PSI signal (refer to
Figure 19-619-14A for the MSI location in OPUk with PT=20, refer to Figures 19-619-14B and 19-
619-14C for the MSI location in OPUk with PT=21). The MSI has an OPU and Tributary Slot
(2.5G, 1.25G) specific length (OPU1: 2 bytes, OPU2: 4 or 8 bytes, OPU3: 16 or 32 bytes, OPU4:
80 bytes) and indicates the ODTU content of each tributary slot (TS) of an OPU. One byte is used
for each TS.
19.4.1.1 OPU2 Multiplex Structure Identifier (MSI) – Payload Type 20
For the 4 OPU2 2.5G tributary slots 4 bytes of the PSI are used (PSI[2] .. PSI[5]) as MSI bytes as
shown in Figures 19-619-14A and 19-819-15. The MSI indicates the ODTU content of each
tributary slot of the OPU2. One byte is used for each tributary slot.
– The ODTU type in bits 1 and 2 is fixed to 00 to indicate the presence of an ODTU12.
– The tributary port # indicates the port number of the ODU1 that is being transported in this
2.5G TS; the assignment of ports to tributary slots is fixed, the port number equals the
tributary slot number.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
PSI[2] 00 00 0000 TS1
PSI[3] 00 00 0001 TS2
PSI[4] 00 00 0010 TS3
PSI[5] 00 00 0011 TS4
Figure 19-819-15/G.709/Y.1331 – OPU2-MSI coding – Payload Type 20

For the 16 OPU3 2.5G tributary slots 16 bytes of the PSI are used (PSI[2] .. PSI[17]) as MSI bytes
as shown in Figures 19-619-14A, 19-919-16A and 19-919-16B. The MSI indicates the ODTU
content of each tributary slot of the OPU3. One byte is used for each tributary slot.
– The ODTU type in bits 1 and 2 indicates if the OPU3 TS is carrying ODTU13 or ODTU23.
The default ODTU type is ODTU13; it is present when either a tributary slot carries an
ODTU13, or is not allocated to carry an ODTU. Refer to Appendix VI for some examples.
– The tributary port # in bits 3 to 8 indicates the port number of the ODTU13/23 that is being
transported in this 2.5G TS; for the case of ODTU23 a flexible assignment of tributary
ports to tributary slots is possible, for the case of ODTU13 this assignment is fixed, the
tributary port number equals the tributary slot number. ODTU23 tributary ports are
numbered 1 to 4.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
PSI[2] ODTU type Tributary Port # TS1
- 150 -

Figure 19-919-16A/G.709/Y.1331 – OPU3-MSI coding – Payload Type 20
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
PSI[1+ i] ODTU type Tributary Port # TS #i
00: ODTU13 00 0000: Tributary Port 1

10: Reserved 00 0010: Tributary Port 3
:
00 1111: Tributary Port 16
Figure 19-919-16B/G.709/Y.1331 – OPU3 MSI coding – Payload Type 20

For the 2 OPU1 1.25G tributary slots 2 bytes of the PSI are used (PSI[2], PSI[3]) as MSI bytes as
shown in Figures 19-619-14A and 19-2319-17. The MSI indicates the ODTU content of each
tributary slot of the OPU1. One byte is used for each tributary slot.
– The ODTU type in bits 1 and 2 is fixed to 11 to indicate the presence of an ODTU01.
– The tributary port # in bits 3 to 8 indicates the port number of the ODTU01 that is being
transported in this 1.25G TS; the assignment of ports to tributary slots is fixed, the port
number equals the tributary slot number.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1.25G TS
PSI[2] 11 00 0000 TS1
PSI[3] 11 00 0001 TS2
Figure 19-2319-17/G.709/Y.1331 – OPU1 MSI coding – Payload Type 20

For the eighty OPU4 1.25G tributary slots 80 bytes of the PSI are used (PSI[2] to PSI[81]) as MSI
bytes as shown in Figure 19-619-14C, 19-2419-18A and 19-2419-18B. The MSI indicates the
ODTU content of each tributary slot of an OPU. One byte is used for each tributary slot.
– The TS occupation bit 1 indicates if the tributary slot is allocated or unallocated.
- 151 -
– The tributary port # in bits 2 to 8 indicates the port number of the ODTU4.ts that is being
transported in this TS; for the case of an ODTU4.ts carried in two or more tributary slots, a
flexible assignment of tributary port to tributary slots is possible. ODTU4.ts tributary ports
are numbered 1 to 80. The value is set to all-0‟s when the occupation bit has the value 0
(tributary slot is unallocated).
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1.25G TS
PSI[2] TS occupied Tributary Port # TS1
: : : :
: : : :
Figure 19-2419-18A/G.709/Y.1331 – OPU4 1.25G TS MSI coding – Payload Type 21
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
PSI[1+ i] Occupation Tributary Port # TS #i
0 : Unallocated 000 0000: Tributary Port 1

1 : Allocated 000 0001: Tributary Port 2
:

For the eight OPU2 1.25G tributary slots 8 bytes of the PSI (PSI[2] to PSI[9]) are used as MSI
bytes as show in Figures 19-619-14B, 19-2519-19A and 19-2519-19B. The MSI indicates the
– The ODTU type in bits 1 and 2 indicates if the OPU2 1.25G TS is carrying an ODTU12 or
ODTU2.ts. The default ODTU type is 11 (unallocated); it is present when a tributary slot is
not allocated to carry an ODTU.
– The tributary port # in bits 3 to 8 indicates the port number of the ODTU that is being
transported in this TS; a flexible assignment of tributary ports to tributary slots is possible,
ODTU12 tributary ports are numbered 1 to 4, and ODTU2.ts tributary ports are numbered 1
to 8. The value is set to all-0‟s when the ODTU type has the value 11 (tributary slot is
unallocated).
- 152 -
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Figure 19-2519-19A/G.709/Y.1331 – OPU2 MSI coding – Payload Type 21
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

10: ODTU2.ts 00 0010: Tributary Port 3
11: Unallocated 00 0011: Tributary Port 4
:
19.4.1.6 OPU3 with 1.25G Tributary Slots (Payload Type 21) Multiplex Structure Identifier
(MSI)
For the thirty-two OPU3 1.25G tributary slots 32 bytes of the PSI (PSI[2] to PSI[33]) are used as
MSI bytes as show in Figures 19-619-14B, 19-2619-20A and 2619-20B. The MSI indicates the
– The ODTU type in bits 1 and 2 indicates if the OPU3 1.25G TS is carrying an ODTU13,
ODTU23 or ODTU3.ts. The default ODTU type is 11 (unallocated); it is present when a
tributary slot is not allocated to carry an ODTU.
– The tributary port # in bits 3 to 8 indicates the port number of the ODTU that is being
transported in this TS; a flexible assignment of tributary ports to tributary slots is possible,
ODTU13 tributary ports are numbered 1 to 16, ODTU23 tributary ports are numbered 1 to
4 and ODTU2.ts tributary ports are numbered 1 to 32. The value is set to all-0‟s when the
ODTU type has the value 11 (tributary slot is unallocated).
- 153 -
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
: : : :
: : : :
Figure 19-2619-20A/G.709/Y.1331 – OPU3 MSI coding – Payload Type 21
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

10: ODTU3.ts 00 0010: Tributary Port 3
11: Unallocated 00 0011: Tributary Port 4
:
19.4.2 OPUk Payload Structure Identifier Reserved overhead (RES)

253 (OPU1), 251 or 247 (OPU2), 239 or 223 (OPU3) and 175 (OPU4) bytes are reserved in the
OPUk PSI for future international standardization. These bytes are located in PSI[1] and PSI[3]
(OPU1), PSI[6] or PSI[10] (OPU2), PSI[18] or PSI[34] (OPU3), PSI[82] (OPU4) to PSI[255] of the
OPUk overhead. These bytes are set to all ZEROs.
19.4.3 OPUk Multiplex Justification Overhead (JOH)
Two mapping procedures are used for the mapping of ODUj, either Asynchronous Mapping
Procedure (AMP) or Generic Mapping Procedure (GMP) into ODTUjk or ODTUk.ts, respectively.
AMP uses ODUj and OPUk specific fixed stuff and justification opportunity definitions (ODTUjk).
GMP uses ODUj and OPUk independent stuff and justification opportunity definitions (ODTUk.ts).
Stuff locations within an ODTUk.ts are determined by means of a formula which is specified in
19.4.3.2.
19.4.3.1 Asynchronous Mapping Procedures (AMP)
The justification overhead (JOH) located in column 16 of the OPUk (k=1,2,3) as indicated in
Figures 19-619-14A and 19-619-14B consists of three Justification Control (JC) bytes and one
Negative Justification Opportunity (NJO) byte. The three JC bytes are located in rows 1, 2 and 3.
The NJO byte is located in row 4.
Bits 7 and 8 of each JC byte are used for justification control. The other six bits are reserved for
future international standardization.
- 154 -
19.4.3.2 Generic Mapping Procedure (GMP)

The justification overhead (JOH) for Generic Mapping Procedure consists of two groups of 3 bytes
of Justification Control; the general (JC1, JC2, JC3) and the client to LO ODU mapping specific
(JC4, JC5, JC6). Refer to Figure 19-619-14C.
The JC1, JC2 and JC3 bytes consist of a 14-bit Cm field (bits C1, C2, .., C14), a 1-bit Increment
Indicator (II) field, a 1-bit Decrement Indicator (DI) field and an 8-bit CRC-8 field which contains
an error check code over the JC1, JC2 and JC3 fields.
The JC4, JC5 and JC6 bytes consist of a 10-bit CnD field (bits D1, D2, .., D10), a 5-bit CRC-5 field
which contains an error check code over the bits 4 to 8 in the JC4, JC5 and JC6 fields and nine bits
reserved for future international standardization (RES).
The value of „m‟ in Cm is 8  „ts‟ (number of tributary slots occupied by the ODTUk.ts).
The value of „n‟ represents the timing granularity of the GMP Cn parameter, which is also present in
CnD. The value of n is 8.
The value of Cm controls the distribution of groups of „ts‟ LO ODUj data bytes into groups of „ts‟
ODTUk.ts payload bytes. Refer to 19.6 and Annex D for further specification of this process.
The value of CnD provides additional „n‟-bit timing information, which is necessary to control the
jitter and wander performance experienced by the LO ODUj signal.
The value of Cn is computed as follows: Cn(t) = m  Cm(t) + (CnD(t) - CnD(t-1)). Note that
the value CnD is effectively an indication of the amount of data in the mapper‟s virtual queue that it
could not send during that multiframe due to it being less than an M-byte word. For the case where
the value of CnD in a multiframe „t‟ is corrupted, it is possible to recover from such error in the
next multiframe „t+1‟.
19.4.4 OPU Multi Frame Identifier overhead (OMFI)
An OPU4 multiframe identifier (OMFI) byte is defined in row 4, column 16 of the OPU4 overhead
(Figure 19-2719-21). The value of bits 2 to 8 of the OMFI byte will be incremented each OPU4
frame to provide an 80 frame multi-frame for the multiplexing of LO ODUs into the OPU4.
NOTE – It is an option to align the OMFI = 0 position with MFAS = 0 position every 1280 (the least
common multiple of 80 and 256) frame periods.
- 155 -
OMFI OH Byte
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
.
Fixed to 0
.
0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0 0 1
0 0 0 0 0 1 0
OMFI sequence
0 0 0 0 0 1 1
0 0 0 0 1 0 0
.
.
.
.
1 0 0 1 1 1 0
1 0 0 1 1 1 1
0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0 0 1
.
.
Figure 19-2719-21/G.709/Y.1331  OPU4 multiframe identifier (OMFI) overhead
19.5 Mapping ODUj into ODTUjk

The mapping of ODUj signals (with up to 20 ppm bit-rate tolerance) into the ODTUjk signal ((j,k)
= {(0,1), (1,2), (1,3), (2,3)}) is performed as an asynchronous mapping.
NOTE – The maximum bit-rate tolerance between OPUk and the ODUj signal clock, which can be
accommodated by this mapping scheme, is -130 to +65 ppm (ODU0 into OPU1), –113 to +83 ppm (ODU1
into OPU2), –96 to +101 ppm (ODU1 into OPU3) and –95 to +101 ppm (ODU2 into OPU3).
The ODUj signal is extended with Frame Alignment Overhead as specified in 15.6.2.1 and 15.6.2.2
and an all-0s pattern in the OTUj Overhead field (see Figure 19-1019-22).
Column #
1 ... 7 8 ... 14 15 ... 3824
FA overhead Fixed stuff
1
area (all-0s)
2
Row #
OPUj area
ODUj overhead (4  3810 bytes)
3
area
4
Figure 19-1019-22/G.709/Y.1331 – Extended ODUj frame structure

(FA OH included, OTUj OH area contains Fixed Stuff)
The extended ODUj signal is adapted to the locally generated ODUk clock by means of an
asynchronous mapping with –1/0/+1/+2 positive/negative/zero (pnz) justification scheme.
An extended ODUj byte is mapped into an ODTUjk byte.
The asynchronous mapping process generates the JC, NJO, PJO1 and PJO2 according to
Table 19-319-7. The demapping process interprets JC, NJO, PJO1 and PJO2 according to Table 19-
319-7. Majority vote (two out of three) shall be used to make the justification decision in the
demapping process to protect against an error in one of the three JC signals.
- 156 -
Table 19-319-7/G.709/Y.1331 – JC, NJO, PJO1 and PJO2 generation and interpretation
JC
NJO PJO1 PJO2 Interpretation
78
00 justification byte data byte data byte no justification (0)
01 data byte data byte data byte negative justification (–1)
1 0* justification byte justification byte justification byte double positive justification (+2)
11 justification byte justification byte data byte positive justification (+1)
*) Note that this code is not used for the case of ODU0 into OPU1.
The value contained in NJO, PJO1 and PJO2 when they are used as justification bytes is all-0s. The
receiver is required to ignore the value contained in these bytes whenever they are used as
justification bytes.
During a signal fail condition of the incoming ODUj client signal (e.g., OTUj-LOF), this failed
incoming signal will contain the ODUj-AIS signal as specified in 16.5.1. This ODUj-AIS is then
mapped into the ODTUjk.
For the case the ODUj is received from the output of a fabric (ODU connection function), the
incoming signal may contain (case of open matrix connection) the ODUj-OCI signal as specified
in 16.5.2. This ODUj-OCI signal is then mapped into the ODTUjk.
NOTE – Not all equipment will have a real connection function (i.e., switch fabric) implemented; instead,
the presence/absence of tributary interface port units represents the presence/absence of a matrix connection.
If such unit is intentionally absent (i.e., not installed), the associated ODTUjk signals should carry an
ODUj-OCI signal. If such unit is installed but temporarily removed as part of a repair action, the associated
ODTUjk signal should carry an ODUj-AIS signal.
The OPUk and therefore the ODTUjk (k = 1,2,3) signals are created from a locally generated clock
(within the limits specified in Table 17-3), which is independent of the ODUj (j = 0,1,2) client
signal.
The ODUj (j = 0,1,2) signal is mapped into the ODTUjk (k = 1,2,3) using a –1/0/+1/+2
The demapping of ODUj signals from the ODTUjk signal (((j,k) = {(0,1), (1,2), (1,3), (2,3)) is
performed by extracting the extended ODUj signal from the OPUk under control of its justification
overhead (JC, NJO, PJO1, PJO2).
NOTE – For the case the ODUj signal is output as an OTUj signal, frame alignment of the extracted
extended ODUj signal is to be recovered to allow frame synchronous mapping of the ODUj into the
OTUj signal.
ODUk-LCK, ODUk-OCI condition) the ODUj-AIS pattern as specified in 16.5.1 is generated as a
replacement signal for the lost ODUj signal.
19.5.1 Mapping ODU1 into ODTU12
A byte of the ODU1 signal is mapped into an information byte of the ODTU12 (see Figure 19-
1119-23A). Once per 4 OPU2 frames, it is possible to perform either a positive or a negative
justification action. The frame in which justification can be performed is related to the TSOH of the
OPU2 2.5G TS in which the ODTU12 is mapped (Figure 19-1). Figure 19-1119-23A shows the
case with mapping in OPU2 2.5G TS1.
1119-23B). Twice per 8 OPU2 frames, it is possible to perform either a positive or a negative
- 157 -
justification action. The frames in which justification can be performed are related to the TSOH of
the OPU2 1.25G TSs in which the ODTU12 is mapped (Figure 19-1). Figure 19-1119-23B shows
the case with mapping in OPU2 1.25G TS2 and TS4.
MFAS
952
bits
1
2
78
JC
In
JC
f
or
m
00
at
io
JC
n
3
by
te
s
PJO1
PJO2
NJO
In
2
f
or
m
01
at
io
n
3
by
te
s
4
1 In
2
f
or
m
10
at
io
n
3
by
te
s
1
In
2
f
or
m
11
at
io
n
3
by
te
s
4
G.709/Y.1331_F19-11
Figure 19-1119-23A/G.709/Y.1331 – ODTU12 frame format and mapping of ODU1

(case of mapping in 2.5G TS1)
952
S S S S S S S S
TE TE TE TE TE TE TE TE
BY BY BY BY BY BY BY BY
N N N N N N N N
IO IO IO IO IO IO IO IO
AT AT AT AT AT AT AT AT
M M M M M M M M
R R R R R R R R
FO FO FO FO FO FO FO FO
IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN
- 158 -
2 PJO2 PJO2
1 PJO1 PJO1
1
4
JC JC NJO JC JC JC NJO JC
MFAS
678
000
001
010
011
100
101
110
111
bits
- 159 -
Figure 19-1119-23B/G.709/Y.1331 – ODTU12 frame format and mapping of ODU1

(case of mapping in 1.25G TS1 and TS4)
A byte of the ODU1 signal is mapped into an information byte of the ODTU13 (Figure 19-1219-
24A). Column 119 of the ODTU13 is fixed stuff. An all-0s pattern is inserted in the fixed stuff
bytes. Once per 16 OPU3 frames, it is possible to perform either a positive or a negative
justification action. The frame in which justification can be performed is related to the TSOH of the
OPU3 2.5G TS in which the ODTU13 is mapped (Figure 19-2). Figure 19-1219-24A shows the
case with mapping in OPU3 2.5G TS3.
1219-24B). Column 119 of the ODTU13 is fixed stuff. An all-0s pattern is inserted in the fixed stuff
bytes. Twice per 32 OPU3 frames, it is possible to perform either a positive or a negative
the case with mapping in OPU3 1.25G TS2 and TS25.
- 160 -
119
238
MFAS
1
2
bits
5678 1
In
In
Fixed stuff
2
f
or
or
m
m
0000
at
at
io
io
n
n
3
by
by
te
te
s
s
4
In
In
Fixed stuff
2
f
or
or
m
m
0001
at
at
io
io
n
n
3
by
by
te
te
s
s
4
JC
1
In
In
Fixed stuff
JC
2
f
f
or
or
m
m
0010
at
at
io
io
JC
n
3
by
by
te
te
s
s
PJO1
PJO2
NJO
1
In
In
Fixed stuff
2
f
f
or
or
m
1111
at
at
io
io
n
3
by
by
te
te
s
G.709/Y.1331_F19-12

(case of mapping in 2.5G TS3)
- 161 -
119
238
1
2
MFAS
bits
45678 1
IN
IN
FIXED STUFF
FO
FO
R
R
2
M
AT
AT
00000
IO
IO
3
N
BY
BY
TE
TE
4
S
JC
1
IN
IN
FIXED STUFF
FO
FO
JC
R
2
M
AT
AT
00001
IO
IO
NJO JC
N
BY
BY
PJO1
PJO2
TE
TE
4
S
1
IN
IN
FIXED STUFF
FO
FO
R
R
2
M
M
AT
AT
00010
IO
IO
3
N
N
BY
BY
TE
TE
4
S
S
JC
1
IN
IN
FIXED STUFF
FO
FO
JC
2
M
M
AT
AT
11000
IO
IO
NJO JC
3
N
N
BY
BY
PJO1
PJO2
TE
TE
4
S
1
IN
IN
FIXED STUFF
FO
FO
R
2
M
M
AT
AT
11111
IO
IO
3
N
N
BY
BY
TE
TE
4
S

(case of mapping in 1.25G TS2 and TS25)
- 162 -

A byte of the ODU2 signal is mapped into an information byte of the ODTU23 (Figure 19-1319-
25A). Four times per sixteen OPU3 frames, it is possible to perform either a positive or a negative
justification action. The four frames in which justification can be performed are related to the
TSOH of the OPU3 2.5G TSs in which the ODTU23 is mapped (Figure 19-2). Figure 19-1319-25A
shows the case with mapping in OPU3 2.5G TS1, TS5, TS9 and TS10.
1319-25B). Eight times per 32 OPU3 frames, it is possible to perform either a positive or a negative
the case with mapping in OPU3 1.25G TS 1, 2, 5, 9, 10, 25, 26 and 32.
- 163 -
952
MFAS
1
2
bits
5678
JC
1
In
JC
fo
2
rm
0000
at
io
NJO JC 3
n
by
te
s
PJO1
PJO2
4
In
f
2
or
m
0001
at
io
3
n
by
te
s
4
JC
In
JC
2
f
or
0100 m
at
io
NJO JC
3
n
by
te
s
PJO1
PJO2
4
JC
1
In
JC
2
f
or
m
1000
at
io
JC NJO JC
3
n
by
te
s
PJO1
PJO2
1
In
JC
2
f
or
m
1001
at
io
NJO JC
3
n
by
te
s
PJO1
PJO2
1
In
f
2
or
m
1111
at
io
3
n
by
te
s
4
G.709/Y.1331_F19-13

(case of mapping in 2.5G TS1,5,9,10)
- 164 -
952
1
2
MFAS
bits
JC
45678 1
IN
FO
JC
R
2
M
AT
00000
IO
JC NJO JC
3
N
BY
PJO1
PJO2
TE
4
S
1
IN
FO
JC
R
2
M
AT
00001
IO
NJO JC
3
N
BY
PJO1
PJO2
TE
4
S
JC
IN
FO
JC
R
2
M
AT
00100
IO
NJO JC
N
BY
PJO1
PJO2
TE
4
S
JC
1
IN
FO
JC
2
M
AT
01000
IO
JC NJO JC
3
N
BY
PJO1
PJO2
PJO
TE
4
S
1
IN
FO
JC
2
M
AT
01001
IO
NJO JC
3
N
BY
PJO1
PJO2
TE
4
S
JC
1
IN
FO
JC
2
M
AT
11000
IO
JC NJO JC
3
N
BY
PJO1
PJO2
PJO
TE
4
S
1
IN
FO
JC
2
M
AT
11001
IO
NJO JC
3
N
BY
PJO1
PJO2
TE
4
S
JC
1
IN
FO
JC
2
M
AT
11111
IO
NJO JC
3
N
BY
PJO1
PJO2
TE
4
S

(case of mapping in 1.25G TS #1,2,5,9,10,25,26,32)
- 165 -

1419-3). Once per 2 OPU1 frames, it is possible to perform either a positive or a negative
justification action.
The frame in which justification can be performed is related to the TSOH of the OPU1 TS in which
the ODTU01 is mapped (Figure 19-1419-3). Figure 19-1719-26 shows the case with mapping in
OPU1 TS1.
NOTE – The PJO2 field will always carry an information byte.
MFAS OPU1 OH
1904
1
2
bit
8
PSI RES RES RES PSI RES RES RES
NJO JC JC JC
IN
FO
R
2
M
AT
0
IO
3
N
BY
PJO1
PJO2
TE
4
S
1
IN
FO
TS2 JOH
2
M
AT
1
IO
3
N
BY
TE
4
S
Figure 19-1719-26/G.709/Y.1331 – Mapping of ODU0 in OPU1 TS1
19.6 Mapping of ODUj into ODTUk.ts

The mapping of ODUj (j = 0, 1, 2, 2e, 3, flex) signals (with up to 100 ppm bit-rate tolerance) into
the ODTUk.ts (k = 2,3,4; ts = M) signal is performed by means of a generic mapping procedure as
specified in Annex D.
The OPUk and therefore the ODTUk.ts (k = 2,3,4) signals are created from a locally generated
clock (within the limits specified in Table 17-3), which is independent of the ODUj client signal.
The ODUj signal is extended with Frame Alignment Overhead as specified in 15.6.2.1 and 15.6.2.2
and an all-0s pattern in the OTUj Overhead field (see Figure 19-1019-22).
The extended ODUj signal is adapted to the locally generated OPUk/ODTUk.ts clock by means of a
generic mapping procedure (GMP) as specified in Annex D. The value of n in cn and Cn(t) and
CnD(t) is specified in Annex D. The value of M is the number of Tributary Slots occupied by the
ODUj; ODTUk.ts = ODTUk.M.
A group of „M‟ successive extended ODUj bytes is mapped into a group of „M‟ successive
ODTUk.M bytes.
The generic mapping process generates for the case of ODUj (j = 0,1,2,2e,3,flex) signals once per
ODTUk.M multi-frame the Cm(t) and CnD(t) information according to Annex D and encodes this
information in the ODTUk.ts justification control overhead JC1/JC2/JC3 and JC4/JC5/JC6. The
demapping process decodes Cm(t) and CnD(t) from JC1/JC2/JC3 and JC4/JC5/JC6 and interprets
- 166 -
Cm(t) and CnD(t) according to Annex D. CRC-8 shall be used to protect against an error in
JC1,JC2,JC3 signals. CRC-5 shall be used to protect against an error in JC4,JC5,JC6 signals.
During a signal fail condition of the incoming ODUj signal, this failed incoming signal will contain
the ODUj-AIS signal as specified in 16.5.1. This ODUj-AIS is then mapped into the ODTUk.M.
For the case the ODUj is received from the output of a fabric (ODU connection function), the
incoming signal may contain (case of open matrix connection) the ODUj-OCI signal as specified
in 16.5.2. This ODUj-OCI signal is then mapped into the ODTUk.M.
NOTE – Not all equipment will have a real connection function (i.e., switch fabric) implemented; instead,
the presence/absence of tributary interface port units represents the presence/absence of a matrix connection.
If such unit is intentionally absent (i.e., not installed), the associated ODTUk.M signals should carry an
ODUj-OCI signal. If such unit is installed but temporarily removed as part of a repair action, the associated
ODTUk.M signal should carry an ODUj-AIS signal.
A group of „M‟ successive extended ODUj bytes is demapped from a group of „M‟ successive
ODTUk.M bytes.
NOTE – For the case the ODUj signal is output as an OTUj signal, frame alignment of the extracted
extended ODUj signal is to be recovered to allow frame synchronous mapping of the ODUj into the
OTUj signal.
ODUk-LCK, ODUk-OCI condition) the ODUj-AIS pattern as specified in 16.5.1 is generated as a
replacement signal for the lost ODUj signal.
19.6.1 Mapping ODUj into ODTU2.M
Groups of M successive bytes of the extended ODUj (j = 0, flex) signal are mapped into a group of
M successive bytes of the ODTU2.M payload area under control of the GMP data/stuff control
mechanism. Each group of M bytes in the ODTU2.M payload area may either carry M ODU bytes,
or carry M stuff bytes. The value of the stuff bytes is set to all-0‟s.
The groups of M bytes in the ODTU2.M payload area are numbered from 1 to 15232.
The ODTU2.M payload byte numbering for GMP M-byte (m-bit) blocks is illustrated in Figure 19-
2819-27. In row 1 of the ODTU2.M multiframe the first M-bytes will be labelled 1, the next M-
bytes will be labelled 2, etc.
ODTU2.M
ODTU2.M Payload
Overhead 1 M M+1 2M 475M+1 476M
1 1 2 2 476 476 1
477 477 478 478 952 952 2
953 953 954 954 1428 1428 3
1429 1429 1430 1430 1904 1904 4
14281 14281 14282 14282 14756 14756 31

14757 14757 14758 14758 15232 15232 32
Figure 19-2819-27/G.709/Y.1331 – ODTU2.M GMP byte numbering

- 167 -
Table 19-8/G.709/Y.1331 – Cm and Cn (n=8) for ODUj into ODTU2.M

ODUj signal M m=8M Floor Minimum Nominal Maximum Ceiling
Cm,min cm cm cm Cm,max
ODU0 1 8 15167 15167.393 15168.000 15168.607 15169
ODUflex(GFP), n=1..8 n 8n ODUflex(GFP) rate dependent
ODUflex(CBR) ODUflex(CBR) dependent

ODU0 1 8 15167 15167.393 15168.000 15168.607 15169

Groups of M successive bytes of the extended ODUj (j = 0, 2e, flex) signal are mapped into a group
of M successive bytes of the ODTU3.M payload area under control of the GMP data/stuff control
mechanism. Each group of M bytes in the ODTU3.M payload area may either carry M ODU bytes,
or carry M stuff bytes. The value of the stuff bytes is set to all-0‟s.
ODTU3.M
ODTU3.M Payload
1 1 2 2 119 119 1
120 120 121 121 238 238 2
239 239 240 240 357 357 3
358 358 359 359 476 476 4
14995 14995 14996 14996 15113 15113 127

15114 15114 15115 15115 15232 15232 128

- 168 -

ODU0 1 8 15103 15103.396 15104.000 15104.604 15105
ODU2e 9 72 14026 14026.026 14027.709 14029.392 14030
Floor Minimum Nominal c8 Maximum Ceiling

C8,min c8 c8 C8,max
ODU0 1 8 15103 15103.396 15104.000 15104.604 15105
ODU2e 9 72 126234 126234.232 126249.381 126264.532 126265

Groups of M successive bytes of the extended ODUj (j = 0, 1, 2, 2e, 3, flex) signal are mapped into
a group of M successive bytes of the ODTU4.M payload area under control of the GMP data/stuff
control mechanism. Each group of M bytes in the ODTU4.M payload area may either carry M ODU
bytes, or carry M stuff bytes. The value of the stuff bytes is set to all-0‟s.
ODTU4.M
ODTU4.M Payload
1 1 2 2 95 95 1
96 96 97 97 190 190 2
191 191 192 192 285 285 3
286 286 287 287 380 380 4
15011 15011 15012 15012 15105 15105 159

15106 15106 15107 15107 15200 15200 160

- 169 -

ODU0 1 8 14527 14527.419 14528.000 14528.581 14529
ODU1 2 16 14588 14588.458 14589.042 14589.626 14590
ODU2 8 64 14650 14650.013 14650.599 14651.185 14652
ODU2e 8 64 15177 15177.527 15179.348 15181.170 15182
ODU3 31 248 15186 15186.673 15187.280 15187.888 15188
ODUflex(GFP), n 8n ODUflex(GFP) rate dependent
n=1..80

ODU0 1 8 14527 14527.419 14528.000 14528.581 14529
ODU1 2 16 29176 29176.917 29178.084 29179.251 29180
ODU2 8 64 117200 117200.105 117204.793 117209.482 117210
ODU2e 8 64 121420 121420.214 121434.786 121449.359 121450
ODU3 31 248 470786 470786.863 470805.695 470824.528 470825
ODUflex(GFP), n 8n ODUflex(GFP) rate dependent
n=1..80
- 170 -
Annex A
Forward error correction using 16-byte interleaved RS(255,239) codecs
The forward error correction for the OTU-k uses 16-byte interleaved codecs using a Reed-Solomon
RS(255,239) code. The RS(255,239) code is a non-binary code (the FEC algorithm operates on byte
symbols) and belongs to the family of systematic linear cyclic block codes.
For the FEC processing a OTU row is separated into 16 sub-rows using byte-interleaving as shown
in Figure A.1. Each FEC encoder/decoder processes one of these sub-rows. The FEC parity check
bytes are calculated over the information bytes 1 to 239 of each sub-row and transmitted in bytes
240 to 255 of the same sub-row.
Information bytes Parity check bytes FEC sub-row #16

1 2 2 2
3 4 5
9 0 5

1 2 2 2
3 4 5
9 0 5

1 2 2 2
3 4 5
9 0 5
Information bytes Parity check bytes OTU row

1 2 ... 1 3 3 3 ... 3 4
6 8 8 8 8 0
2 2 2 4 8
4 5 6 0 0
G.709/Y.1331_FA.1
Figure A.1/G.709/Y.1331  FEC sub-rows
The bytes in an OTU row belonging to FEC sub-row X are defined by: X + 16 × (i  1) (for
i = 1...255).
The generator polynomial of the code is given by:
15
G(z)   ( z  i )
i 0
where  is a root of the binary primitive polynomial x8  x 4  x 3  x 2  1 .

The FEC code word (see Figure A.2) consists of information bytes and parity bytes (FEC
redundancy) and is represented by the polynomial:
C(z)  I(z)  R(z)
- 171 -
Transmission order within FEC code word
1 2 3 4 238 239 240 241 254 255
FEC sub-row D254 D253 D252 D251 Dj D17 D16 R15 R14 Rj R1 R0
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
d7j d6j d5j d4j d3j d2j d1j d0j r7j r6j r5j r4j r3j r2j r1j r0j
G.709/Y.1331_FA.2
Figure A.2/G.709/Y.1331  FEC code word
Information bytes are represented by:
I ( z)  D254. z 254  D253. z 253  ... D16. z16

Where Dj (j = 16 to 254) is the information byte represented by an element out of GF(256) and:
D j  d7 j  7  d6 j  6  ... d1 j  1  d 0 j
Bit d 7 j is the MSB and d 0 j the LSB of the information byte.
D254 corresponds to the byte 1 in the FEC sub-row and D16 to byte 239.
Parity bytes are represented by:
R( z )  R15  z15  R14  z14  ... R1  z1  R0

Where Rj (j = 0 to 15) is the parity byte represented by an element out of GF(256) and:
R j  r7 j  7  r6 j  6  ... r1 j  1  r0 j
Bit r7 j is the MSB and r0 j the LSB of the parity byte.
R15 corresponds to the byte 240 in the FEC sub-row and R0 to byte 255.
R(z) is calculated by:
R(z) = I(z) mod G(z)
where "mod" is the modulo calculation over the code generator polynomial G(z) with elements out
of the GF(256). Each element in GF(256) is defined by the binary primitive polynomial
x8  x 4  x 3  x 2  1 .
The Hamming distance of the RS(255,239) code is dmin = 17. The code can correct up to 8 symbol
errors in the FEC code word when it is used for error correction. The FEC can detect up to
16 symbol errors in the FEC code word when it is used for error detection capability only.
- 172 -
Annex B
Adapting 64B/66B encoded clients via transcoding into 513B code blocks
Clients using 64B/66B coding can be adapted in a codeword and timing transparent mapping via
transcoding into 513B code blocks to reduce the bit-rate that is required to transport the signal. The
resulting 513B blocks can be mapped in one of several ways depending on the requirements of the
client and the available bandwidth of the container into which the client is mapped. This mapping
can be applied to serial or parallel client interfaces.
B.1 Transmission order
The order of transmission of information in all the diagrams in this Annex is first from left to right
and then from top to bottom.
B.2 Client frame recovery
Client framing recovery consists of the recovering 64B/66B block lock per the state diagram in
Figure 49-12 [IEEE 802.3] and the descrambling per the process shown in Figure 49-10
[IEEE802.3].
Each 66B codeword (after block lock) is one of the following:
 A set of eight data bytes with a sync header of "01";
 A control block (possibly including seven or fewer data octets) beginning with a sync
header of "10";
The 64 bits following the sync header are scrambled as a continuous bit-stream (skipping sync
headers and PCS lane markers) according to the polynomial G(x) = 1 + x39 +x58. The 64B/66B PCS
receive process will descramble the bits other than (1) the sync header of 66B data and control
blocks, and (2) the PCS lane markers.
Figure B.1 illustrates the ordering of 64B/66B code blocks after the completion of the recovering
process for an interface.
Transmission order
1 66B Block
2 66B Block
3 66B Block
Figure B.1/G.709/Y.1331 – Stream

: of 64B/66B
: code blocks for transcoding
x 66B Block
1….…………….........66 Transmission order
- 173 -
B.3 Transcoding from 66B blocks to 513B blocks

The transcoding process at the encoder operates on an input sequence of 66B code blocks.
66B control blocks (after descrambling) follow the format shown in Figure B.2:
S
Y
Input Data N
Block Payload
C
Bit
Position
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65
Data Block
Form at
D0D1D2D3D4D5D6D7 0 1 D0 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7
Control block form ats Block type field 4-bit code
C0C1C2C3C4C5C6C7 1 0 0x1e C0 C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7 0001
C0C1C2C3O4D5D6D7 1 0 0x2d C0 C1 C2 C3 O4 D5 D6 D7 0010

C0C1C2C3S4D5D6D7 1 0 0x33 C0 C1 C2 C3 D5 D6 D7 0111
O0D1D2D3S4D5D6D7 1 0 0x66 D1 D2 D3 O0 D5 D6 D7 1011
O0D1D2D3O4D5D6D7 1 0 0x55 D1 D2 D3 O0 O4 D5 D6 D7 1101

S0D1D2D3D4D5D6D7 1 0 0x78 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 1110
O0D1D2D3C4C5C6C7 1 0 0x4b D1 D2 D3 O0 C4 C5 C6 C7 1000

T0C1C2C3C4C5C6C7 1 0 0x87 C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7 0011
D0T1C2C3C4C5C6C7 1 0 0x99 D0 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7 0101

D0D1T2C3C4C5C6C7 1 0 0xaa D0 D1 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7 1001
D0D1D2T3C4C5C6C7 1 0 0xb4 D0 D1 D2 C4 C5 C6 C7 1010

D0D1D2D3T4C5C6C7 1 0 0xcc D0 D1 D2 D3 C5 C6 C7 1100
D0D1D2D3D4T5C6C7 1 0 0xd2 D0 D1 D2 D3 D4 C6 C7 0110

D0D1D2D3D4D5T6C7 1 0 0xe1 D0
Figure B.2/G.709/Y.1331 – 66B Block coding
D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 C7 0000
D0D1D2D3D4D5D6T7 1 0 0xff D0 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 1111

- 174 -
A group of eight 66B blocks is encoded into a single 513B block. The format is illustrated in Figure B.3:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8  Transmission Order
01 D0 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 FC POS CB type
01 D0 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7
F 56-bit control characters (7-byte)
01 D0 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7
56-bit control characters (7-byte)
01 D0 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 56-bit control characters (7-byte)
D0 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7
10 Block type 56-bit control characters (7-byte)
D0 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7
D0 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7

D0 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7
01 D0 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 D0 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7
1 23 45 67 8  Transmission Order 1 2 345 6 7 8  Transmission Order
b7: MSB b7: MSB

in IEEE 802.3 in IEEE 802.3
b0: LSB b0: LSB
8 x 66B blocks 513B block
Figure B.3/G.709/Y.1331 – 513B block code format
Each of the 66B blocks is encoded into a row of the 8-byte by 8-row structure. Any 66B control blocks (CBi) are placed into the uppermost rows of the
structure in the order received, while any all-data 66B blocks (DBi) are placed into the lowermost rows of the structure in the order received.
The flag bit "F" is 1 if the 513B structure contains at least one 66B control block, and 0 if the 513B structure contains eight all-data 66B blocks.
Because the 66B control blocks are placed into the uppermost rows of the 513B block, if the flag bit "F" is 1, then the first row will contain a mapping
of a 66B control block.
- 175 -
A 66B control block is encoded into a row of the structure shown in Figure B.3 as follows: The
sync header of "10" is removed. The byte representing the Block Type field (see Figure B.2) is
replaced by the structure shown in Figure B.4:
Figure B.4/G.709/Y.1331 – 513B Block’s Control Block header
The byte indicating the control block type (one of 15 legal values) is translated into a 4-bit code
according to the rightmost column of Figure B.2. The 3-bit POS field is used to encode the position
in which this control block was received in the sequence of eight 66B blocks. The flag continuation
bit "FC" will be set to a 0 if this is the final 66B control block or PCS lane alignment marker
encoded in this 513B block, or to a 1 if one or more 66B control blocks or PCS lane alignment
markers follow this one. At the decoder,FC the Flag bitPOS
for the 513B block as a whole, plus the flag
CB TYPE
continuation bits in each row containing the mapping of a 66B control block or PCS lane alignment
marker will allow identification of those rows, which can then be restored to their original position
amongst any all-data 66B blocks at the egress according to the POS field. The remaining 7 bytes of
the row are filled with the last 7 bytes of the 66B control block.
An all-data 66B block is encoded into a row of the 513B block by dropping the sync header and
copying the remaining eight bytes into the row. If all eight rows of the 513B block are placements
of 66B all-data blocks, the flag bit "F" will be 0. If fewer than eight rows of the 513B block are
placements of 66B all-data blocks, they will appear at the end, and the row containing the
placement of the final 66B control block will have a flag continuation bit “FC” value of 0.
The decoder operates in the reverse of the encoder to reconstruct the original sequence of 66B
blocks. If the Flag bit “F” is 1, then 66B control blocks starting from the first row of the block are
reconstructed and placed in the position indicated by the POS field. This process continues through
all of the control blocks working downward from the top row. The final 66B control block placed
within the 513B block will be identified when the flag continuation bit “FC” is zero.
The structure of the 512B/513B code block is shown in Figure B.5. For example, if there is a single
64B/66B control block CB1 in a 512B/513B code block and it was originally located between
64B/66B data blocks DB2 and DB3, the first octet of the 64B character will contain
0.010.1101.CB1; the leading bit in the control octet of 0 indicates the Flag Continuation “FC” that
this 64B control block is the last one in the 512B/513B code block, the value of 010 indicates
CB1‟s Position “POS” between DB2 and DB3, and the value of 1101 is a four-bit representation of
the control code‟s block type “CB TYPE” (of which the eight-bit original block type is 0x55).
- 176 -
Input client Flag

512-bit (64-Octet) field
characters bit
All data block 0 DB1 DB2 DB3 DB4 DB5 DB6 DB7 DB8
7 data block, 0 AAA aaaa
1 DB1 DB2 DB3 DB4 DB5 DB6 DB7
1 control block CB1
6 data block, 1 AAA aaaa 0 BBB bbbb
1 DB1 DB2 DB3 DB4 DB5 DB6
2 control block CB1 CB2
5 data block, 1 AAA aaaa 1 BBB bbbb 0 CCC cccc
1 DB1 DB2 DB3 DB4 DB5
3 control block CB1 CB2 CB3
4 data block, 1 AAA aaaa 1 BBB bbbb 1 CCC cccc 0 DDD dddd
1 DB1 DB2 DB3 DB4
4 control block CB1 CB2 CB3 CB4
3 data block, 1 AAA aaaa 1 BBB bbbb 1 CCC cccc 1 DDD dddd 0 EEE eeee
1 DB1 DB2 DB3
5 control block CB1 CB2 CB3 CB4 CB5
2 data block, 1 AAA aaaa 1 BBB bbbb 1 CCC cccc 1 DDD dddd 1 EEE eeee 0 FFF ffff
1 DB1 DB2
6 control block CB1 CB2 CB3 CB4 CB5 CB6
1 data block, 1 AAA aaaa 1 BBB bbbb 1 CCC cccc 1 DDD dddd 1 EEE eeee 1 FFF ffff 0 GGG gggg
1 DB1
7 control block CB1 CB2 CB3 CB4 CB5 CB6 CB7
1 AAA aaaa 1 BBB bbbb 1 CCC cccc 1 DDD dddd 1 EEE eeee 1 FFF ffff 1 GGG gggg 0 HHH hhhh
8 control block 1
CB1 CB2 CB3 CB4 CB5 CB6 CB7 CB8
-Leading bit in a 66B control block FC = 1 if there are more 66B control block and = 0 if this payload contains the last control block in that 513B block
-AAA = 3-bit representation of the 1 st control code’s original position (1 st control code locator: POS)
-BBB = 3-bit representation of the 2 nd control code’s original position (2 nd control code locator: POS)
….
-HHH = 3-bit representation of the 8 th control code’s original position (8 th control code locator: POS)
-aaaa = 4-bit representation of the 1 st control code’s type (1 st control block type: CB TYPE)
-bbbb = 4-bit representation of the 2 nd control code’s type (2 nd control block type: CB TYPE)
….
-hhhh = 4-bit representation of the 8 th control code’s type (8 th control block type: CB TYPE)
-CBi = 56-bit representation of the i th control code characters
-DBi = 64-bit representation of the i th data value in order of transmission
Figure B.5/G.709/Y.1331 – 513B code block components
B.3.1 Errors detected before 512B/513B encoder

A set of errors might be detected at the 64B/66B PCS receive process which, in addition to
appropriate alarming, need to send the appropriate signal downstream.
Errors encountered before the encoder, such as loss of client signal, will result in the insertion of an
Ethernet LF sequence ordered set prior to this process, which will be transcoded as any other
control block. The same action should be taken as a result of failure to achieve 66B block lock on
an input signal
An invalid 66B block will be converted to an error control block before transcoding. An invalid
66B block is one which does not have a sync header of "01" or "10", or one which has a sync
header of "10" and a control block type field which does not appear in Figure B.2. An error control
block has sync bits of "10", a block type code of 0x1e, and 8 seven-bit /E/ error control characters.
This will prevent the Ethernet receiver from interpreting a sequence of bits containing this error as a
valid packet.
B.3.2 Errors detected by 512B/513B decoder
Several mechanisms will be employed to reduce the probability that the decoder constructs
erroneous 64B/66B encoded data at the egress if bit errors have corrupted. Since detectable
corruption normally means that the proper order of 66B blocks to construct at the decoder cannot be
reliably determined, if any of these checks fail, the decoder will transmit eight 66B error control
blocks (sync="10", control block type=0x1e, and eight 7-bit /E/ control characters).
Mechanisms for improving the robustness and for 513B block lock are discussed in Appendix VII.
- 177 -
B.5 Link Fault Signaling

In-band link fault signalling in the client 64B/66B code (e.g., if a Local Fault or Remote Fault
sequence ordered set is being transmitted between Ethernet equipments) is carried transparently
according to this transcoding.
Annex C
Adaptation of OTU3 and OTU4 over multichannel parallel interfaces
NOTE – This mechanism is designed to allow the use of the optical modules being developed for IEEE
40GBASE-R and 100GBASE-R signals for short-reach client-side OTU3 and OTU4 interfaces, respectively.
The corresponding physical layer specifications are being added to G.695 and G.959.1.
OTU3 signals may be carried over parallel interfaces consisting of four lanes.
OTU4 signals may be carried over parallel interfaces consisting of four or ten lanes, which are formed by bit
multiplexing of 20 logical lanes.
NOTE 1 – Ten lane IEEE 100GBASE-R interfaces have no corresponding ITU-T physical layer interface
specification.
The OTU3 and OTU4 frames are inversely multiplexed over physical/logical lanes on a 16-byte boundary
aligned with the OTUk frame as illustrated in Figure C.1. The OTUk frame is divided into 1020 groups of
16-bytes.
1 4080
1 1:16 (FAS) 17:32 33:48 49:64 4065:4080
2 4081:4096 4097:5012 5013:5028 5029:5044 9145:9160
3 9161:9176 9177:9192 9193:9208 9209:9224 12225:12240
4 12241:12256 12257:12272 12273:12288 12289:13304 16305:16320
Figure C.1/G.709/Y.1331 - OTU3 and OTU4 frames divided on 16-byte boundary
OTU3 16-byte increment distribution

Each 16-byte increment of an OTU3 frame is distributed, round robin, to each of the four physical
lanes. On each OTU3 frame boundary, the lane assignments are rotated.
For OTU3, the lane rotation and assignment is determined by the two LSB of the MFAS as
described in Table C.1 and Figure C.2, which indicates the starting group of bytes of the OTU3
frame that are sent on each lane.
Note: MFAS is scrambled as defined in clause 11.2.
The pattern repeats every 64 bytes until the end of the OTU3 frame. The following OTU3 frame
will use different lane assignment according to the MFAS.
- 178 -
Table C.1/G.709/Y.1331 - Lane rotation assignments for OTU3

MFAS 7-8 Lane 0 Lane 1 Lane 2 Lane 3
*00 1:16 17:32 33:48 49:64
*01 49:64 1:16 17:32 33:48
*10 33:48 49:64 1:16 17:32
*11 17:32 33:48 49:64 1:16
The distribution of 16-byte blocks from the sequence of OTU3 frames is illustrated in Figure C.2:
The parallel lanes can be reassembled at the sink by first recovering framing on each of the parallel
lanes, then recovering the lane identifiers and then performing lane deskewing. Frame alignment,
lane identifier recovery and multi-lane alignment should operate under 10-3 bit error rate conditions
before error correction. Refer to Recommendation G.798 for the specific processing details.
The lane rotation mechanism will place the first 16 bytes of the OTU3 frame on each lane once per
40804 (i.e. 16320) bytes (the same as an OTU3 itself). The two LSB of the MFAS will be the
same in each FAS on a particular lane, which allows the lane to be identified. Since the MFAS
cycles through 256 distinct values, the lanes can be deskewed and reassembled by the receiver as
long as the total skew does not exceed 127 OTU3 frame periods (approximately 385s). The
receiver must use the MFAS to identify each received lane, as lane positions may not be preserved
by the optical modules to be used for this application.
OTU4 16-byte increment distribution
Each 16-byte increment of an OTU4 frame is distributed, round robin, to each of the 20 logical
lanes. On each OTU4 frame boundary, the lane assignments are rotated.
For distribution of OTU4 to twenty logical lanes, since the MFAS is not a multiple of 20, a different
marking mechanism must be used. Since the frame alignment signal is 6 bytes (48 bits) and per
G.798 only 32 bits must be checked for frame alignment, the 3rd OA2 byte position will be
borrowed as a logical lane marker (LLM). For maximum skew detection range, the lane marker
value will increment on successive frames from 0-239 (240 values being the largest multiple of 20
that can be represented in 8-bits). LLM = 0 position shall be aligned with MFAS = 0 position every
3840 (the least common multiple of 240 and 256) frame periods. The logical lane number can be
recovered from this value by a modulo 20 operation. Table C.2 and Figure C.3 illustrate how bytes
of the OTU4 are distributed in 16-byte increments across the 20 logical lanes.
The pattern repeats every 320 bytes until the end of the OTU4 frame.
The following OTU4 frame will use different lane assignment according to the LLM MOD 20.
- 179 -
Table C.2/G.709/Y.1331 - Lane rotation assignments for OTU4

LLM MOD 20 Lane 0 Lane 1 ………………. Lane 18 Lane 19
0 1:16 17:32 289:304 305:320
1 305:320 1:16 273:288 289:304
:
18 33:48 49:64 1:16 17:32
19 17:32 33:48 305:320 1:16
The distribution of 16-byte blocks from the sequence of OTU4 frames is illustrated in Figure C.3:
The parallel lanes can be reassembled at the sink by first recovering framing on each of the parallel
lanes, then recovering the lane identifiers and then performing deskewing of the lanes. Frame
alignment, lane identifier recovery and multi-lane alignment should operate under 10-3 bit error rate
conditions before error correction. Refer to Recommendation G.798 for the specific processing
details.
The lane rotation mechanism will place the first 16 bytes of the OTU4 frame on each lane once per
40804 (i.e. 16320) bytes (the same as an OTU4 itself). The “LLM MOD 20” will be the same in
each FAS on a particular lane, which allows the lane to be identified. Since the LLM cycles through
240 distinct values, the lanes can be deskewed and reassembled by the receiver as long as the total
skew does not exceed 119 OTU4 frame periods (approximately 139 s). The receiver must use the
“LLM MOD 20” to identify each received lane, as lane positions may not be preserved by the
optical modules to be used for this application.
The lanes are identified, deskewed, and reassembled into the original OTU4 frame according to the
lane marker. The MFAS can be combined with the lane marker to provide additional skew detection
range, the maximum being up to the least common multiple “LCM(240, 256)/2 - 1” or 1919 OTU4
frame periods (approximately 2.241 ms). In mapping from lanes back to the OTU4 frame, the 6th
byte of each OTU4 frame which was borrowed for lane marking is restored to the value OA2.
Each physical lane of an OTM-0.4v4 interface is formed by simple bit multiplexing of five logical
lanes. At the sink, the bits are disinterleaved into five logical lanes from each physical lane. The
sink will identify each logical lane according to the lane marker in the LLM byte. The sink must be
able to accept the logical lanes in any position as the ordering of bit multiplexing on each physical
lane is arbitrary; the optical module hardware to be used for this application is permitted full
flexibility concerning which physical lane will be used for output of each logical lane, and the order
of bit multiplexing of logical lanes on each physical output lane.
NOTE – Ten lane IEEE 100GBASE-R interfaces are specified, although not with ITU-T physical layer
specifications. These interfaces may be compatible with a 10-lane interface for OTU4, each lane consisting
of two bit-multiplexed logical lanes. Refer to Appendix X.
- 180 -
Rotate Rotate Rotate Rotate

MFAS = xxxx xx00 MFAS = xxxx xx01 MFAS = xxxx xx10 MFAS = xxxx xx11
1 2 255 256 510 511 765 766 1020 1
Lane 0 1:16 (FAS) 65:80 16247:16272 49:64 16305:16320 33:48 16289:16304 17:32 16263:16288 1:16 (FAS)
Lane 1 17:32 81:96 16263:16288 1:16 (FAS) 16247:16272 49:64 16305:16320 33:48 16289:16304 17:32
Lane 2 33:48 97:112 16289:16304 17:32 16263:16288 1:16 (FAS) 16247:16272 49:64 16305:16320 33:48
Lane 3 49:64 113:128 16305:16320 33:48 16289:16304 17:32 16263:16288 1:16 (FAS) 16247:16272 49:64
Figure C.2/G.709/Y.1331 - Distribution of bytes from OTU3 to parallel lanes
Rotate Rotate Rotate Rotate

LLM MOD 20 = 0 LLM MOD 20 = 1 LLM MOD 20 = 18 LLM MOD 20 = 19
1 2 51 52 919 969 770 1020 1
Lane 0 1:16 (FAS) 321:336 16001:16016 305:320 33:48 16033:16048 17:32 16017:16032 1:16 (FAS)
Lane 1 17:32 337:352 16017:16032 1:16 (FAS) 49:64 16049:16064 33:48 16033:16048 17:32
Lane 18 289:304 609:624 16289:16304 273:288 1:16 (FAS) 16001:16016 305:320 16305:16320 289:304
Lane 19 305:320 625:640 16305:16320 289:304 17:32 16017:16032 1:16 (FAS) 16001:16016 305:320
Figure C.3/G.709/Y.1331 - Distribution of bytes from OTU4 to parallel lanes
This mechanism handles any normally framed OTU3 or OTU4 sequence.

OTUk AIS handling
The additional sequence to be handled is OTU3-AIS or OTU4-AIS, which is an unframed PN-11 sequence at the OTU3 or OTU4 rate, respectively.
The source function for this adaptation will detect OTUk-AIS by recognizing the PN-11 sequence after which it inserts a framing and multi-framing
pattern into the OTUk AIS bit stream as specified in 16.4.2. This (multi)framed OTUk AIS signal can now be distributed as any non-AIS OTUk signal.
When the sink function sees the MFAS (OTU3) or LLM (OTU4) fixed at 0xFF on any lane, it will generate a PN-11 sequence at the OTUk rate in the
egress direction.
- 181 -
Annex D
Generic Mapping Procedure Principles
D.1 BASIC PRINCIPLE

For any given CBR client signal the number of n-bit (e.g. n = 1/8, 1, 8) data entities that arrive
during one server frame or server multi-frame period is defined by:
f 
cn   client  Tserver  [1]
 n 
f client : client bit rate
T server : frame period of the server frame or server multi-frame
cn : number of client n-bit data entities per server frame or server multi-frame
As only an integer number of n-bit data entities can be transported per server frame or multi-frame,
the integer value Cn(t) of cn has to be used. Since it is required that no client information be lost, the
rounding process to the integer value has to take care of the truncated part, e.g. a cn with a value of
10.25 has to be represented by the integer sequence 10,10,10,11.
f 
Cn t   int  client  Tserver  [2]
 n 
Cn(t) : number of client n-bit data entities per server frame t or server multi-frame t (integer)
For the case cn is not an integer, Cn(t) will vary between:
f 
Cn t   floor client  Tserver  [3]
 n 
and
f  f 
Cn t   ceiling client  Tserver   1  floor client  Tserver  . [4]
 n   n 
The server frame or multi-frame rate is defined by the server bit rate and the number of bits per
server frame or multi-frame:
Bserver
Tserver  [5]
f server
f server : server bit rate
B server : bits per server frame or multi-frame
- 182 -
Combining [5] with [1] and [2] results in:

 f B 
c n   client  server  [6]
 f server n 
and
 f B 
C n t   int  client  server  [7]
 f server n 
As the client data has to fit into the payload area of the server signal, the maximum value of C n and
as such the maximum client bit rate is limited by the size of the server payload area.
C n t   Pserver [8]
Pserver
f client  f server  n [9]
Bserver
Pserver : maximum number of (n bits) data entities in the server payload area
The client and server bit rate are independent. This allows specifying the server bit rate
independently from the client bit rates. Furthermore client clock impairments are not seen at the
server clock.
If the client or server bit rate changes due to client or server frequency tolerances, c n and Cn(t)
change accordingly. A special procedure has to take care that Cn(t) is changed fast enough to the
correct value during start-up or during a step in the client bit rate (e.g. when the client signal is
replaced by its AIS signal or the AIS signal is replaced by the client signal). This procedure may be
designed to prevent buffer over-/underflow, or an additional buffer over-/underflow prevention
method has to be deployed.
A transparent mapping has to determine Cn(t) on a server (multi-)frame per (multi-)frame base.
In order to extract the correct number of client information entities at the demapper, Cn(t) has to be
transported in the overhead area of the server frame or multi-frame from the mapper to the
demapper.
Figure D.1 shows the generic functionality of the mapper and demapper circuit.
At the mapper Cn(t) is determined based on the client and server clocks. The client data is
constantly written into the buffer memory. The read out is controlled by the value of Cn(t).
At the demapper Cn(t) is extracted from the overhead. Cn(t) controls the write enable signal for the
buffer. The client clock is generated based on the server clock and the value of Cn(t).
Cn(t) has to be determined first, then it has to be inserted into the overhead and afterwards C n(t)
client data entities have to be inserted into the payload area of the server as shown in Figure D.2.
- 183 -
data
buffer server data buffer
OH
client data & Cn & client data
insertion server data OH write
determine Cn generate
read enable extraction enable client clock
Cn client clock
client clock
server clock
server clock
read read
control control
a) Mapper b) Demapper
Figure D.1/G.709/Y.1331 – Generic functionality mapper/demapper circuit
OH Payload OH Payload
Area Area
determine Cn
Area Area
insert Cn into OH extract Cn from OH
OH Payload insert Cn OH Payload extract Cn
Area client data Area client data
Mapper Demapper
Figure D.2/G.709/Y.1331 – Processing flow
Cn(t) client data entities are mapped into the payload area of the server frame or multi-frame using a
sigma/delta data/stuff mapping distribution. It provides a distributed mapping as shown in Figure
D.3. Payload field j (j = 1 .. Pserver) carries:
- client data (D) if (j  Cn(t)) mod Pserver < Cn(t) [10]
- stuff (S) if (j  Cn(t)) mod Pserver ≥ Cn(t). [11]
Payload Area
OH
client data
stuff
server frame or multi-frame
Figure D.3/G.709/Y.1331 – Sigma/Delta based Mapping

- 184 -
Cn(t) client data entities have to be distributed over Pserver locations. A client data entity has
P
therefore to be inserted with a spacing of server . This is normally not an integer value, however it
C n (t )
can be emulated by a integer calculation using the sigma-delta method based on an overflow
accumulator as shown in Figure D.4.
The accumulator memory is reset to 0 at every frame start of the server frame. At every location of
the payload area Cn(t) is added to the memory and the result is compared with Pserver. If the result is
lower than Pserver, it is stored back into the memory and no client data is indicated for this payload
position. If it is equal or greater than Pserver, Pserver is subtracted from the result and the new result is
stored back in the memory. In addition client data is indicated for the client position.
0
Pserver
Pserver? enable
client
data
indication memory payload area
= frame start
read/write
clock
enable
Cn(t)
Figure D.4/G.709/Y.1331 – Sigma-Delta accumulator
As the same start value and Cn(t) are used at the mapper and demapper the same results are obtained
and interworking is achieved.
D.2 APPLYING GMP IN THE OTN

Clauses 17.6 and 19.6 specify GMP as the asynchronous generic mapping method for the mapping
of CBR client signals into LO OPUk and the mapping of LO ODUj signals into a HO OPUk (via
the ODTUk.ts).
NOTE – GMP complements the traditional asynchronous client/server specific mapping method specified in
clauses 17.5 and 19.5. GMP is intended to provide the justification of new CBR type client signals into
OPUk.
Asynchronous mappings in the OTN have a default 8-bit timing granularity. Such 8-bit timing
granularity is supported in GMP by means of a cn with n=8 (c8). The jitter/wander requirements for
some of the OTN client signals are such that for those signals an 8-bit timing granularity may not be
sufficient. For such case, a 1-bit timing granularity is supported in GMP by means of cn with n=1
(c1).
Clauses 17.6 and 19.6 specify that the mapping of a CBR client bits into the payload of a LO OPUk
and the mapping of a LO ODUj bits into the payload of an ODTUk.ts is performed with 8M-bit
(M-byte) granularity.
The insertion of CBR client data into the payload area of the OPUk frame and the insertion of LO
ODUj data into the payload area of the ODTUk.ts multi-frame at the mapper is performed in M-
byte (or m-bit, m = 8 x M) data entities, denoted as Cm(t). The remaining CnD(t) data entities are
signalled in the Justification Overhead as additional timing/phase information.
- 185 -
 n  cn   f client Bserver   f client Bserver   f client Bserver 8 

cm            [12]
 m   f server m   f server 8  M   f server M 
As only an integer number of m-bit data entities can be transported per server frame or multi-frame,
the integer value Cm(t) of cm has to be used. Since it is required that no information be lost, the
rounding process to the integer value has to take care of the truncated part, e.g. a cm with a value of
10.25 has to be represented by the integer sequence 10,10,10,11.
 f B 8
C m t   int cm   int  client  server  [13]
 f server M 
For the case cm is not an integer, Cm(t) will vary between:
 f B 8  f B 8
C m t   floor client  server  and C m t   ceiling client  server  [14]
 f server M   f server M 
The remainder of cn and Cm(t) is
 8 M 
c nD  c n    C m t  [15]
 n 
As only an integer number of cnD n-bit data entities can be signalled per server frame or multi-
frame, the integer value CnD(t) of cnD has to be used.
 8 M   8 M 
C nD t   int c n     C m t   C n t     C m t  [16]
 n   n 
8 M 8 M
CnD(t) is a number between 1  and  1.
n n
As the client data has to fit into the payload area of the server signal, the maximum value of C m and
as such the maximum client bit rate is limited by the size of the server payload area.
C m t   Pm , server [17]
Pm ,server : maximum number of (m bits) data entities in the server payload area
In order to extract the correct number of client information entities at the demapper, Cm(t) has to be
transported in the overhead area of the server frame or multi-frame from the mapper to the
demapper.
At the mapper Cn(t) is determined based on the client and server clocks. The client data is
constantly written into the buffer memory. The read out is controlled by the value of Cm(t).
At the demapper Cm(t) and CnD(t) are extracted from the overhead and used to compute Cn(t). Cm(t)
controls the write enable signal for the buffer. The client clock is generated based on the server
clock and the value of Cn(t).
Cn(t) has to be determined first, then it has to be inserted into the overhead as C m(t) and CnD(t) and
afterwards Cm(t) client data entities have to be inserted into the payload area of the server as shown
in Figure D.5.
- 186 -
Area Area
determine Cn
Area Area
insert Cm and CnD into OH extract Cm and CnD from OH
OH Payload insert Cm OH Payload extract Cm
Area client data Area client data
Mapper Demapper
Figure D.5/G.709/Y.1331 – Processing flow for GMP in OTN
During start-up or during a step in the client bit rate the value of Cn(t) will not match the actual
number of n-bit client data entities arriving at the mapper buffer and the Cn(t) determination process
has to adjust its value to the actual number of n-bit client data entities arriving. This adjustment
method is implementation specific. During the mismatch period the mapper buffer fill level may
increase if more n-bit client data entities arrive per multiframe than there are transmitted, or
decrease if less n-bit client data entities arrive per multiframe than there are transmitted.
To prevent overflow or underflow of the mapper buffer and thus data loss, the fill level of the
mapper buffer has to be monitored. For the case too many m-bit client data entities are in the buffer
it is necessary to insert temporarily more m-bit client data entities in the server (multi-)frame(s)
than required by Cn(t). For the case too few m-bit client data entities are in the buffer it is necessary
to insert temporarily fewer m-bit client data entities in the server (multi-)frame(s) than required by
Cn(t). This behaviour is similar to the behaviour of AMP under these conditions.
The OTN supports a number of client signal types for which transfer delay (latency) and transfer
delay variation are critical parameters. Those client signal types require that the transfer delay
introduced by the mapper plus demapper buffers is minimized and that the delay variation
introduced by the mapper plus demapper buffers is minimized.
Cn(t) is a value in range Cn,min to Cn,max.
Cm(t) client data entities are mapped into the payload area of the server frame or multi-frame using
a sigma/delta data/stuff mapping distribution. It provides a distributed mapping as shown in Figure
D.2. Payload field j (j = 1 .. Pm,server) carries
- client data (D) if (j  Cm(t)) mod Pm,server < Cm(t). [20]
- stuff (S) if (j  Cm(t)) mod Pm,server ≥ Cm(t). [21]
Values of n, m, M, fclient, fserver, Tserver, Bserver, and Pm,server for LO OPU and ODTUk.ts
The values for n, m, M, fclient, fserver, Tserver, Bserver, and Pm,server are specified in Table D.1.
Table D.1 /G.709/Y.1331 – LO OPUk and ODTUk.ts GMP parameter values

GMP parameter CBR client into LO OPUk LO ODUj into HO OPUk (ODTUk.ts)
n 8 (default) 8
1 (client specific)
m  8 M OPU0: 81=8 ODTU2.ts: 8  ts
- 187 -
OPU1: 8  2 = 16 ODTU3.ts: 8  ts
OPU2: 8  8 = 64 ODTU4.ts: 8  ts
OPU3: 8  32 = 256
OPU4: 8  80 = 640
f client CBR client bit rate and tolerance LO ODUj bit rate and tolerance (Table
7-2)
f server OPUk Payload bit rate and tolerance ODTUk.ts Payload bit rate and tolerance
(Table 7-3) (Table 7-7)
Tserver ODUk/OPUk frame period (Table 7- OPUk multi-frame period (Table 7-6)
4)
B server OPU0: 8  15232 ODTU2.ts: 8  ts  15232
OPU1: 8  15232 ODTU3.ts: 8  ts  15232
OPU2: 8  15232 ODTU4.ts: 8  ts  15200
OPU3: 8  15232
OPU4: 8  15200
Pm , server OPU0: 15232 ODTU2.ts: 15232
OPU1: 7616 ODTU3.ts: 15232
OPU2: 1904 ODTU4.ts: 15200
OPU3: 476
OPU4: 190
C8D range OPU0: N/A ODTUk.1: N/A
OPU1: 0 to +1 ODTUk.2: 0 to +1
OPU2: 0 to +7 ODTUk.3: 0 to +2
OPU3: 0 to +31 ODTUk.4: 0 to +3
OPU4: 0 to +79 :
ODTUk.8: 0 to +7
:
ODTUk.32: 0 to +31
:
ODTUk.79: 0 to +78
ODTUk.80: 0 to +79
C1D range OPU0: 0 to +7 Not Applicable
(for selected OPU1: 0 to +15
clients) OPU2: 0 to +63
OPU3: 0 to +255
OPU4: 0 to +639
D.3 Cm(t) encoding and decoding

Cm(t) is encoded in the ODTUk.ts Justification Control bytes JC1, JC2 and JC3 specified in 19.4.
Cm(t) is a binary count of the number of groups of m LO OPU payload bits that carry m client bits;
it has values between Floor(Cm,min) and Ceiling(Cm,max), which values are client specific. The Ci
(i=1..14) bits that comprise Cm(t) are used to indicate whether the Cm(t) value is incremented or
decremented from the value in the previous frame. Table D.2 shows the inversion patterns for the Ci
bits that are inverted to indicate an increment or decrement of the Cm(t) value. A “I” entry in the
table indicates an inversion of that bit.
The bit inversion patterns apply to the current Cm(t) value, prior to the increment or decrement
operation that is signalled by the inversion pattern. The incremented or decremented Cm(t) value
becomes the base value for the next GMP overhead transmission.
- 188 -
- When the value of the Cm(t) is incremented with +1 or +2, a subset of the Ci bits as
specified in Table D.2 is inverted and the Increment Indicator (II) bit is set to 1.
- When the value of the Cm(t) is decremented with -1 or -2, a subset of Ci bits as specified in
Table D.2 is inverted and the Decrement Indicator (DI) bit is set to 1.
- When the value of Cm(t) is changed with a value larger than +2 or -2, both the II and DI bits
are set to 1 and the Ci bits contain the new Cm(t) value. The CRC-8 verifies whether the
Cm(t) value has been received correctly, and provides optional single error correction.
- When the value of Cm(t) is unchanged, both the II and DI bits are set to 0.
Table D.2/G.709/Y,1331 – Cm(t) Increment and Decrement indicator patterns

C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7 C8 C9 C10 C11 C12 C13 C14 II DI Change
U U U U U U U U U U U U U U 0 0 0
I U I U I U I U I U I U I U 1 0 +1
U I U I U I U I U I U I U I 0 1 -1
U I I U U I I U U I I U U I 1 0 +2
I U U I I U U I I U U I I U 0 1 -2
binary value 1 1 More than +2/-2
Note
- I indicates Inverted Ci bit
- U indicates Unchanged Ci bit
The CRC-8 located in JC3 is calculated over the JC1 and JC2 bits. The CRC-8 uses the g(x) = x8 +
x3 + x2 + 1 generator polynomial, and is calculated as follows:
1) The JC1 and JC2 octets are taken in network octet order, most significant bit first, to form a
16-bit pattern representing the coefficients of a polynomial M(x) of degree 15.
degree 7 or less.
3) The coefficients of R(x) are considered to be an 8-bit sequence, where x7 is the most
significant bit.
4) This 8-bit sequence is the CRC-8 where the first bit of the CRC-8 to be transmitted is the
coefficient of x7 and the last bit transmitted is the coefficient of x0.
The demapper process performs steps 1-3 in the same manner as the mapper process. In the absence
of bit errors, the remainder shall be 0000 0000.
- 189 -
Determine the
required Cm
Y
Increment?
N Set II
N
Decrement?
Increment Y
N Y by 1?
New Cm?
Set DI Set +1 increment
N
Y pattern
Set +2 increment
Set II & DI Y pattern
Decrement
by 1?
Set +1 decrement
N
pattern
Set +2 decrement
pattern
Calculate &
insert
CRC-8
Insert into
JC1-JC3
bytes
Figure D.6/G.709/Y.1331 – JC1, JC2 and JC3 generation

A parallel logic implementation of the source CRC-8 is illustrated in Appendix IX.
The GMP sink synchronizes its Cm(t) value to the GMP source through the following process,
which is illustrated in Figure D.7. When the received JC octets contain II = DI and a valid CRC-8,
the GMP sink accepts the received C1-C14 as its Cm(t) value for the next frame. At this point the
GMP sink is synchronized to the GMP source. When II ≠ DI with a valid CRC-8 in the current
received frame (frame i), the GMP sink must examine the received JC octets in the next frame
(frame i+1) in order to obtain Cm(t) synchronization. II ≠ DI in frame i indicates that the source is
performing a count increment or decrement operation that will modify the Cm(t) value it sends in
frame i+1. Since this modification to the Cm(t) will affect C13, C14, or both, the GMP sink uses
C13, C14, II, and DI in frame i to determine its synchronization hunt state (Hunt – A-F in Figure
D.5) when it receives frame i+1. If II = DI with a valid CRC-8 in frame i+1, Cm(t) synchronization
is achieved by directly accepting the received C1-C14 as the new Cm(t). If II ≠ DI with a valid
CRC-8 in frame i+1, the sink uses the new C13, C14, II, and DI values to determine whether the
source is communicating an increment or decrement operation and the magnitude of the
increment/decrement step. This corresponds to the transition to the lower row of states in Figure
D.5. At this point, the GMP sink has identified the type of increment or decrement operation that is
being signalled in frame i+1. The sink then applies the appropriate bit inversion pattern from Table
D.2 to the received C1-C14 field to determine transmitted Cm(t) value. Synchronization has now
been achieved since the GMP sink has determined the current Cm(t) and knows the expected Cm(t)
change in frame i+2.
- 190 -
Inputs = c13, c14, II, DI, CRC

xxxxB
Start
Hunt
0G 010
011 0G 1
110 G
1 1 10 1G
G
1 G
00 xB
10 01
10
xx
B
10 xB xx G
01
xx00G
xx11G
xx
00
x
x xxx
xxB xx
G
xx
xx
xx B xB
10 1001G
Hunt - C 00 01 Hunt - B 11 Hunt - A Hunt - D Hunt - E G Hunt - F
10 G
10
G
01 01G 01
00 10
01
01
00 G
10 0G
10
11 01
010
01
xx 11G
10
x x 0 01 G
1101G
0101G
xx1
xx
01
01 G
G
1 G
G
G
01
01
00
01 10
xx x1
x x 10 0 G
10
G
G
1G
1G
x
G 11
00 1G
G
G
10
10
11 0G
0110G
1110G
G
11
G
G
xx
xx x0
G
10
x
10 10
01 G
00
00
G
10 01
10 G
xx 00G
G
00
G
11
xx
1G
0G
110
G
011
1110G
10
0G
10
001
000
1G
accept
S+2 S+1 S-1 S-2
received C8
Syncronized
S+2: Count = C1-C14 after inverting C2, C3, C6, C7, C10, C11, & C14; S-1: Count = C1-C14 after inverting C2, C4, C6, C8, C10, C12, & C14;
Increment +2 for the next frame Decrement -1 for next frame
S+1: Count = C1-C14 after inverting C1, C3, C5, C7, C9, C11, & C13; S-2: Count = C1-C14 after inverting C1, C4, C5, C8, C9, C12, C13;
Increment +1 for the next frame Decrement -2 for next frame
Figure D.7/G.709/Y.1331 – GMP sink count synchronization process diagram
Note that the state machine of Figure D.5 can also be used for off-line synchronization checking.
When the GMP sink has synchronized its Cm(t) value to the GMP source, it interprets the received
JC octets according to the following principles.
- When the CRC-8 is good and II = DI, the GMP sink accepts the received Cm(t) value.
- When the CRC-8 is good and II ≠ DI, the GMP sink compares the received Cm(t) value to
its expected Cm(t) value to determine the difference between these values. This difference
is compared to the bit inversion patterns of Table D.2 to determine the increment or
decrement operation sent by the source and updates its Cm(t) accordingly. Since the CRC-8
is good, the sink can use either JC1 or JC2 for this comparison.
- When the CRC-8 is bad, the GMP sink compares the received Cm(t) value to its expected
Cm(t) value. The sink then compares the difference between these values, per Table D.2, to
the valid bit inversion patterns in JC1, and the bit inversion, II and DI pattern in JC2.
- 191 -
- If JC1 contains a valid pattern and JC2 does not, the sink accepts the corresponding
increment or decrement indication from JC1 and updates its Cm(t) accordingly.
- If JC2 contains a valid pattern and JC1 does not, the sink accepts the corresponding
increment or decrement indication from JC2 and updates its Cm(t) accordingly.
- If both JC1 and JC2 contain valid patterns indicating the same increment or decrement
operation, this indication is accepted and the sink updates its Cm(t) accordingly.
- If neither JC1 nor JC2 contain valid patterns, the sink shall keep its current count value
and begin the search for synchronization.
NOTE: If JC1 and JC2 each contain valid patterns that are different from each other, the
receiver can either keep the current Cm(t) value and begin a synchronization search, or it can
use the CRC-8 to determine whether JC1 or JC2 contains the correct pattern.
The GMP sink uses the updated Cm(t) value to extract the client data from the next LO OPU frame
or ODTUk.ts multi-frame.
D.4 CnD(t) encoding and decoding
The cumulative value of CnD(t) (CnD(t)) is encoded in bits 4-8 of the LO OPUk and ODTUk.ts
Justification Control bytes JC4, JC5 and JC6. Bits D1 to D10 in JC4 and JC5 carry the value of
CnD(t). Bit D1 carries the most significant bit and bit D10 carries the least significant bit.
The CRC-5 located in JC6 is calculated over the D1-D10 bits in JC4 and JC5. The CRC-5 uses the
g(x) = x5 + x + 1 generator polynomial, and is calculated as follows:
1) The JC4 bits 4-8 and JC5 bits 4-8 octets are taken in network transmission order, most
significant bit first, to form a 10-bit pattern representing the coefficients of a polynomial
M(x) of degree 9.
degree 4 or less.
3) The coefficients of R(x) are considered to be an 8-bit sequence, where x4 is the most
significant bit.
4) This 5-bit sequence is the CRC-5 where the first bit of the CRC-5 to be transmitted is the
coefficient of x4 and the last bit transmitted is the coefficient of x0.
The demapper process performs steps 1-3 in the same manner as the mapper process. In the absence
of bit errors, the remainder shall be 00000.
A parallel logic implementation of the source CRC-5 is illustrated in Appendix IX.
- 192 -
Appendix I
Range of stuff ratios for asynchronous mappings of CBR2G5, CBR10G, and

CBR40G clients with 20 ppm bit-rate tolerance into OPUk, and for
asynchronous multiplexing of ODUj into ODUk (k > j)
Clause 17.1 describes asynchronous and bit synchronous mappings of CBR2G5, CBR10G, and
CBR40G clients with 20 ppm bit-rate tolerance into ODU1, 2, and 3, respectively. Clause 19
describes asynchronous mapping (multiplexing) of ODUj into ODUk (k > j). For asynchronous
CBR client mappings, any frequency difference between the client and local OPUk server clocks is
accommodated by the +1/0/–1 justification scheme. For asynchronous multiplexing of ODUj into
ODUk (k > j), any frequency difference between the client ODUj and local OPUk server clocks is
accommodated by the +2/+1/0/–1 justification scheme. The OPUk payload, ODUk, and OTUk bit
rates and tolerances are given in 7.2. The ODU1, ODU2, and ODU3 rates are 239/238, 239/237,
and 239/236 times 2 488 320 kbit/s, 9 953 280 kbit/s, and 39 813 120 kbit/s, respectively. The
ODUk bit-rate tolerances are 20 ppm. This appendix shows that each justification scheme can
accommodate these bit rates and tolerances for the respective mappings, and also derives the range
of justification (stuff) ratio for each mapping.
The +1/0/–1 mapping in 17.1 provides for one positive justification opportunity (PJO) and one
negative justification opportunity (NJO) in each ODUk frame. The +2/+1/0/–1 mapping in
clause 19 provides for 2 PJOs and one NJO in each ODUk frame. For the case of ODU
multiplexing (i.e., the latter case), the ODUj being mapped will get only a fraction of the full
payload capacity of the ODUk. There can be, in general, a number of fixed stuff bytes per ODUj or
CBR client. Note that in both mapping cases, there is one stuff opportunity in every ODUk frame.
For mapping of a CBR client into ODUk, the CBR client is allowed to use all the stuff opportunities
(because only one CBR client signal is mapped into an ODUk). However, for mapping ODUj into
ODUk (k > j), the ODUj can only use 1/2 (ODU0 into ODU1), 1/4 (ODU1 into ODU2 or ODU2
into ODU3) or 1/16 (ODU1 into ODU3) of the stuff opportunities. The other stuff opportunities are
needed for the other clients being multiplexed into the ODUk.
Traditionally, the justification ratio (stuff ratio) for purely positive justification schemes is defined
as the long-run average fraction of justification opportunities for which a justification is done
(i.e., for a very large number of frames, the ratio of the number of justifications to the total number
of justification opportunities). In the +1/0/–1 scheme, positive and negative justifications must be
distinguished. This is done by using different algebraic signs for positive and negative justifications.
With this convention, the justification ratio can vary at most (for sufficiently large frequency
offsets) from –1 to +1 (in contrast to a purely positive justification scheme, where justification ratio
can vary at most from 0 to 1). In the case of ODUk multiplexing, the justification ratio is defined
relative to the stuff opportunities available for the client in question. Then, the justification ratio can
vary (for sufficiently large frequency offsets) from –1 to +2. (If the justification ratio were defined
relative to all the stuff opportunities for all the clients, the range would be -1/2 to +1 for
multiplexing ODU0 into ODU1, –1/4 to +1/2 for multiplexing ODU1 into ODU2 and ODU2 into
ODU3, and –1/16 to +1/8 for multiplexing ODU1 into ODU3.)
Let α represent justification ratio (1  α  1 for CBR client into ODUk mapping; –2  α  1 for
ODUj into ODUk mapping (k > j)), and use the further convention that positive  will correspond
to negative justification and negative  to positive justification (the reason for this convention is
explained below).
- 193 -
Define the following notation (the index j refers to the possible ODUj client being mapped, and the
index k refers to the ODUk server layer into which the ODUj or CBR client is mapped):
N = number of fixed stuff bytes in the OPUk payload area associated with the client in
question (note that this is not the total number of fixed stuff bytes if multiple clients
are being multiplexed)
S = nominal STM-N or ODUj client rate (bytes/s)
T = nominal ODUk frame period(s)
yc = client frequency offset (fraction)
ys = server frequency offset (fraction)
p = fraction of OPUk payload area available to this client
Nf = average number of client bytes mapped into an ODUk frame, for the particular
frequency offsets (averaged over a large number of frames)
Then Nf is given by:
1  yc
N f  ST (I-1)
1  ys
For frequency offsets small compared to 1, this may be approximated:
N f  ST (1  yc  ys )  ST (I-2)
The quantity –1 is the net frequency offset due to client and server frequency offset.
Now, the average number of client bytes mapped into an ODUk frame is also equal to the total
number of bytes in the payload area available to this client (which is (4)(3808)p = 15232p), minus
the number of fixed stuff bytes for this client (N), plus the average number of bytes stuffed for this
client over a very large number of frames. The latter is equal to the justification ratio  multiplied
by the fraction of frames p corresponding to justification opportunities for this client. Combining
this with equation I-1 produces:
ST  p  15232 p  N (I-3)
In equation I-3, a positive  corresponds to more client bytes mapped into the ODUk, on average.
As indicated above, this corresponds to negative justification. This sign convention is used so that 
enters in equation I-3 with a positive sign (for convenience).
Equation I-3 is the main result. For mapping STM-N (CBR clients) into ODUk, the quantity p is 1.
The range of stuff ratio may now be determined for mapping STM-N or ODUj clients into ODUk,
using equation I-3. In what follows, let R16 be the STM-16 rate, i.e., 2.48832 Gbit/s = 3.1104  108
bytes/s.
Asynchronous mapping of CBR2G5 (2 488 320 kbit/s) signal into ODU1
The nominal client rate is S = R16. The nominal ODU1 rate is (239/238)S (see 7.3). But the nominal
ODU1 rate is also equal to (4)(3824)/T. Then:
238
ST  (4)(3824)  15232 (I-4)
239
Inserting this into equation I-3, and using the fact that N = 0 (no fixed stuff bytes) for this mapping
produces
  15232(  1) (I-5)
- 194 -
Since the ODUk and client frequency tolerances are each 20 ppm,  ranges from 0.99996 to
1.00004. Using this in equation I-5 gives as the range of :
 0.60928    0.60928 (I-6)
Asynchronous mapping of CBR10G (9 953 280 kbit/s) signal into ODU2
The nominal client rate is S = 4R16. The nominal ODU2 rate is (239/237)S (see 7.3). But the
nominal ODU2 rate is also equal to (4)(3824)/T. Then:
237
ST  (4)(3824)  15168 (I-7)
239
Inserting this into equation I-3, and using the fact that N = 64 (number of fixed stuff bytes) for this
mapping produces:
  15168  64  15232  15168(  1) (I-8)
As before, the ODUk and client frequency tolerances are 20 ppm, and  ranges from 0.99996 to
 0.60672    0.60672 (I-9)
Asynchronous mapping of CBR40G (39 813 120 kbit/s) signal into ODU3
The nominal client rate is S = 16R16. The nominal ODU3 rate is (239/236)S (see 7.3). But the
nominal ODU3 rate is also equal to (4)(3824)/T. Then:
236
ST  (4)(3824)  15104 (I-10)
239
Inserting this into equation I-3, and using the fact that N = 128 (number of fixed stuff bytes) for this
mapping produces:
  15104  128  15232  15104(  1) (I-11)
As before, the ODUk and client frequency tolerances are 20 ppm, and  ranges from 0.99996 to
 0.60416    0.60416 (I-12)
ODU1 into ODU2 multiplexing
The ODU1 nominal client rate is (see 7.3):
239
S R16 (I-13)
238
The ODU2 nominal frame time is:
(3824)(4)
T (I-14)
239
(4 R16 )
237
The fraction p is 0.25. Inserting into equation I-3 produces:
239 (3824)(4) 
R16    3808  N (I-15)
238 239 4
(4 R16 )
237
- 195 -
Simplifying and solving for  produces:

237
 (15296)  4 N  15232 (I-16)
238
Now let  = 1 + y, where y is the net frequency offset (and is very nearly equal to yc – ys for client
and server frequency offset small compared to 1). Then:
237 237
 (15296)  15232  4 N  (15296) y (I-17)
238 238
 4 N  0.2689076  15231.731092y
The number of fixed stuff bytes N is zero, as given in 19.5.1. The client and mapper frequency
offsets are in the range 20 ppm, as given in 7.3. Then, the net frequency offset y is in the range
40 ppm. Inserting these values into equation I-17 gives for the range for :
  0.340362 for y  40 ppm
  0.268908 for y  0 ppm (I-18)
  0.878177 for y  40 ppm
In addition, stuff ratios of –2 and +1 are obtained for frequency offsets of –113.65 ppm and 83.30
ppm, respectively. The range of frequency offset that can be accommodated is approximately
197 ppm. This is 50% larger than the range that can be accommodated by a +1/0/–1 justification
scheme (see above), and is due to the additional positive stuff byte.
239
S (4 R16 ) (I-19)
237
(3824)(4)
T (I-20)
239
(16R16 )
236
239 (3824)(4) 
4 R16    3808  N (I-21)
237 239 4
(16R16 )
236
236
 (15296)  4 N  15232 (I-22)
237
As before, let  = 1 + y, where y is the net frequency offset (and is very nearly equal to yc – ys for
client and server frequency offset small compared to 1). Then:
236 236
 (15296 )  15232  4 N  (15296 ) y
237 237 (I-23)
 4 N  0.5400844  15231 .459916 y
The number of fixed stuff bytes N is zero, as given in 19.5.3. The client and mapper frequency
- 196 -
  0.0691740 for y  40 ppm
  0.5400844 for y  0 ppm (I-24)
  1.149343 for y  40 ppm
In addition, stuff ratios of –2 and +1 are obtained for frequency offsets of –95.85 ppm and
101.11ppm, respectively. As above, the range of frequency offset that can be accommodated is
approximately 197 ppm, which is 50% larger than the range that can be accommodated by
a +1/0/–1 justification scheme (see above) due to the additional positive stuff byte.
239
S ( R16 ) (I-25)
238
(3824)(4)
T (I-26)
239
(16R16 )
236
239 (3824)(4) 
R16    952  N (I-27)
238 239 16
(16R16 )
236
236
 (15296)  16 N  15232 (I-28)
238
236 236
 (15296 )  15232  16 N  (15296 ) y
238 238 (I-29)
 16 N  64 .5378151  15167 .462185 y
The total number of fixed stuff bytes in the ODU3 payload is 64, as given in 19.5.2; the number for
one ODU1 client, N, is therefore 4. The client and mapper frequency offsets are in the range
20 ppm, as given in 7.3. Then, the net frequency offset y is in the range 40 ppm. Inserting these
values into equation I-29 gives for the range for :
  0.0688834 for y  40 ppm
  0.5378151 for y  0 ppm (I-30)
  1.144514 for y  40 ppm
In addition, stuff ratios of –2 and +1 are obtained for frequency offsets of –96.40 ppm and
101.39 ppm, respectively. As above, the range of frequency offset that can be accommodated is
approximately 197 ppm, which is 50% larger than the range that can be accommodated by
- 197 -
a +1/0/–1 justification scheme (see above) due to the additional positive stuff byte.
1
S ( R16 ) (I-31)
2
(3824)(4)
T (I-32)
239
( R16 )
238
1 (3824)(4) 
R16    7616  N (I-33)
2 239 2
( R16 )
238
238
 (15296)   2 N  15232 (I-34)
239
238 238
 (15296 )  15232  2 N  (15296 ) y
239 239 (I-35)
 2 N  15232 y
The total number of fixed stuff bytes N is zero, as given in 19.5.4. The client and mapper frequency
  0.6092800 for y  40 ppm
  0.0000000 for y  0 ppm (I-36)
  0.6092800 for y  40 ppm
In addition, stuff ratios of –2 and +1 are obtained for frequency offsets of -130 ppm and 65 ppm,
respectively. As above, the range of frequency offset that can be accommodated is approximately
195 ppm.
- 198 -
Appendix II
Examples of functionally standardized OTU frame structures
This appendix provides examples of functionally standardized OTU frame structures. These
examples are for illustrative purposes and by no means imply a definition of such structures. The
completely standardized OTUk frame structure as defined in this Recommendation is shown in
Figure II.1. Functionally standardized OTUkV frame structures will be needed to support, e.g.,
alternative FEC. Examples of OTUkV frame structures are:
• OTUkV with the same overhead byte allocation as the OTUk, but use of an alternative FEC
as shown in Figure II.2;
• OTUkV with the same overhead byte allocation as the OTUk, but use of a smaller,
alternative FEC code and the remainder of the OTUkV FEC overhead area filled with fixed
stuff as shown in Figure II.3;
• OTUkV with a larger FEC overhead byte allocation as the OTUk, and use of an alternative
FEC as shown in Figure II.4;
• OTUkV with no overhead byte allocation for FEC as shown in Figure II.5;
• OTUkV with a different frame structure than the OTUk frame structure, supporting a
different OTU overhead (OTUkV overhead and OTUkV FEC) as shown in Figure II.6;
• OTUkV with a different frame structure than the OTUk frame structure, supporting a
different OTU overhead (OTUkV overhead) and with no overhead byte allocation for FEC
as shown in Figure II.7.
Column #
1 .... 14 15 16 17 3824 3825 .... 4080
1 FA OH OTUk OH Row 1 RS(255,239) FEC redundancy
Row #
2 Row 2 RS(255,239) FEC redundancy

OTUk payload = ODUk
Figure II.1/G.709/Y.1331  OTUk (with RS(255,239) FEC)
Column #
1 .... 14 15 16 17 3824 3825 .... 4080
1 FA OH OTUk OH
Row #
2
OPUk OTUkV FEC
3 ODUk OH
4
Figure II.2/G.709/Y.1331  OTUk with alternative OTUkV FEC (OTUk-v)

- 199 -
Column #
1 .... 14 15 16 17 3824 3825 .... 4080
1 FA OH OTUk OH
Row #
2 Fixed stuff
OPUk OTUkV FEC
3 ODUk OH (All-0s)
4
Figure II.3/G.709/Y.1331  OTUk with a smaller OTUkV FEC and remainder of FEC area
filled with fixed stuff
Column #
1 .... 14 15 16 17 3824 3825 .... x
1 FA OH OTUk OH
Row #
2
OPUk OTUkV FEC
3 ODUk OH
4
Figure II.4/G.709/Y.1331  OTUk with a larger OTUkV FEC
Column #
1 .... 14 15 16 17 .... 3824
1 FA OH OTUk OH
Row #
2
OPUk
3 ODUk OH
4
Figure II.5/G.709/Y.1331  OTUk without OTUkV FEC area
Column #
1 .... X1 X1 + 1 .... X1 + X2 X1 + X2 + 1 .... X1 + X2 + X3
1
Row #
OTUkV overhead OTUkV FEC

OTUkV payload = ODUk
(Y  X1 bytes) (Y  X3 bytes)
Y
Figure II.6/G.709/Y.1331  OTUkV with different frame structure
Column #
1 .... X1 X1 + 1 .... X1 + X2
1
Row #
OTUkV overhead
OTUkV payload = ODUk
(Y  X1 bytes)
Y
Figure II.7/G.709/Y.1331  OTUkV with different frame structure and without FEC area
- 200 -
For the case of Figure II.6 and Figure II.7, the mapping of the ODUk signal can be either
asynchronous, bit synchronous, or frame synchronous.
For the case of an asynchronous mapping, the ODUk and OTUkV bit rates can be asynchronous.
The ODUk signal is mapped as a bit stream into the OTUkV payload area using a stuffing
technique.
For the case of a bit synchronous mapping, the ODUk and OTUkV bit rates are synchronous. The
ODUk signal is mapped into the OTUkV payload area without stuffing. The ODUk frame is not
related to the OTUkV frame.
For the case of a frame synchronous mapping, the ODUk and OTUkV bit rates are synchronous and
the frame structures are aligned. The ODUk signal is mapped into the OTUkV payload area without
stuffing and with a fixed position of the ODUk frame within the OTUkV frame. (See Figure II.8.)
Column
1 X1 X1+1 X1+X2 X1+X2+1 X1+X2+X3
Row
1
OTUkV overhead OTUkV payload OTUkV FEC

(Y × X1 bytes) (Y × X2 bytes) (Y × X 3 bytes)
1 14 15 16 17 3824
OPUk overhead
1 FA OH
2 ODUk payload
3 ODUk overhead (4 × 3808 bytes)
4
G.709/Y.1331_FII.8
Figure II.8/G.709/Y.1331  Asynchronous (or bit synchronous)

mapping of ODUk into OTUkV
- 201 -
Appendix III
Example of ODUk multiplexing
Figure III.1 illustrates the multiplexing of four ODU1 signals into an ODU2. The ODU1 signals
including the Frame Alignment Overhead and an all-0s pattern in the OTUk overhead locations are
adapted to the ODU2 clock via justification (asynchronous mapping). These adapted ODU1 signals
are byte interleaved into the OPU2 payload area, and their justification control and opportunity
signals (JC, NJO) are frame interleaved into the OPU2 overhead area.
ODU2 overhead is added after which the ODU2 is mapped into the OTU2 [or OTU2V]. OTU2
[or OTU2V] Overhead and Frame Alignment Overhead are added to complete the signal for
transport via an OTM signal.
Alignm
OPU1 OH
Client layer signal
ODU1 (e.g., STM-16, ATM, GFP)
ODU1 OH
4x
Alignm
Alignm
OPU2 OH
Alignm
Alignm
OPU1 OH
ODU2 Client layer signal

ODU2 OH
ODU1 OH (e.g., STM-16, ATM, GFP)
OTU2
Alignm OH
Alignm
Alignm
OPU2 OH
Alignm
OTU2 Alignm OTU2
OPU1 OH
Client layer signal FEC

ODU2 OH
ODU1 OH (e.g., STM-16, ATM, GFP)
G.709/Y.1331_FIII.1
NOTE – The ODU1 floats in ¼ of the OPU2 payload area. An ODU1 frame will cross multiple ODU2 frame boundaries.
A complete ODU1 frame (15296 bytes) requires the bandwidth of (15296/3808 = ) 4.017 ODU2 frames. This is not illustrated.
Figure III.1/G.709/Y.1331 – Example of multiplexing 4 ODU1 signals into an ODU2

(artist impression)
- 202 -
Figure III.2 illustrates the multiplexing of two ODU0 signals into an ODU1. The ODU0 signals
including the Frame Alignment Overhead and an all-0s pattern in the OTUk overhead locations are
adapted to the ODU1 clock via justification (asynchronous mapping). These adapted ODU0 signals
are byte interleaved into the OPU1 payload area, and their justification control and opportunity
signals (JC, NJO) are frame interleaved into the OPU1 overhead area and ODU1 overhead is added.
Alignm
OPU0 OH
ODU0 Client Layer Signal
ODU0 OH
2x
Alignm
OPU1 OH
OPU0 OH
Alignm Client Layer Signal
ODU1 (GFP-T encapsulated 1GE)
OPU0 OH
ODU1 OH
ODU1 OH ODU0 OH
Client Layer Signal
NOTE - The ODU0 floats in 1/2 of the OPU1 Payload area. An ODU0
frame will cross multipleODU1 frame boundaries. A complete ODU0 frame
(15296 bytes) requires the bandwidth of one TribSlot in (15296/7616 = )
2.008 ODU1 frames. This is not illustrated.
ODU1
OPU1 OH
with OPU1 TT T TT T TT
Tributary SS S SS S SS
Slots ODU1 OH 121212 12
TS1, TS2
NOTE - The OPU1 OH contains 1 column of justification control and
opportunity overhead for each of the 2 tribuary slots in a 2-frame
multiframe format. This is not illustrated.
Figure III.2/G.709/Y.1331 – Example of multiplexing 2 ODU0 signals into an ODU1

(artist impression)
- 203 -
Appendix IV
Example of fixed stuff in OPUk with multiplex of lower-order ODUk signals
When an OPU3 transports 16 ODU1 signals, columns 1905 to 1920 of the OPU3 contain fixed
stuff; one fixed stuff column for each of the 16 ODU1 signals.
Column
1904
1905
1919
1920
1921
3808
3809
3823
3824
31
32
33
Row 1 16 17
1
OPU3 TribSlot 15
OPU3 TribSlot 16
FF 15
OPU3 TribSlot 16
OPU3 TribSlot 15
OPU3 TribSlot 16
OPU3 TribSlot 1
F TribSlot 1
OPU3 TribSlot 1
OPU3 TribSlot
2 OPU3 payload OPU3 payload
U
ST
JOH
transporting transporting
ED
3 16  ODU1 16  ODU1
OPU3
IX
PSI
4
G.709/Y.1331_FIV.1
Figure IV.1/G.709/Y.1331 – Fixed stuff locations when mapping 16 × ODU1 into OPU3
Appendix VI
ODUk Multiplex Structure Identifier (MSI) examples

(This appendix does not form an integral part of this Recommendation)
The following figures present four examples of ODU1 and ODU2 carriage within an OPU3 and the
associated MSI encoding.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
PSI[2] 00 000000 TS1
PSI[3] 00 000001 TS2
PSI[4] 00 000010 TS3
PSI[5] 00 000011 TS4
PSI[6] 00 000100 TS5
PSI[7] 00 000101 TS6
PSI[8] 00 000110 TS7
PSI[9] 00 000111 TS8
PSI[10] 00 001000 TS9
PSI[11] 00 001001 TS10
PSI[12] 00 001010 TS11
PSI[13] 00 001011 TS12
PSI[14] 00 001100 TS13
PSI[15] 00 001101 TS14
PSI[16] 00 001110 TS15
PSI[17] 00 001111 TS16
Figure VI.1 – OPU3-MSI coding for case of 16 ODU1s into OPU3

- 204 -
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
PSI[2] 01 000000 TS1
PSI[3] 01 000001 TS2
PSI[4] 01 000010 TS3
PSI[5] 01 000011 TS4
PSI[6] 01 000000 TS5
PSI[7] 01 000001 TS6
PSI[8] 01 000010 TS7
PSI[9] 01 000011 TS8
PSI[10] 01 000000 TS9
PSI[11] 01 000001 TS10
PSI[12] 01 000010 TS11
PSI[13] 01 000011 TS12
PSI[14] 01 000000 TS13
PSI[15] 01 000001 TS14
PSI[16] 01 000010 TS15
PSI[17] 01 000011 TS16
Figure VI.2 – OPU3-MSI coding for case of 4 ODU2s

into OPU3 TS# (1, 5, 9, 13), (2, 6, 10, 14), (3, 7, 11, 15) and (4, 8, 12, 16)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
PSI[2] 01 000000 TS1
PSI[3] 01 000001 TS2
PSI[4] 01 000001 TS3
PSI[5] 01 000010 TS4
PSI[6] 01 000000 TS5
PSI[7] 01 000011 TS6
PSI[8] 01 000011 TS7
PSI[9] 01 000011 TS8
PSI[10] 01 000000 TS9
PSI[11] 01 000000 TS10
PSI[12] 01 000001 TS11
PSI[13] 01 000001 TS12
PSI[14] 01 000011 TS13
PSI[15] 01 000010 TS14
PSI[16] 01 000010 TS15
PSI[17] 01 000010 TS16
Figure VI.3 – OPU3-MSI coding for case of 4 ODU2s

into OPU3 TS# (1, 5, 9, 10), (2, 3, 11, 12), (4, 14, 15, 16) and (6, 7, 8, 13)
- 205 -
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
PSI[2] 01 000000 TS1
PSI[3] 00 000001 TS2
PSI[4] 00 000010 TS3
PSI[5] 01 000001 TS4
PSI[6] 01 000000 TS5
PSI[7] 00 000101 TS6
PSI[8] 00 000110 TS7
PSI[9] 01 000001 TS8
PSI[10] 01 000000 TS9
PSI[11] 01 000001 TS10
PSI[12] 00 001010 TS11
PSI[13] 00 001011 TS12
PSI[14] 01 000000 TS13
PSI[15] 00 001101 TS14
PSI[16] 00 001110 TS15
PSI[17] 01 000001 TS16
Figure VI.4 – OPU3-MSI coding for case of 5 ODU1s and 2 ODU2s

into OPU3 TS# (2), (6), (11), (12), (14), (1, 5, 9, 13) and (4, 8, 10, 16)
and OPU3 TS# 3, 7, 15 unallocated (default to ODU1)
Appendix VII
Adaptation of parallel 64B/66B encoded clients
VII.1 Introduction
IEEE 40GBASE-R and 100GBASE-R interfaces currently being specified by the IEEE P802.3ba
task force will be parallel interfaces intended for short-reach (up to 40km) interconnection of
Ethernet equipment. This Appendix describes the process of converting the parallel format of these
interfaces into a serial bit stream to be carried over OTN.
The order of transmission of information in all the diagrams in this Appendix is first from left to
right and then from top to bottom.
VII.2 Clients signal format
40GBASE-R and 100GBASE-R clients are initially parallel interfaces, but in the future may be
serial interfaces. Independent of whether these interfaces are parallel or serial, or what the parallel
interface lane count is, 40GBASE-R signals are comprised of four PCS lanes and 100GBASE-R
signals are comprised of twenty PCS lanes. If the number of physical lanes on the interface is fewer
than the number of PCS lanes, the appropriate number of PCS lanes are bit-multiplexed onto each
physical lane of the interface. Each PCS lane consists of 64B/66B encoded data with a PCS lane
alignment marker inserted on each lane once per 16384 66-bit blocks. The PCS lane alignment
marker itself is a special format 66B codeword.
The use of this adaptation for 40GBASE-R into OPU3 also applies the transcoding method which
appears in Annex B and the framing method which appears in Appendix VIII. The adaptation
described in this Appendix alone can be used for adaptation of 100GBASE-R into OPU4.
- 206 -
VII.3 Client frame recovery

Client framing recovery consists of the following:
 Disinterleave the PCS lanes if necessary. This is necessary whenever the number of PCS
lanes and the number of physical lanes is not equal, and is not necessary when they are
equal (e.g., a 4-lane 40GBASE-R interface).
 Recover 64B/66B block lock per the state diagram in Figure 49-12 [IEEE 802.3] (or Figure
82-10 IEEE 802.3ba D2.2)
 Recover Lane Alignment marker framing on each PCS lane per the state diagram in Figure
-11 [IEEE 802.3ba D2.2].
 Reorder and deskew the PCS lanes into a serialized stream of 66B blocks (including lane
alignment markers). Figure VII.1 illustrates the ordering of 66B blocks after the completion
of this process for an interface with p PCS lanes.
Transmission order
1 Lane Marker 1
2 Lane Marker 2
: :
p Lane Marker p
p +1
p x 16383
66B blocks
p x 16384
Lane Marker 1
Lane Marker 2
:
Lane Marker p
p x 16383
66B blocks
1….…………….........66 Transmission order
Figure VII.1 – Deskewed/serialized stream of 66B blocks
Each 66B codeword is one of the following:

 A set of eight data bytes with a sync header of "01";
 A control block (possibly including seven or fewer data octets) beginning with a sync
header of "10";
 A PCS lane alignment marker, also encoded with a sync header of "10". Of the 8 octets
following the sync header, 6 octets have fixed values allowing the lane alignment markers
to be recognized (see Tables VII.1 and VII.2). The fourth octet following the sync header is
a BIP-8 calculated over the data from one alignment marker to the next. The eighth octet is
the complement of this BIP-8 value to maintain DC balance. Note that these BIP-8 values
are not manipulated by the mapping or demapping procedure, but simply skipped in the
process of recognizing lane alignment markers and copied intact as they are used for
monitoring the error ratio of the Ethernet link between Ethernet PCS sublayers.
For all-data blocks and control blocks, the 64 bits following the sync header are scrambled as a
continuous bit-stream (skipping sync headers and PCS lane alignment markers) according to the
polynomial G(x) = 1 + x39 +x58.
- 207 -
After 64B/66B block lock recovery per the state diagram in Figure 49-12 [IEEE 802.3] (or Figure
82-10 IEEE 802.3ba D2.2), these 66B blocks are re-distributed to PCS lanes at the egress interface.
The 66B blocks (including PCS lane alignment markers) resulting from the decoding process are
distributed round-robin to PCS lanes. If the number of PCS lanes is greater than the number of
physical lanes of the egress interface, the appropriate numbers of PCS lanes are bit-multiplexed
onto the physical lanes of the egress interface.
VII.3.1 40GBASE-R client frame recovery
PCS Lane Alignment Markers have the values shown in Table VII.1 for 40GBASE-R signals which
use PCS lane numbers 0-3. Note that these values will need to be aligned with the published IEEE
802.3ba amendment once it is approved.
Table VII.1/G.709/Y.1331 – PCS lane alignment marker format for 40GBASE-R

Lane SH Encoding {M0, M1, M2, BIP3, M4, M5,
Number M6, BIP7}
0 10 0x90, 0x76, 0x47, BIP3, 0x6f, 0x89, 0xb8, BIP7
1 10 0xf0, 0xc4, 0xe6, BIP3, 0x0f, 0x3b, 0x19, BIP7
2 10 0xc5, 0x65, 0x9b, BIP3, 0x3a, 0x9a, 0x64, BIP7
3 10 0xa2, 0x79, 0x3d, BIP3, 0x5d, 0x86, 0xc2, BIP7
Since 40GBASE-R client signal must be transcoded into 1024B/1027B for rate reduction, the
64B/66B PCS receive process at the ingress interface further descrambles the bit-stream skipping
sync headers and PCS lane alignment markers, and the 64B/66B PCS transmit process at the egress
interface scrambles the bit-stream again skipping sync headers and PCS lane alignment markers, as
shown in Figure VII.1.
VII.3.2 100GBASE-R client frame recovery and BIP-8 handling
PCS Lane Alignment Markers have the values shown in Table VII.2 for 100GBASE-R signals
which use PCS lane numbers 0-19. Note that these values will need to be aligned with the published
IEEE 802.3ba amendment once it is approved.
In case of end-to-end path monitoring the lane alignment markers transported over the OPU4 are
distributed unchanged to the PCS lanes. In the case of section monitoring the lane alignment
markers are located as defined in state diagram in figure 82-11 of IEEE 802.3ba D2.2 and the BIP-8
is newly calculated for each PCS lane as defined in clause 82.2.8 of IEEE 802.3ba D2.2. This value
overwrites BIP3 and the complement overwrites BIP7.
Table VII.2/G.709/Y.1331 – PCS lane alignment marker format for 100GBASE-R

Lane SH Encoding { M0, M1, M2, BIP3, M4, Lane SH Encoding { M0, M1, M2, BIP3, M4,
Number M5, M6, BIP7} Number M5, M6, BIP7}
0 10 0xc1, 0x68, 0x21, BIP3, 0x3e, 0x97, 0xde, BIP7 10 10 0xfd, 0x6c, 0x99, BIP3, 0x02, 0x93, 0x66, BIP7
1 10 0x9d, 0x71, 0x8e, BIP3, 0x62, 0x8e, 0x71, BIP7 11 10 0xb9, 0x91, 0x55, BIP3, 0x46, 0x6e, 0xaa, BIP7
2 10 0x59, 0x4b, 0xe8, BIP3, 0xa6, 0xb4, 0x17, BIP7 12 10 0x5c, 0x b9, 0xb2, BIP3, 0xa3, 0x46, 0x4d, BIP7
3 10 0x4d, 0x95, 0x7b, BIP3, 0xb2, 0x6a, 0x84, BIP7 13 10 0x1a, 0xf8, 0xbd, BIP3, 0xe5, 0x07, 0x42, BIP7
4 10 0xf5, 0x 07, 0x09, BIP3, 0x0a, 0xf8, 0xf6, BIP7 14 10 0x83, 0xc7, 0xca, BIP3, 0x7c, 0x38, 0x35, BIP7
5 10 0xdd, 0x14, 0xc2, BIP3, 0x22, 0xeb, 0x3d, BIP7 15 10 0x35, 0x36, 0xcd, BIP3, 0xca, 0xc9, 0x32, BIP7
6 10 0x9a, 0x4a, 0x26, BIP3, 0x65, 0xb5, 0xd9, BIP7 16 10 0xc4, 0x31, 0x4c, BIP3, 0x3b, 0xce, 0xb3, BIP7
7 10 0x7b, 0x45, 0x66, BIP3, 0x84, 0xba, 0x99, BIP7 17 10 0xad, 0xd6, 0xb7, BIP3, 0x52, 0x29, 0x48, BIP7
8 10 0xa0, 0x24, 0x76, BIP3, 0x5f, 0xdb, 0x89, BIP7 18 10 0x5f, 0x66, 0x2a, BIP3, 0xa0, 0x99, 0xd5, BIP7
- 208 -
9 10 0x68, 0xc9, 0xfb, BIP3, 0x97, 0x36, 0x04, BIP7 19 10 0xc0, 0xf0, 0xe5, BIP3, 0x3f, 0x0f, 0x1a, BIP7
VII.4 Additions to Annex B transcoding for parallel 64B/66B clients

When OPUk is large enough for the serialized 66B block stream (e.g. for 100GBASE-R client
signals into OPU4), the recovered client frames are adapted directly per this Appendix.
When used in combination with the transcoding into 513B code blocks described in Annex B (e.g.
for 40GBASE-R client signals into OPU3), this clause describes the additions to the Annex B
transcoding process for transport of PCS lane alignment markers.
Ethernet path monitoring is the kind of behavior that is desirable in the case that the Ethernet
equipment and the OTN equipment are in different domains (e.g., customer and service provider)
and from the standpoint of the Ethernet equipment. It is also the default behavior which would
result from the current mapping of 100GBASE-R where the 66B blocks would be mapped into the
OPU4 container after management of skew. It may also be perceived as a transparency requirement
that BIP-8 work end-to-end. Additional functionality as described below has to be built in to allow
BIP-8 transparency for 40GBASE-R client signals.
PCS lane alignment markers are encoded together with 66B control blocks into the uppermost rows
of the 513B code block shown in Figure B.3 together with 66B control blocks. The flag bit "F" of
the 513B structure is 1 if the 513B structure contains at least one 66B control block or PCS lane
alignment marker, and 0 if the 513B structure contains eight all-data 66B blocks.
The transcoding into 512B/513B must encode PCS lane alignment marker into a row of the
structure shown in Figure B.3 as follows: The sync header of "10" is removed. The received M0, M1
and M2 bytes of the PCS alignment marker encodings as shown in Table VII.1 are used to forward
the lane number information. The first byte of the row will contain the structure shown in Figure
B.4, with a CB-TYPE field of "0100". The POS field will indicate the position where the PCS lane
alignment marker was received among the group of eight 66B codewords being encoded into this
513B block. The flag continuation bit "FC" will indicate whether any other 66B control blocks or
PCS lane alignment markers are encoded into rows below this one in the 513B block. Beyond this
first byte, the next four bytes of the row are populated with the received M0, M1, M2 and ingress
BIP3 bytes of the PCS alignment marker encodings at the encoder. At the decoder, a PCS lane
alignment marker will be generated in the position indicated by the POS field among any 66B all-
data blocks contained in this 513B block, the sync header of "10" is generated followed by the
received M0, M1 and M2 bytes, the egress BIP3 byte, the bytes M4, M5 and M6 which are the bit-
wise inverted M0, M1 and M2 bytes received at the decoder, and the egress BIP7 byte which is the
bit-wise inverted egress BIP3 byte.
It will then be up to the Ethernet receiver to handle bit errors within the OTN section that might
have altered the PCS alignment marker encodings (for details refer to clause 82.2.19.3 and figure
82-11 in IEEE 802.3ba).
The egress BIP3 and the egress BIP7 bytes are calculated as described in clause VII.4.1.
Figure VII.2 below shows the transcoded lane marker format.
- 209 -
0 1 3 4 5 6 7 8 11 12 15
FC POS 0 1 0 0 M0
16 23 24 31
M1 M2
32 39 40 47
ingress BIP3 PCS BIP-8 error mask
48 55 56 63
OTN BIP-8 0xFF
Figure VII.2 – Transcoded lane marker format
VII.4.1 BIP-8 transparency

The transcoding method used for 40GBASE-R is timing and PCS codeword transparent. In normal
operation, the only aspects of the PCS encoded bitstream that are not preserved given the mapping
described in Annex B, Appendix VII, and Appendix VIII are for one the scrambling, since the
scrambler does not begin with a known state and multiple different encoded bitstreams can
represent the same PCS encoded content, and secondly the BIP-8 value in the Ethernet path or more
precisely the bit errors that occur between the Ethernet transmitter and the ingress point of the OTN
domain and within the OTN domain. The BIP-8 values can be preserved with the scheme described
below. As the scrambling itself does not contain any information that has to be preserved, no effort
has been made to synchronize the scrambler states between OTN ingress and OTN egress.
Unfortunately, since the BIP-8 is calculated on the scrambled bitstream, a simple transport of the
BIP-8 across the OTN domain in the transcoded lane marker will not result in a BIP-8 value that is
meaningful for detecting errors in the received, descrambled, transcoded, trans-decoded, and then
rescrambled bit stream.
To preserve the bit errors between the Ethernet transmitter and the egress side of the OTN domain,
the bit-error handling is divided into two processes, one that takes place at the OTN ingress side, or
encoder, and one on the OTN egress side, or decoder.
At the OTN ingress an 8-bit error mask is calculated by generating the expected BIP-8 for each PCS
lane and XORing this value with the received BIP-8. This error mask will have a "1" for each bit of
the BIP-8 which is wrong, and a "0" for each bit which is correct. This value is shown as PCS BIP-8
error mask in Figure VII.2.
In the event no errors are introduced across the OTN (as an FEC protected network can be an
essentially zero error environment), the PCS BIP-8 error mask can be used to adjust the newly
calculated PCS BIP-8 at the egress providing a reliable indication of the number of errors that are
introduced across the full Ethernet path. If errors are introduced across the OTN, this particular
BIP-8 calculation algorithm will not see these errors.
To overcome this situation, a new BIP-8 per lane for the OTN section is introduced. In the
following this new BIP-8 will be identified as OTN BIP-8 in order to distinguish it from the PCS
BIP-8.
It should be noted that the term OTN BIP-8 does not refer to and should not be confused with the
BIP-8 defined in the OTUk overhead (byte SM[2]).
The OTN BIP-8 is calculated similar to the PCS BIP-8 as described in clause 82.2.8 of IEEE
802.3ba D2.2 with the exception that the calculation will be done over unscrambled PCS lane data,
- 210 -
the original received lane alignment marker and before transcoding. Figure VII.2 shows the byte
location of the OTN BIP-8 in the transcoded lane marker.
The transcoded lane marker is transmitted together with the transcoded data blocks over the OTN
section as defined in Annex B. At the OTN egress after trans-decoding and before scrambling, the
ingress alignment marker is recreated using M0, M1, M2 and ingress BIP3 of the transcoded
alignment marker followed by the bit-wise inversion of these bytes. This recreated alignment
marker together with the trans-decoded and unscrambled data blocks is used to calculate the
expected OTN BIP-8 for each PCS lane (refer to clause 82.2.8 of IEEE 802.3ba D2.2). The
expected value will be XORed with the received OTN BIP-8. This error mask will have a "1" for
each bit of the OTN BIP-8 which is wrong, and a "0" for each bit which is correct.
The egress BIP3 for each PCS lane is calculated over the trans-decoded and scrambled data blocks
including the trans-decoded alignment marker (refer to Clause VII.4) following the process depicted
in clause 82.2.8 of IEEE 802.3ba D2.2. This is the value that is transmitted in case of section
monitoring.
When provisioned for end-to-end path monitoring, the egress BIP3 is then adjusted for the errors
that occurred up to the OTN egress by first XORing with the PCS BIP-8 error mask and then
XORing with the OTN BIP-8 error mask.
The BIP7 is created by bit-wise inversion of the adjusted BIP3.
VII.4.2 Errors detected by mapper
Errors encountered before the mapper, such as loss of client signal on any physical lane of the
interface, will result in the insertion of an Ethernet LF sequence ordered set prior to this process.
The same action should be taken as a result of failure to achieve 66B block lock on any PCS lane,
failure to achieve lane alignment marker framing on each PCS lane, or failure to deskew because
the skew exceeds the buffer available for deskew.
An invalid 66B block will be converted to an error control block before transcoding or direct
adaptation. An invalid 66B block is one which does not have a sync header of "01" or "10", or one
which has a sync header of "10" and a control block type field which does not appear in Figure B.2
(and for 40GBASE-R and 100GBASE-R, is not a valid PCS lane alignment marker). An error
control block has sync bits of "10", a block type code of 0x1e, and 8 seven-bit /E/ error control
characters. This will prevent the Ethernet receiver from interpreting a sequence of bits containing
this error as a valid packet.
Appendix VIII
Improved Robustness for mapping of 40GBASE-R into OPU3 using 1027B code
blocks
VIII.1 Introduction
When a parallel 40GBASE-R signal is transcoded per Annex B and directly mapped into OPU3
without GFP framing, another method is needed to locate the start of 513B blocks and to provide
protection to prevent that bit errors create an unacceptable increase in mean time to false packet
acceptance (MTTFPA).
- 211 -
VIII.2 513B code block Framing and Flag bit Protection

The mapping of 513B code blocks into OPU3 requires a mechanism for locating the start of the
code blocks. A mechanism is also needed to protect the flag bit, whose corruption could cause data
to be erroneously interpreted as control and vice-versa.
Both of these requirements can be addressed by providing parity across the flag bits of two 513B
blocks produced from the transcoding of Annex B.
Figure VIII.1 illustrates the flag bit parity across two 513B blocks. This creates a minimum two-bit
Hamming distance between valid combinations of flag bits.
Figure VIII.1/G.709/Y.1331 – Flag parity bit on two 513B blocks (1027B code)
The flag bit parity creates a sequence that can be used for framing to locate the 513B blocks in a
stream of bits. The state diagram of Figure 49-12 of [IEEE 802.3] is applied to locate a 3-bit pattern
appearing once per 1027 bits (rather than a 2-bit pattern appearing once per 66 bits) where four out
of eight 3-bit sequences (rather than two out of four two-bit values as used in IEEE 802.3) match
the pattern. The additional step required is to scramble the non-flag or flag parity bits so that the
legal sequences of these bits are not systematically mimicked in the data itself. The scrambler to be
used for this purpose is the Ethernet self-synchronous scrambler using the polynomial G(x) = 1 +
x39 +x58.
At the demapper, invalid flag bit parity will cause both of the 513B blocks across which the flag bit
parity applies to be decoded as 8  2 66B error control blocks (“10” sync header, control block type
0x1e, followed by eight 7-bit /E/ control characters).
VIII.3 66B block sequence check
Bit error corruption of the position or flag continuation bits could cause 66B blocks to be demapped
from 513B code blocks in the incorrect order. Additional checks are performed to prevent that this
results in incorrect packet delineation. Since detectable corruption normally means that the proper
order of 66B blocks to construct at the decoder cannot be reliably determined, if any of these checks
fail, the decoder will transmit eight 66B error control blocks (sync=”10”, control block type=0x1e,
and eight 7-bit /E/ control characters).
Other checks are performed to reduce the probability that invalid data is delivered at the egress in
the event that bit errors have corrupted any of the POS fields or flag continuation bits “FC”.
- 212 -
If the Flag bit “F” is 1 (i.e., the 513B block includes at least one 64B/66B control block), for the
rows of the table up until the first one with a flag continuation bit of zero (the last one in the block),
it is verified that no two 66B control blocks or lane alignment markers within that 513B block have
the same value in the POS field, and further, that the POS field values for multiple control or lane
alignment rows are in ascending order, which will always be the case for a properly constructed
513B block. If this check fails, the 513B block is decoded into eight 66B error control blocks.
The next check is to ensure that the block sequence corresponds to well-formed packets, which can
be done according to the state diagram in Figures VIII.2 and VIII.3. This check will determine if
66B blocks are in an order that does not correspond to well-formed packets, e.g., if during an IPG
an all-data 66B block is detected without first seeing a control block representing packet start, or if
during a packet a control/idle block is detected without first seeing a control block representing
packet termination, control blocks have likely been misordered by corruption of either the POS bits
or a flag continuation bit. Failure of this check will cause the 513B block to be decoded as eight
66B error control blocks. Note that PCS lane alignment markers are accepted in either state and do
not change state as shown in Figure VIII.3.
The sequence of PCS lane alignment markers is also checked at the decoder. For an interface with p
PCS lanes, the PCS lane alignment markers for lanes 0 through p-1 will appear in a sequence,
followed by 16383p non-lane-marker 66B blocks, followed by another group of PCS lane
alignment markers. A counter is maintained at the decoder to keep track of when the next group of
lane alignment markers is expected. If, in the process of decoding lane alignment markers from a
513B block, a lane alignment marker is found in a position where it is not expected, or a lane
alignment marker is missing in a position where it would have been expected, the entire 513B block
is decoded as eight 66B error control blocks as shown in Figures VIII.2, VIII.3, and VIII.4.
VIII.3.1 State diagram conventions
The body of this subclause is comprised of state diagrams, including the associated definitions of
variables, constants, and functions. Should there be a discrepancy between a state diagram and
descriptive text, the state diagram prevails.
The notation used in the state diagrams follows the conventions of 21.5 of [IEEE802.3]. State
diagram timers follow the conventions of 14.2.3.2 of [IEEE802.3]. The notation ++ after a counter
or integer variable indicates that its value is to be incremented.
VIII.3.2 State variables
VIII.3.2.1 Constants
EBLOCK_T<65:0>
66 bit vector to be sent to the PCS containing /E/ in all the eight character locations
Mi<65:0>
66 bit vector containing the transcoded alignment marker of i-th PCS lane (0<i<= p). (p=4
for 40GBASE-R, and p=20 for 100GBASE-R).
VIII.3.2.2 Variables
1027B_block_lock
Indicates the state of the block_lock variable when the state diagram of Figure 49-12 of
[IEEE 802.3] is applied to locate a 3-bit pattern appearing once per 1027 bits (rather than a
2-bit pattern appearing once per 66 bits) as described in VIII.2. Set true when sixty-four
- 213 -
contiguous 1027-bit blocks are received with valid 3-bit patterns, set false when sixteen
1027-bit blocks with invalid 3-bit patterns are received before sixty-four valid blocks.
1027B_high_ber
Indicates Boolean variable when the state diagram of Figure 49-13 of [IEEE802.3] is
applied to count invalid 3-bit sync headers of 1027-bit blocks (rather than 2-bit sync
headers of 66-bit blocks) within the current 250 μs (rather than 125 μs). Set true when the
ber_cnt exceeds 8 (rather than 16) indicating a bit error ratio >10–4
Mseq_violation
Indicates Boolean variable that is set and latched in each rx513_raw<527:0> PCS lane
alignment marker cycle based on the PCS lane marker position and order. It is true if the
unexpected marker sequence is detected and false if not.
POS_violation
Boolean variable that is set in each rx513_raw<527:0> based on the POS field values for
rx_tcd<65:0>. It is true if the two or more have the same POS values or if they are not in
ascending order, and false if their POS values are in ascending order.
reset
Boolean variable that controls the resetting of the PCS. It is true whenever a reset is
necessary including when reset is initiated from the MDIO, during power on, and when the
MDIO has put the PCS into low-power mode.
Rx513_coded<512:0>
Vector containing the input to the 512B/513B decoder.
rx513_raw<527:0>
Vector containing eight successive 66 bit vectors (tx_coded)
rx_tcd<65:0>
66 bit vector transcode-decoded from a 513 bit block following the rules shown in Figure
B.5.
seq_violation
Boolean variable that is set in each rx513_raw<527:0> based on the sequence check on a
rx_tcd<65:0> stream. It is true if the unexpected sequence is detected and false if not.
VIII.3.2.3 Functions
DECODE(rx513_coded<512:0>)
Decodes the 513-bit vector returning rx513_raw<527 :0> which is sent to client interface.
The DECODE function shall decode the block as specified in Figure VIII.2.
R_BLOCK_TYPE = {C, S, T, D, E, M}
This function classifies each 66-bit rx_tcd vector as belonging to one of the six types
depending on its contents.
Values: C, S, T, and D are defined in 49.2.13.2.3 in [IEEE802.3].
M; The vector contains a sync header of 10 and is recognized as a valid PCS lane
alignment marker by using the state machine shown in Figure VIII.3.
E; The vector does not meet the criteria for any other value.
- 214 -
R_TYPE(rx_tcd<65:0>)
Returns the R_BLOCK_TYPE of the rx_tcd<65:0> bit vector.
R_TYPE_NEXT
Prescient end of packet check function. It returns the R_BLOCK_TYPE of the rx_tcd
vector immediately following the current rx_tcd vector.
VIII.3.2.4 Counters
cnt
Count up to a maximum of p of the number of PCS lanes.
VIII.3.3 State diagrams
The Receive state machine for a series of 513-bit blocks shown in Figure VIII.2 determines whether
the 513-bit block contains valid eight 66-bit blocks or not.
reset + 1027B_hi_ber +
!1027B_block_lock
RX513B_INIT
rx513_raw  8 x EBLOCK_T POS_violation +

seq_violation +
Mseq_violation
!POS_violation *
!seq_violation *
!Mseq_violation
V
RX513B_VALID
!POS_violation * rx513_raw  DECODE(rx513_coded)

!seq_violation *
POS_violation +
!Mseq_violation
seq_violation +
Mseq_violation
RX513B_INVALID
rx513_raw  8 x EBLOCK_T
seq_violation  False POS_violation +
Mseq_violation  False seq_violation +
!POS_violation * Mseq_violation
!seq_violation *
!Mseq_violation
V
Figure VIII.2/G.709/Y.1331 - Receive state machine for the 512B/513B code blocks
including lane alignment markers
The Trans-decode state machine for a series of 66-bit blocks shown in Figure VIII.3 checks the
block type sequence of recovered 66-bit blocks.
The PCS lane alignment marker state machine for a series of 66-bit blocks shown in Figure VIII.4
detects the alignment markers every p  16384 blocks and checks whether the marker is in
ascendant order or not.
- 215 -
!1027B_block_lock
RX_INIT
Seq_violation  False
R_TYPE(rx_tcd) = S R_TYPE(rx_tcd) = (D + T)
D R_TYPE(rx_tcd) = (C + E + M)
C
RX_C
R_TYPE(rx_tcd) = (C + E + M) R_TYPE(rx_tcd) = (D + T)
R_TYPE(rx_tcd) = S
D
RX_D
(R_TYPE(rx_tcd) = T *
R_TYPE_NEXT = (E + D + T)) +
R_TYPE(rx_tcd) = (D + E + M) R_TYPE(rx_tcd) = (C + S)
RX_Seq_Violation
R_TYPE(rx_tcd) = T *
R_TYPE_NEXT = (S + C + M) Seq_violation  True
R_TYPE(rx_tcd) = T *
R_TYPE_NEXT = (S + C + M) (R_TYPE(rx_tcd) = T *
R_TYPE_NEXT = (E + D + T))
+ R_TYPE(rx_tcd) = S
RX_T R_TYPE(rx_tcd) = (C + E + M)
R_TYPE(rx_tcd) = D
R_TYPE(rx_tcd) = (C + M) R_TYPE(rx_tcd) = S
D
C D
Figure VIII.3/G.709/Y.1331 - Trans-decode state machine for the 64B/66B code blocks
including the lane alignment markers
- 216 -
!1027B_block_lock
RX_INIT
Mseq_violation  False
UCT CT
RX_CNT_INIT
cnt  -(p x 16383)+1
UCT
RX_CNT
cnt ++
cnt < 0 cnt = 0 *

cnt = 0 * rx_tcd != M1
rx_tcd = M1
M
RX_M
cnt ++
cnt < p * cnt < p *
rx_tcd = Mcnt+1 rx_tcd != Mcnt+1
cnt = p
CT RX_ME
Mseq_violation  True
cnt ++ cnt < p *
p = 4 for 40GbE
p = 20 for 100GbE rx_tcd != Mcnt+1
cnt < p *
rx_tcd = Mcnt+１ cnt = p
M CT
Figure VIII.4/G.709/Y.1331 - Receive state machine for the lane alignment markers
Appendix IX
Parallel Logic Implementation of the CRC-8 and CRC-5
CRC-8
Table IX.1 illustrates example logic equations for a parallel implementation of the CRC-8 using the
g(x) = x8 + x3 + x2 + 1 polynomial over the JC1-JC2. An “X” in a row of the table indicates that the
message bit of that column is an input to the Exclusive-OR equation for calculating the CRC bit of
that row. JC1.C1 corresponds to the first bit (MSB) of the first mapping overhead octet (JC1);
JC1.C2 corresponds to bit 2 of the first mapping overhead octet, etc. After computation, CRC bits
crc1 to crc8 are inserted into the JC3 octet with crc1 occupying MSB and crc8 the LSB of the octet.
Table IX.1/G.709/Y.1331 – Parallel logic equations for the CRC-8 implementation
mapping CRC checksum bits

overhead bits crc1 crc2 crc3 crc4 crc5 crc6 crc7 crc8
JC1.C1 X X X
JC1.C2 X X X
- 217 -
JC1.C3 X X X
JC1.C4 X X X
JC1.C5 X X X
JC1.C6 X X X
JC1.C7 X X X
JC1.C8 X X X
JC2.C9 X X X X X
JC2.C10 X X X X X
JC2.C11 X X X X X
JC2.C12 X X X
JC2.C13 X X X
JC2.C14 X X X
JC2.II X X X
JC2.DI X X X
CRC-5
Table IX.2 illustrates example logic equations for a parallel implementation of the CRC-5 using the
g(x) = x5 + x + 1 polynomial over the JC4-JC5 CnD fields. An “X” in a row of the table indicates
that the message bit of that column is an input to the Exclusive-OR equation for calculating the
CRC bit of that row. JC4.D1 corresponds to the first bit (MSB) of the first mapping overhead octet
(JC1); JC4.D2 corresponds to bit 2 of the first mapping overhead octet, etc. After computation,
CRC bits crc1 to crc5 are inserted into the JC6 octet with crc1 occupying JC6 bit 4 and crc5 the JC6
bit 8.
Table IX.2/G.709/Y.1331 – Parallel logic equations for the CRC-5 implementation
mapping CRC checksum bits

overhead crc1 crc2 crc3 crc4 crc5
bits
JC4.D1 X X X
JC4.D2 X X X
JC4.D3 X X
JC4.D4 X X
JC4.D5 X X
JC5.D6 X X X
JC5.D7 X X
JC5.D8 X X
JC5.D9 X X
JC5.D10 X X
- 218 -
Appendix X
OTL4.10 Structure
The purpose of the OTM-0.4v4 interface as defined in 8.1.3 is to enable the re-use of modules
developed for Ethernet 100GBASE-LR4 or 100GBASE-ER4 interfaces. These modules have
corresponding optical specifications for OTU4 interfaces with the optical parameters as specified
for the application codes 4I1-9D1F and 4L1-9C1F, respectively, in [ITU-T G.959.1]. These
modules have a four-lane WDM interface to and from a transmit/receive pair of G.652 optical
fibres, and connect to the host board via a 10-lane electrical interface. The conversion between 10
and 4 lanes is performed using an IEEE 802.3ba PMA sublayer as specified in IEEE P802.3ba D2.2
clause 83. The specification of the 10-lane electrical chip-to-module interface (CAUI) is found in
IEEE P802.3ba D2.2 Annex 83B. The application of the OTL4.10 interface is illustrated in
Figure X.1:
OTL4.10
OTL4.4
Host PMA
Board 10:4
Figure X.1/G.709/Y.1331 - Illustration of application of OTL4.10 interface
Each OTL4.10 lane carries two bit-multiplexed logical lanes of an OTU4 as described in Annex C.
The logical lane format has been chosen so that the IEEE P802.3ba 10:4 PMA (gearbox) will
convert the OTU4 signal between a format of 10 lanes of OTL4.10 and four lanes of OTL4.4. Each
OTL4.4 lane carries five bit-multiplexed logical lanes of an OTU4 as described in Annex C.
The bit rate of an OTL4.10 lane is indicated in Table X.1.
Table X.1/G.709/Y.1331 – OTL types and capacity

OTL type OTL nominal bit rate OTL bit rate tolerance
OTL4.10 255/227 × 9 953 280 kbit/s 20 ppm
NOTE 1 – The nominal OTL4.10 rate is approximately: 11 180 997.357 kbit/s
Appendix XI
CPRI into LO ODU mapping

- 219 -
CPRI constant bit rate signals (CPRI Options 1 to 6) may be transported over an ODUk connection.
These CBR signals are mapped into a LO OPUk via the generic mapping procedure as specified in
17.6 for CPRI Options 1 to 3 and via the bit-synchronous mapping procedure as specified in 17.8
for CPRI Options 4 to 6.
Two CPRI signals (Option 1 and 2) are transported via OPU0, one CPRI signal (Option 3) is
transported via OPU1 and three CPRI signals (Option 4, 5 and 6) are transported via OPUflex. The
GMP Cm and Cn (n=1) values associated with the CPRI Option 1 to 3 signals are presented in
Tables XI.1 and XI.2.
The use of the “Experimental mapping” Payload Type (code 0x01) is suggested.
NOTE – Performance evaluation of the CPRI over OTN transport is ongoing and there is no
guarantee yet that all CPRI performance specifications can be met.
The CPRI replacement signal is the Link Fault signal as defined in 17.6.1.1.
Table XI.1A/G.709/Y.1331 – Cm (m=8) for sub-1.238G clients into OPU0

(kbit/s) (ppm)
CPRI Option 1 614 400  0.002 7553 7553.429 7553.580 7553.731 7554
CPRI Option 2 1 228 800  0.002 15106 15106.858 15107.160 15107.463 15108
Table XI.1B/G.709/Y.1331 – Cn (n=8 or 1) for sub-1.238G clients into OPU0

(kbit/s) (ppm)
- - - - - - - -

CPRI Option 1 614 400  0.002 60427 60427.433 60428.642 60429.851 60430
CPRI Option 2 1 228 800  0.002 120854 120854.867 120857.284 120859.701 120860
Table XI.2A/G.709/Y.1331 –Cm (m=16) for supra-1.238 to sub-2.488G clients into OPU1
(kbit/s) (ppm)
CPRI Option 3 2 457 600  0.002 7521 7521.825 7521.975 7522.126 7523
- 220 -
Table XI.2B/G.709/Y.1331 – Cn (n=8 or 1) for supra-1.238 to sub-2.488G clients into OPU1

Client signal Nominal Bit rate Floor Minimum Nominal c8 Maximum Ceiling
bit rate tolerance C8,min c8 c8 C8,max
(kbit/s) (ppm)
- - - - - - - -

CPRI Option 3 2 457 600  0.002 241709 241709.733 241714.568 241719.403 241720
Table XI.3/G.709/Y.1331 – supra-2.488G CBR clients

Client signal Nominal bit Bit rate
rate (kbit/s) tolerance
(ppm)
CPRI Option 4 3 072 000  0.002
CPRI Option 5 4 915 200  0.002
CPRI Option 6 6 144 000  0.002
Table XI.4/G.709/Y.1331 – Replacement signal for CPRI clients

Client signal Replacement Signal Bit rate tolerance
(ppm)
CPRI Option 1 Link Fault  100
Appendix XII
Overview of CBR clients into LO OPU mapping types

As there are many different constant bit rate client signals and multiple mapping procedures, Table
XII.1 provides an overview of the mapping procedure that is specified for each client.
- 221 -
Table XII.1/G.709/Y.1331 – Overview of CBR client into LO OPU mapping types
OPU0 OPU1 OPU2 OPU2e OPU3 OPU4 OPUflex

STM-1 GMP - - - - - -
with C1D
STM-4 GMP - - - - - -
with C1D
STM-16 - AMP, - - - - -
BMP
STM-64 - - AMP, - - - -
BMP
STM-256 - - - - AMP,BMP - -
1000BASE-X TTT+GMP - - - - - -
no CnD
10GBASE-R - - - 16FS+BMP - - -
FC-100 GMP - - - - - -
no CnD
FC-200 - GMP - - - - -
with C8D
FC-400 - - - - - - BMP
FC-800 - - - - - - BMP
FC-1200 - - - TTT+16FS+BMP - - -
(Note 1)
CPRI Option 1 GMP - - - - - -
TBD CnD
CPRI Option 2 GMP - - - - - -
TDB CnD
CPRI Option 3 - GMP - - - - -
TBD CnD
CPRI Option 4 - - - - - - BMP
CM_GPON - AMP - - - - -
Note 1 – For this specific case the mapping used is byte synchronous.
BIBLIOGRAPHY
[1] ANSI INCITS 424-2007, Fibre Channel Physical and Signaling Interface (FC-PH).

G 709V3 Approved

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

G 709V3 Approved

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

G 709V3 Approved

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

What does ITU-T G.709/Y.1331 define?

What does ITU-T G.709/Y.1331 define?

What are the different revisions and amendments included in this document?

What are the different revisions and amendments included in this document?

Recommendation ITU-T G.709/Y.

Interfaces for the Optical Transport Network (OTN)

11.1 OTUk frame structure..................................................................................... 45

15.6.2 OTUk/ODUk frame alignment overhead definition....................................... 58

15.8.2.4 ODUk automatic protection switching and protection communication

17.1.1 Mapping a CBR2G5 signal (e.g., STM-16, CMGPON_D/CMGPON_U2)

18.1.2.2.2.2 OPUk-Xv Sequence Indicator (SQ) ......................................................... 115

Appendix IX – Parallel Logic Implementation of the CRC-8 and CRC-5 ..............................

Recommendation ITU-T G.709/Y.1331

Interfaces for the Optical Transport Network (OTN)

 ITU-T Recommendation G.693 (2001), Optical interfaces for intra-office systems.

3 Terms and definitions

a) Adapted information (AI)

s) hitless activation/deactivation of a connection monitor

CAUI (Chip to) 100Gb/s Attachment Unit Interface

OMS-OH Optical Multiplex Section Overhead

1 Frame alignment area OTU specific overhead area

Figure 5-1/G.709/Y.1331  OTUk, ODUk and OPUk overhead

6 Optical transport network interface structure

6.1 Basic signal structure

Clients (e.g. STM-N, ATM, IP, Ethernet, MPLS, ...)

OTUkV OTUk OTUkV OTUk OTUk

Figure 6-1/G.709/Y.1331  Structure of the OTN interfaces

6.1.1 OCh substructure

6.1.2 Full functionality OTM-n.m (n ≥ 1) structure

6.2 Information structure for the OTN interfaces

OTUk[V] OTUk[V] OTUk[V] FEC

OCG-n.m OCCp OCCp OCCp OCCp OCCp

Figure 6-2/G.709/Y.1331 – OTM-n.m principal information containment relationships

OTUk[V] OTUk[V] OTUk[V] FEC

OChr OCh payload

Figure 6-3/G.709/Y.1331 – OTM-0.m principal information containment relationships

OTUk[V] OTUk[V] OTUk[V] FEC

OChr OCh payload

OCG-nr.m OCCp OCCp OCCp OCCp OCCp

Figure 6-4/G.709/Y.1331 – OTM-nr.m principal information containment relationships

OT OTLk.n #0 OTLk.n #2 OTLk.n #n-1

OTLCG OTLCp OTLCp OTLCp

Figure 6-66-5/ G.709/Y.1331 – OTM-0.mvn principal information containment relationships

ODUk ODUk_CI Client Client_CI

LO ODU Network Layer

HO ODU Network Layer

LO ODUk HO ODUk ODUk_CI

OTUk OTUk_CI OTUkV OTUkV_CI

OCh/OTUk OCh/OTUk-v OCh/OTUkV

OPSM/OTUk n    OPS/OChr OMS/OCh n    OCh_CI_OH

OPS Network Layer

OTS Network Layer

OPSM_CI OTS_CI OSC COMMs

Figure 6-56-6/G.709/Y.1331  Example of information flow relationship

7 Multiplexing/mapping principles and bit rates

ODU0 x1 OPU0 x1 Client Signal

ODUflex x 1 OPUflex x 1 Client Signal

Figure 7-1A/G.709/Y.1331 – OTM multiplexing and mapping structures (I)

See Figure 7-1/A

Figure 7-1B/G.709/Y.1331 – OTM multiplexing and mapping structures (II)